summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/27908.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '27908.txt')
-rw-r--r--27908.txt13835
1 files changed, 13835 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/27908.txt b/27908.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0625770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27908.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13835 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fix Bay'nets, by George Manville Fenn
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Fix Bay'nets
+ The Regiment in the Hills
+
+Author: George Manville Fenn
+
+Illustrator: W.H.C. Groome
+
+Release Date: January 27, 2009 [EBook #27908]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIX BAY'NETS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+
+
+
+Fix Bay'nets, by George Manville Fenn.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ONE.
+
+ON THE MARCH.
+
+Trrt--trrt--trrt. Just that little sound, as the sticks flirted with
+the drumheads to keep the men in step; for Her Majesty's 404th Fusiliers
+were marching "easy." So it was called; and it meant with the men
+smoking, and carrying their rifles as they pleased--shouldered, at the
+trail, slung muzzle up or muzzle down. But, all the same, it was a
+miserable fiction to call it marching easy, for it was impossible to
+make that march anything but hard. Why? Because of the road.
+
+No; that is a fiction, too. It is absurd to call that stony shelf of
+rock, encumbered with stones of all sizes, full of cracks and holes, a
+road. It was almost in its natural state, with a smooth place here and
+there where it had been polished in bygone ages by avalanches of ice or
+stones.
+
+But the sun shone brightly; the scenery was glorious, and grew in places
+awe-inspiring, as the regiment wound up and up the pass, and glimpses of
+snow-capped mountain and glowing valley were obtained.
+
+To any one perched on high, as were a few scattered goats, the regiment,
+with its two mounted officers, its long train of mules, ambulance, and
+baggage-guard, and the native attendants, must have looked like a colony
+of marauding ants on their march, so wonderfully was everything dwarfed;
+even the grand deodar cedars growing far down the precipitous slopes
+below the track, which were stately trees, springing up to a hundred and
+a hundred and fifty feet, looking like groups of shrubs in the clear,
+pure air.
+
+It was as much climbing as marching, and, as Bill Gedge said, "all agin
+the collar;" but the men did not seem to mind, as they mounted higher
+and higher in the expectation of finding that the next turn of the
+zigzag was the top of the pass.
+
+"Here, I say," cried the owner of the just-mentioned name, a thin,
+wiry-looking fellow, whom so far drill and six months in the North-west
+Territory of Her Majesty's Indian dominions had not made
+muscular-looking; though, for the matter of that, he did not differ much
+from his companions, who in appearance were of the thorough East-end
+Cockney type--that rather degenerate class of lads who look fifteen or
+sixteen at most when twenty. Stamina seemed to be wanting, chests
+looked narrow, and their tunics covered gaunt and angular bodies, while
+their spiked white helmets, though they fitted their heads, had rather
+an extinguisher-like effect over the thin, hollow-cheeked, beardless
+faces.
+
+Defects, all these, that would naturally die out; but at the time now
+under consideration any newspaper writer would have been justified in
+calling them a regiment of boys.
+
+But, boy-like, it did not trouble them, for, apparently as fresh as when
+they had started hours before, they seemed to be revelling in the
+wonderful air of the mountain region, and to be as full of antics as a
+party of schoolfellows out for a day. Songs had been sung, each with a
+roaring chorus; tricks had been surreptitiously played on the "pass it
+on" principle--a lad in the rear tilting the helmet of the file in front
+over his eyes, or giving him a sounding spank on the shoulder with the
+above admonition, when it was taken with a grin and passed on right away
+to the foremost rank; while the commissioned officers seemed to be
+peculiarly blind and deaf so long as their lads marched well, and there
+was no falling-out of done-up fellows waiting for the ambulance to
+overtake them for the rest of the march.
+
+"Here, I say," cried Private Gedge, "I ain't a-going to drop no coppers
+in no blessed hats when that there band comes round. They don't 'arf
+play."
+
+"Don't keep _on_," said the file on his left.
+
+"Play? Yah! Why, we might jest as well have a dozen of them
+tom-tomming niggers in front saying `Shallabala' as they taps the skins
+with their brown fingers."
+
+"You are a chap, Bill," said another. "Talk about yer Syety for Cruelty
+to Hanimals! Why, yer orter be fined. It's all I can do to keep wind
+enough to climb up here, let alone having to blow a brass
+traction-engine, or even a fife."
+
+"Gahn! They're used to it. They don't half play. Pass the word on for
+`Brish Grannydiers.'"
+
+Bang--bang--bang--bang! Four distinct beats of the big drum, which were
+taken up by the echoes and repeated till they died away in the distance,
+in company with volleys of notes in a spirited crash from the brass
+instruments far in front, as the band struck up a rattling march, whose
+effect was to make breasts swell, heads perk up, and the lads pull
+themselves together and march on, many of them beginning to hum the
+familiar melody which had brightened many a long, up-country tramp.
+
+"Talk about telly-phoning, Billy; they heered you without."
+
+"Yes, that's your style," cried the first speaker, bursting out with a
+very good imitation of Punch in one of his vocal efforts, and
+supplementing it with a touch of the terpsichorean, tripping along in
+step with a suggestion of a nigger minstrel's jig.
+
+Marching easy does not mean free and easy: and this was too much for one
+of the sergeants of the company, a tall, gaunt, particularly bony-faced
+fellow, frowning and full of importance, but almost as boyish of aspect
+as those who bore no chevrons on their sleeves.
+
+He came up at the double, unnoticed by the dancer, and tried to range up
+alongside; but the rocky shelf was for some minutes not wide enough.
+Consequently he had time to grow redder in the face and more angry.
+
+At last, though, he was in a position to speak.
+
+"Here, you, sir," he shouted; "drop that. You're not on a cellar flap
+now. Recollect where you are."
+
+Private Gedge gave a start, and squinted horribly for the benefit of his
+comrades right and left, as he pulled himself together, jerked his rifle
+over from one shoulder to the other, and marched on with his body stiff
+as a rifle-barrel.
+
+"You're too full of these monkey-tricks, sir; and if there's any more of
+them I shall report you."
+
+Private Gedge squinted more horribly than ever, as he marched on now as
+stiffly as if being drilled--too stiffly to satisfy the sergeant, who
+kept close behind.
+
+"March easy, sir! march easy!" he cried importantly, and the offender
+dropped his rigidity, the result being that the sergeant returned to his
+place in the rear of the company, while Private Gedge relieved his
+feelings in a whisper.
+
+"Yah! Gee up! Gee! Who wouldn't be a sergeant? Bless his heart! I
+love him 'most as much as my mother dear--my mother dear--my gee-yentle
+mother deear."
+
+He sang the last words, but in a suppressed voice, to the great
+amusement of his fellows.
+
+"Oh, I say, I wish I warn't a swaddy," he whispered.
+
+"Why?" asked the lad on his left.
+
+"So as to give old Gee one on the nose, and then have it out with him.
+I'd make him warm. It's this sort o' thing as makes me hate it all.
+The orficers don't mind us having a bit of a lark to make the march go
+light. They takes no notice so long as we're ready for 'tention and 'll
+fight. It's on'y chaps like Tommy Gee as has got his stripes that comes
+down upon you. Why, I was singing and doing that plantation song on'y
+yesterday, and Mr Bracy and Cap'en Roberts come along, and they both
+laughed. Bet sixpence the Colonel would have looked t'other way.--Oh, I
+say, ain't I hungry! Is it much farther?"
+
+"I dunno," said another; "but ain't the wind cold up here?"
+
+"Band's done again," said Gedge. "That was a short un. I s'pose if I
+was to cry `Hongcore' old Gee 'd be down upon me again."
+
+Ten minutes later the men had something more substantial to think about
+than music, for the shelf-like track came to an end in a great natural
+amphitheatre, whose walls were dwarfed mountains streaked with rifts and
+ravines which glistened white and sparkling as they scored the green
+grassy slopes, while the floor of the great hollow was a beautiful mead
+through which a fairly rapid torrent ran.
+
+The halt was called upon a tolerably smooth level, arms were piled, and
+with the celerity displayed in a regiment on the march, the camp
+kitchens were formed, the smoke of fires rose, and videttes being thrown
+out after the fashion observed in an enemy's country, the men were free
+for a couple of hours' halt for rest and refreshment, to their great
+delight.
+
+Pending the efforts of the regimental and camp follower cooks, some of
+the men began to roam about within bounds; and the group to which
+Private Gedge was joined made for one of the little ravines which
+glistened white in the sunshine, and the joker of the company soon made
+his voice heard.
+
+"Oh, I say," he cried. "Only look! Here yer are, then. Here's yer
+hoky-poky. Here's yer real 'apenny ices laid on free gratis for
+nothing. Here yer are, sir; which 'll yer 'ave, strorbry or rarsbry?
+The real oridgenal 'stablishment, kep' by Billi Sneakino Pianni Organni.
+Who says hoky-poky?"
+
+"Why, 'tis real ice, Bill," said one of the men.
+
+"Snow," said another.
+
+"Gahn!" cried Private Gedge, scooping up a couple of handfuls. "It's
+hailstones, that's what it is. You on'y get snow atop o' the high
+mountains."
+
+"But it is snow, my lad," said a voice from behind, and the party
+started round, to see that a couple of their officers had followed to
+look at the glittering rift which ran right up hundreds of feet. "We're
+pretty high now."
+
+"How high, sir?" said Gedge, saluting.
+
+"We're at the top of the pass now," said the young officer who had
+spoken; "ten thousand feet above the sea."
+
+"Why, that's higher than the top of Saint Paul's, sir," said one of the
+men.
+
+"Top o' Saint Paul's," cried Gedge scornfully. "Why, it's higher than
+the Monniment atop o' that. Higher than 'Amstead, ain't it, sir?"
+
+"Yes," said the young officer, smiling.--"Don't straggle away, my lads.
+Keep close in."
+
+The speaker strolled away back with his companion towards where the
+native servants were busily preparing the mess meal, and their men
+looked after them.
+
+"Ain't them two chummy?" said one.
+
+"They jest are," said Gedge. "That Captain Roberts aren't a bad sort;
+but Mr Bracy's the chap for my money. He looks as if he could fight,
+too, if we had a row with the niggers."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," said another superciliously; "you can't never tell.
+Some o' them nice-looking dossy chaps ain't up to much. They can talk,
+but they talk too fast. How could he know we were ten thousand foot
+high? Why, that must be miles, and that's all stuff."
+
+"What do you know about it, stoopid?" cried Gedge fiercely. "Miles.
+Why, of course it is. Ain't we come miles this morning?"
+
+"Longwise, but not uppards."
+
+"Not uppards? Why, it's been sich a gettin' upstairs ever since we
+started this morning. Don't you be so jolly ready to kick again' your
+orficers. Mr Bracy's a reg'lar good sort; and if we comes to a set-to
+with the niggers he'll let some of yer see. I say, though, think we
+shall have a row?"
+
+"You bet! I heered Sergeant Gee say we should be at it 'fore long, and
+that these here--what do they call 'em?"
+
+"Dwats," said one of the men.
+
+"Yes, that's it," cried Gedge. "That's right. I remember, because I
+said to myself if we did we'd jolly soon give 'em Dwat for."
+
+Just then a bugle rang out, and the men doubled back for the lines,
+where, thanks to the clever native cooks, a hastily prepared meal was
+ready and made short work of, the keen mountain air and the long march
+having given the men a ravenous appetite.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWO.
+
+THE COLONEL.
+
+"Well, Colonel," said Dr Morton as the officers sat enjoying their
+lunch, breathing in the crisp mountain air and feasting their eyes at
+the same time upon the grand mountain scenery, "I must confess to being
+a bit lazy. You may be all athirst for glory, but after our ride this
+morning pale ale's good enough for me. I'm not a fighting man, and I
+hope when we get to the station we shall find that the what you may call
+'em--Dwats--have dissolved into thin air like the cloud yonder fading
+away on that snow-peak. If, however, it does come to a set-to, here I
+am, my dear boys, at your service, and I'll do the best I can."
+
+"Thank ye, Doctor," came in chorus from the officers; "but the less the
+better."
+
+"We shall have something to do, for certain," said the Colonel, a
+keen-looking, deeply bronzed man of fifty, "for these hill-tribes will
+never believe in England's strength till they have been well thrashed;
+but a fight does not mean for certain that we shall want the doctor's
+help afterwards."
+
+"So much the better," said that gentleman, laughing. "But, as I said,
+here I am if you want me, and I've got as well-arranged an ambulance
+as--"
+
+"Oh, I say, Doctor, don't talk shop," cried the young officer spoken of
+as Captain Roberts, a handsome, carefully dressed young fellow of seven
+or eight and twenty. "They're regular curs, are they not, sir--these
+Dwats?" he added, turning to the Colonel.
+
+"Certainly not," replied the latter gravely. "They are decidedly a
+brave, bold, fighting race. Tall, dark, big-bearded, just such fellows
+as hill-tribes are; restless, pugnacious fighting-men, always engaged in
+petty warfare with the neighbouring chiefs, and making plundering
+expeditions."
+
+"I see, sir," said the Captain; "like our old Border chieftains used to
+be at home."
+
+"Exactly," said the Colonel; "and each chief thinks he is one of the
+greatest monarchs under the sun. England is to them, in their
+ignorance, only a similar nation to their own, and the Empress a
+lady-chief."
+
+"We shall have to teach them better," said the Major, a gentleman with
+an eyeglass and a disposition to become stout. "We shall soon do it. A
+good sharp lesson is all that's wanted. The only difficulty is that,
+though they are as a rule always busy cutting one another's throats, as
+soon as one of the tribes is attacked they all become friends and help
+one another."
+
+"Save us trouble."
+
+"What's that, Bracy?" said the Colonel.
+
+"Save us trouble, sir," said the young man, laughing; "we can thrash
+half-a-dozen of the tribes together."
+
+"With a regiment of raw boys?" said the Major, frowning so fiercely that
+he shot his glass out of his eye and replaced it angrily.
+
+"Look here, Graham, you and I are going to quarrel."
+
+"What about, sir?"
+
+"Your bad habit of depreciating our lads."
+
+"Yes," said the Doctor, nodding his head sharply. "You do, Major, and
+it isn't good form to cry bad fish."
+
+"But it's true," said the Major sharply. "The War Office ought to be
+ashamed of itself for sending such a regiment of boys upon so arduous a
+task."
+
+"The boys are right enough," said the Colonel. "What do you say,
+Bracy?"
+
+"I say of course they are, sir."
+
+"Yes, because you're a boy yourself," said the Major in a tone which
+made the young man flush.
+
+"I wish I had some more boys like you, Bracy, my lad," said the Colonel
+warmly. "Graham's a bit touched in the liver with the change from warm
+weather to cold. He doesn't mean what he says--eh, Morton?"
+
+"That's right, Colonel," said the Doctor. "I have my eye upon him.
+He'll be asking for an interview with me to-morrow, _re_, as the lawyers
+say, B.P. and B.D."
+
+"Hang your B.P.s and B.D.s!" said the Major hotly. "I mean what I say,
+Colonel. These boys ought to have had three or four years in England
+before they were sent out here."
+
+"But they are sent up into the hills here where the climate is glorious,
+sir," cried the Doctor, "and I'll answer for it that in a year's time
+they will have put on muscle in a wonderful way, while in a couple of
+years you'll be proud of them."
+
+"I'm proud of the lads now," said the Colonel quietly.
+
+"I'm not," said the Major. "I feel like old Jack Falstaff sometimes,
+ready to say, `If I be not ashamed of my soldiers, I'm a soused gurnet.'
+They're boys, and nothing else."
+
+"Nonsense," said the Colonel good-humouredly. "I've seen some service,
+and I never had men under me who marched better or more cheerfully than
+these lads have to-day."
+
+"And not one fell out or came to me with sore feet," said the Doctor
+stoutly. "Boys? Well, hang it all! they're not such boys as there were
+in the old 34th."
+
+"What do you mean?" said the Major, shooting his eyeglass again.
+
+"In the Peninsular War, sir," said the Doctor; "a regiment of boys,
+whose ages were from fourteen to sixteen, and they behaved splendidly."
+
+"That's right," said the Colonel, nodding his head.
+
+"Oh yes," cried the Major superciliously; "but they had only the French
+to fight against. Any English boy could thrash a Frenchman."
+
+"Don't despise the French, Graham," said the Colonel quietly. "They are
+a very brave and gallant nation; and as to our lads, I certainly agree
+that they are very young; but when, as the Doctor says, they have been
+out here a bit, and put on more muscle--"
+
+"But, hang it all, sir!" cried the Major, "they didn't come out here to
+put on muscle, but to fight. And as to your 34th, our fellows haven't
+got to fight Frenchmen, but these big hill-tribes. The boys are right
+enough in their place, and we shall make soldiers of them in time; but
+suppose to-morrow or next day we come plump upon the enemy--what then?"
+
+"Our boys will make them run, sir," cried Bracy, flushing up.
+
+"You mean they'll make our lads run," growled the Major.
+
+"No, I don't, sir. I'll answer for our company. What do you say,
+Roberts?"
+
+"Same as you do, old man. Go on; you can put it stronger than I can."
+
+"No," said Bracy: "perhaps I've said too much, as the youngest officer
+in the regiment."
+
+"Not a bit, my lad," cried the Colonel warmly. "I endorse all you say.
+They are terribly young-looking, but, take them all together, as bright
+and plucky a set of fellows as any officer could wish to command."
+
+"Yes," said the Major through his teeth; "but look at them to-day. Hang
+me if they didn't at times seem like a pack of schoolboys out for a
+holiday--larking and shouting at one another, so that I got out of
+patience with them."
+
+"Better like that than limping along, discontented and footsore," said
+the Colonel gravely. "The boys are as smart over their drill as they
+can be, and a note on the bugle would have brought every one into his
+place. I don't want to see the life and buoyancy crushed out of lads by
+discipline and the reins held too tightly at the wrong time. By the
+way, Graham, you dropped the curb-rein on your horse's neck coming up
+the rough pass, and thoroughly gave him his head."
+
+"Yes," said the Major; "but we were talking about men, not horses."
+
+"Bah! Don't listen to him," cried the Doctor, laughing. "He's a bit
+yellow in the eyes, and he'll be singing quite a different song soon.
+The boys are right enough, Colonel, and all the better for being young--
+they'll mould more easily into your ways."
+
+"Humph!" growled the Major, frowning at the Doctor, who responded by
+raising his glass, nodding, and drinking to him.
+
+It did not seem long before the bugle sounded, and the men fell in,
+every lad drawing himself well up, trying to look his best and as proud
+as a peacock, when the Colonel rode along the ranks, noting everything
+and ready to give boy after boy a look of recognition and a word of
+praise about something which had been improved; for Colonel Graves had
+one of those memories which seem never to forget, and it had long been
+borne in upon the lads in the ranks that their leader noted and
+remembered everything, ready for blame or praise.
+
+In this case he drew rein opposite one very thin-looking fellow, making
+his sallow face turn red.
+
+"Felt any more of that sprain, Smith?"
+
+"No, sir; right as can be now. Ain't felt it a bit."
+
+"That's right. Fall out, my lad, if it turns weak in the least, and get
+a ride."
+
+"Yes, sir; thanky, sir. I will, sir."
+
+A little farther on there was another halt.
+
+"Those boots right, Judkins?"
+
+"Yes, sir; fit splendid, sir."
+
+"Good. Take care for the future; you and all of you. A man can't march
+well unless he has a comfortable boot, and a chafe once begun and
+neglected has sent many a good soldier into hospital."
+
+"These are fust-rate, sir," said the man quickly. "Easy as a glove."
+
+And so on as the Colonel rode along the ranks, making every man feel
+that his officer had a real interest in his welfare.
+
+The inspection over, the advance-guard set off, then the order, "Band to
+the front," was given, and the regiment filed off past the Colonel's
+horse, making for a narrow opening between two hills which seemed to
+overlap, and sent back the strains of the musical instruments in a
+wonderful series of echoes which went rolling among the mountains, to
+die away in the distance.
+
+Half-an-hour later the only signs left of the occupation of the pass
+were a few birds hovering about and stooping from time to time after
+some fragment of food. But all at once the birds took flight, as if in
+alarm, and the cause was not far to seek; for there was a flash in the
+afternoon sunshine among the rugged masses of half-frozen rocks on one
+side of the amphitheatre; then another flash, and a looker-on would have
+seen that it came from the long barrel of a gun.
+
+Directly after appeared a tall, swarthy man in white which looked dingy
+by comparison with the beds of snow lying on the northern side of the
+mountains.
+
+The man stole cautiously from stone to stone, and after making sure that
+the last soldier forming the baggage and rear-guard had disappeared, he
+ran quickly back to one of the snow-filled ravines and made a signal by
+holding his gun on high.
+
+This he did three times, and then turned and ran steadily across the
+meadow-like bottom of the halting-ground, till he was near the narrow
+gap through which the regiment had passed, to recommence his furtive
+movements, seeking the shelter of stone after stone till he disappeared
+between the folding rocks, while in his track came in a straggling body
+quite a hundred active-looking men of the same type--strongly built,
+fierce-looking, bearded fellows, each carrying a long jezail,
+powder-horn, and bullet-bag, while a particularly ugly curved knife was
+thrust through the band which held his cotton robe tightly about his
+waist.
+
+By this time the last of the rear-guard was well on its way, and the
+hill-men followed like so many shadows of evil that had been waiting
+till the little English force had passed, and were now about to seek an
+opportunity for mischief, whether to fall upon the rear or cut up
+stragglers remained to be seen. Possibly they were but one of many
+similar parties which would drop down from the rugged eminences and
+valleys which overlooked the track, completely cutting off the retreat
+of Colonel Graves's regiment of boys, of whose coming the tribes had
+evidently been warned, and so were gathering to give them a warm
+reception when the right time came.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THREE.
+
+FIRST TROUBLES.
+
+"Steady, my lads! steady!" said Lieutenant Bracy. "Not too fast, or we
+shall leave the baggage behind."
+
+Warnings like this had to be given again and again; for, though the
+track was as bad as ever, it was for the most part downhill, and the
+patches of snow lying in the jagged hollows on either side of the pass
+were less frequent, while the sheltered slopes and hollows were greener
+with groves of stunted fir and grass, and, far below, glimpses were
+obtained of deep valleys branching off from the lower part of the pass,
+whose sides were glorious in the sunshine with what seemed to be tiny
+shrubs.
+
+For the men required checking. They were growing weary, in spite of
+their midday halt, and longing to get to the ground below the snow-line,
+where they were to camp for the night.
+
+Colonel Graves was no less eager; for, though his little force was safe
+enough on the right, where the side of the pass sloped precipitately
+down, the track lay along a continuation of the shelf which ran upon the
+steep mountain-side, the slope being impossible of ascent, save here and
+there where a stream tumbled foaming down a crack-like gully and the
+rocks above them rose like battlements continued with wonderful
+regularity, forming a dangerous set of strongholds ready to conceal an
+enemy who could destroy them by setting loose stones in motion, or,
+perfectly safe themselves, pick the men off at their leisure.
+
+"I shall be heartily glad to get on to open ground again, Graham," said
+the Colonel.
+
+"My heart has been in my mouth for the last two hours," was the reply.
+"We can do nothing but press on."
+
+"And trust to the rocks up there being impassable to the enemy, if there
+is one on the stir."
+
+"Yes; I don't think he could get up there," replied the Major; "but
+there is an enemy astir, you may be sure."
+
+"I suppose so. The fact of a force like ours being at their mercy would
+set all the marauding scoundrels longing. Well, we have done everything
+possible. We're safe front and rear, and we can laugh up here at any
+attack from below on the right."
+
+Just about the same time Bracy and his friend Roberts were tripping and
+stumbling along with their company, the slowness of the baggage giving
+them time to halt now and then to gaze in awe and wonder at the
+stupendous precipices around and the towering snow-mountains which came
+more and more into sight at every turn of the zigzag track.
+
+"I suppose the Colonel knows what he's about," said Bracy during one of
+these halts.
+
+"I suppose so," replied Roberts. "Why?"
+
+"Because we seem to me to be getting more and more into difficulties,
+and where we must be polished off if the enemy lies in wait for us in
+force. Why in the world doesn't he try another way to Ghittah?"
+
+"For the simple reason, my boy, that there is no other way from the
+south. There's one from the north, and one from the east."
+
+"That settles the question, then, as to route; but oughtn't we to have
+flankers out?"
+
+"Light cavalry?" said the Captain grimly.
+
+"Bosh! Don't talk to me as if I were a fool. I mean skirmishers out
+right and left."
+
+"Look here, young fellow, we have all we can do to get along by the
+regular track."
+
+"Irregular track," said Bracy, laughing.
+
+"Right. How, then, do you think our lads could get along below there?"
+
+"Yes; impossible," said Bracy, with a sigh; and then glancing upward at
+the towering perpendicular rocks, he added, "and no one could get along
+there even with ropes and scaling-ladders. Well, I shall be precious
+glad to be out of it."
+
+"There, don't fret. I expect we shall find any amount of this sort of
+country."
+
+"Then I don't see how any manoeuvring's to be done. We shall be quite
+at the mercy of the enemy."
+
+"Oh! one never knows."
+
+"Well, I know this," said Bracy; "if I were in command I should devote
+my attention to avoiding traps. Hallo! what's amiss?"
+
+The conversation had been cut short by the sharp crack of a rifle, which
+set the echoes rolling, and the two young officers hurried forward past
+their halted men, who, according to instructions, had dropped down,
+seeking every scrap of shelter afforded by the rocks.
+
+"What is it?" asked Bracy as he reached the men who were in front, the
+advance-guard being well ahead and a couple of hundred feet below.
+
+Half-a-dozen voices replied, loud above all being that of Private Gedge:
+
+"Some one up there, sir, chucking stones down at us."
+
+"No," replied Bracy confidently as he shaded his eyes and gazed up; "a
+stone or two set rolling by a mountain sheep or two. No one could be up
+there."
+
+"What!" cried the lad excitedly. "Why, I see a chap in a white
+nightgown, sir, right up there, shove a stone over the edge of the
+parrypit, and it come down with a roosh."
+
+"Was it you who fired?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I loosed off at him at once, but I 'spect it was a
+rickershay."
+
+"Keep down in front there, my lads," said Captain Roberts. "Did any one
+else see the enemy?"
+
+A little chorus of "No" arose.
+
+"Well, I dunno where yer eyes must ha' been, pardners," cried Gedge in a
+tone full of disgust; and then, before a word of reproof or order for
+silence could be uttered, he was standing right up, shaking his fist
+fiercely and shouting, "Hi, there! you shy that, and I'll come up and
+smash yer."
+
+The words were still leaving his lips when Bracy had a glimpse of a
+man's head, then of his arms and chest, as he seemed to grasp a great
+stone, out of a crack five hundred feet above them, and as it fell he
+disappeared, the sharp cracks of half-a-dozen rifles ringing out almost
+together, and the stone striking a sharp edge of the precipitous face,
+shivering into a dozen fragments, which came roaring down, striking and
+splintering again and again, and glancing off to pass the shelf with a
+whirring, rushing sound, and strike again in a scattering volley far
+below.
+
+"Any one touched?" cried the Captain.
+
+"No, sir; no, sir."
+
+"I think that chap were, sir," whispered Gedge, who was reloading close
+to Bracy's side. "I didn't have much time to aim, sir, and the smoke
+got a bit before my eyes, but he dropped back precious sudden. But oh,
+dear me, no!" he went on muttering, and grinning the while at his
+comrades, "I didn't see no one up there. I'd got gooseb'ries in my head
+'stead of eyes. Now then, look out, lads; it's shooting for nuts, and
+forty in the bull's-eye."
+
+"Hold yer row; here's the Colonel coming," whispered the man next him.
+
+"Keep well under cover, my lads," said Bracy as the clattering of hoofs
+was heard.
+
+"Right, sir," said one of the men.
+
+"Why don't you, then?" muttered Gedge.
+
+"Silence, sir!" snarled Sergeant Gee, who was close behind.
+
+"All right," said Gedge softly; "but I don't want to see my orficer go
+down."
+
+For, regardless of danger, while his men were pretty well in shelter,
+Bracy was standing right out, using a field-glass.
+
+"Cover, cover, Mr Bracy," cried the Colonel sharply, and as he reined
+up he was put quickly in possession of the facts.
+
+"Shall we have to go back, Sergeant?" whispered Gedge.
+
+"You will--under arrest, sir, if you don't keep that tongue between your
+teeth."
+
+"All right, Sergeant," muttered Gedge. "I only wanted to know."
+
+He knew directly after, for the Colonel cried sharply:
+
+"That's right, my lads; keep close, and fire the moment you see a
+movement. You six men go over the side there, and fire from the edge of
+the road."
+
+The section spoken to rose and changed their positions rapidly, and as
+they did so a couple more blocks of stone were set in motion from above,
+and struck as the others had done, but did not break, glancing off, and
+passing over the men's heads with a fierce _whir_.
+
+"Cover the advance with your company, and change places with the
+rear-guard when they have passed. Steady, there, my lads," continued
+the Colonel to the next company of the halted regiment; "forward!"
+
+He took his place at their head, and advanced at a walk as coolly as if
+on parade; and the first movement seemed like a signal for stone after
+stone to be sent bounding down, and to be passed on their way by the
+long, thin, bolt-like bullets from the covering company's rifles, which
+spattered on the rocks above and kept the enemy from showing themselves,
+till, finding that every stone touched in the same place and glanced off
+the projecting shoulder half-way up, they became more bold, irritated
+without doubt by seeing the soldiers continue their course steadily
+along the track in spite of their efforts to stop their progress.
+
+"That's got him," cried Bracy excitedly as he watched a man, who at the
+great height looked a mere dwarf, step into full view, carrying a block
+upon his shoulder.
+
+This he heaved up with both hands above his head, and was in the act of
+casting it down when three rifles cracked, and he sprang out into space,
+diving down head first and still grasping the stone, to pass close over
+the marching men, strike the stony edge of the shelf, and shoot off into
+the deep valley below.
+
+The horrible fall seemed to impress the covering party strangely, and
+for a brief space nothing was heard but the irregular tramp of the
+passing men.
+
+"That's put a stop to their little game," whispered Gedge.
+
+"Look out! fire!" growled the Sergeant; and a couple more of the enemy
+fell back, after exposing themselves for a few seconds to hurl down
+stones.
+
+"Serve 'em right, the cowards," said Gedge, reloading. "If they want to
+fight, why don't they come down and have it out like men?"
+
+"I say," whispered his neighbour on the left, "you hit one of them."
+
+"Nay, not me," replied Gedge.
+
+"You did."
+
+"Don't think so. Fancy I hit that beggar who pitched down, stone and
+all. I felt like hitting him. But don't talk about it, pardner. One's
+got to do it, but I don't want to know."
+
+"No," said Bracy, who overheard the words and turned to the lad, "it's
+not pleasant to think about, but it's to save your comrades' lives."
+
+"Yes, sir, that's it, ain't it?" said the lad eagerly.
+
+"Of course," replied Bracy.
+
+"And I ought to shoot as straight as I can, oughtn't I?"
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"Hah!" ejaculated Gedge, and then to his nearest comrade, "I feel a deal
+better after that."
+
+The stony bombardment continued, and Bracy watched every dislodged block
+as it fell, feeling a strange contraction about the heart, as it seemed
+certain that either it or the fragments into which it splintered must
+sweep some of the brave lads steadily marching along the shelf, horribly
+mutilated, into the gulf below.
+
+But it was not so; either the stones were a little too soon or too late,
+or they struck the side and glanced off to fly whirring over the line of
+men and raise echoes from far below. For, after certainly losing four,
+the enemy grew more cautious about exposing themselves; and as the
+minutes glided by it began to appear as if the regiment would get past
+the dangerous spot without loss, for the baggage mules and heavily-laden
+camels were now creeping along, and the covering party at a word from
+Captain Roberts became, if possible, more watchful.
+
+It was about this time that Bill Gedge, who tired seldom, but with the
+effect of keeping the stones from one special gap from doing mischief,
+drew the Sergeant's attention to that particular spot, and, hearing his
+remarks, Bracy lay back and brought his field-glass to bear upon it.
+
+"It ain't no good firing at a pair o' hands coming and going," said
+Gedge. "I want to ketch the chap as is doing that there bit o' brick
+laying."
+
+"Bit of what!" cried Bracy.
+
+"Well, I calls it bricklaying, sir. You see, I've watched him ever so
+long, sticking stones one above another, ready to shove down all
+together. I think he means to send 'em down on the squelchy-welchies."
+
+"The what?" cried Bracy, laughing.
+
+"He means the camels, sir."
+
+"Oh. Yes, I can see," continued Bracy. "Looks more like a breastwork."
+
+Even as he spoke there was a puff of smoke, a dull report, and a sharp
+spat on the rock close to the young officer's hand, and he started up,
+looking a little white, while Sergeant Gee picked up a flattened-out
+piece of lead.
+
+"Right, sir," he said; "it is a breastwork, and there's a couple o' long
+barrels sticking out."
+
+"Let them have it there," cried Captain Roberts. "They're opening fire
+with their jezails."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Gedge in a whisper; "we've just found that out for
+ourselves."
+
+He drew trigger as he spoke, and as the smoke rose and he looked up,
+loading mechanically the while, he caught sight of a long gun dropping
+swiftly down, barrel first, to fall close by one of the camels, grunting
+and moaning as it bore its balanced load along the shelf.
+
+"Mine," cried Gedge. "I hit the chap as he was looking down. I wants
+that there long gas-pipe to take home."
+
+"Thank you, Gedge," said Bracy in a low voice. "I believe you've saved
+my life."
+
+"Not me, sir; he shot first, but it did look near."
+
+"Horribly, my lad, and he'd have had me next time."
+
+"Think so, sir?" said the lad, taking aim again. "Well, there's another
+on 'em shooting, and I want to get him if I can. Stop him from
+committing murder, too."
+
+Gedge took a long aim, and his finger trembled about the trigger for
+nearly a minute, but he did not fire; and all the while, evidently set
+in motion by a good strong party of the enemy, the stones came crashing
+and thundering down, in spite of the firing kept up by the covering
+sections, whose rifle-bullets spattered and splashed upon the rocks, and
+often started tiny avalanches of weathered debris.
+
+Then all at once Gedge fired, and the long barrel, which had been thrust
+out from the little breastwork and sent down dangerous shots time after
+time, was suddenly snatched back, and the lad reloaded, looking
+smilingly at the lieutenant the while.
+
+"Good shot," said Sergeant Gee importantly. "You didn't do your
+firing-practice for nothing, my man."
+
+"Did you hit him, Gedge?" cried Bracy eagerly.
+
+"Yes, sir; he had it that time. I could ha' done it afore if he'd ha'
+showed hisself."
+
+"But he did at last."
+
+"That he didn't, sir, on'y his shadder on the stone, and I aimed at
+that."
+
+"Nonsense!" cried the Sergeant.
+
+"Ah, well, you'll see," said Gedge, and he turned with a grin to his
+officer. "I foun' as I should never hit him strite forrard, sir, so I
+thinked it out a bit, and then aimed at his shadder, and it was like
+taking him off the cushion--fired at the stone where I could see the
+shadder of his head."
+
+"Ah! a ricochet," cried Bracy.
+
+"That's it, sir; a rickyshay."
+
+The stones continued to fall without effect; but no one above attempted
+to expose himself again to the deadly fire from below.
+
+Suddenly Bracy started from his place.
+
+"Up with you, my lads; forward!"
+
+Waving his sword, he made a rush, leading his men along the
+deadly-looking piece of road swept by the stones from above, for the
+rear-guard had passed in safety; and, with his breath coming thick and
+fast, he dashed forward, knowing full well that their first movement
+would be the signal for the stones to come down thick and fast. He was
+quite right; for, as the men cheered and dashed after their two
+officers, block after block came whirring down, crashing, bounding,
+shivering, and seeming to fill the air with fragments so thickly that it
+was quite impossible to believe the passage of that hundred exposed
+yards could be accomplished in safety. But they got across untouched,
+and the men cheered again as they clustered about their officers, the
+precipitous spot where they now stood being sheltered from the danger,
+apparently inaccessible even to the enemy.
+
+"Bravo, my lads!" cried the Captain.
+
+"Splendidly done," said Bracy, breathless, "and not a man hurt."
+
+"All here?" said Captain Roberts.
+
+"Yes, sir;" "Yes, sir," came in a scattered volley of words.
+
+"No--stop!" said Bracy excitedly. "Where's Gedge?"
+
+There was a dead silence, the men looking at one another and then back
+along the stone-strewed track, only a third of which was visible. But
+there was no sign of the missing man, and after a word or two with his
+brother officer Bracy doubled back, followed by Sergeant Gee, till they
+had rounded a bend of the track and could command the whole distance.
+As they halted to examine the road, another stone fell from above,
+struck the road, and then bounded off into the valley.
+
+"There he is," cried Bracy excitedly, thrusting his sword back in its
+scabbard. "Just beyond where that stone fell."
+
+"Yes, sir; I see him now. It's all over with the poor lad. Here, sir;
+don't, sir. What are you going to do?"
+
+"Do? Fetch him in," said Bracy sharply.
+
+"No, sir; don't, sir. It's like going to a 'orrid death," faltered the
+Sergeant, whose face was of a clayey hue. "You mustn't go, sir. You
+ought to order me to fetch him in, and I will if you tell me."
+
+"I'm not going to tell our lads to do what I daren't do myself," said
+Bracy coldly. "They can't see us here--can they?"
+
+The Sergeant glanced upward, but the view in that direction was cut off
+by projecting masses of stone.
+
+"No, sir; they can't see us here."
+
+"Then here goes," cried the young officer, drawing a deep breath and
+pressing his helmet down upon his head.
+
+"No, sir; don't--" began the Sergeant in tones of expostulation; but he
+did not finish, for before the second word had left his lips Bracy was
+bounding along as if running in an impediment race, leaping masses of
+stone, avoiding others, and making for where he could see the motionless
+figure; of Gedge still grasping his rifle and lying face downward among
+the stones.
+
+A yell arose from above as Bracy bounded into view, and stones began to
+fall again; while, upon reaching the fallen man, the young officer,
+completely ignoring the terrible peril in which he stood, bent down,
+passed his arms about the waist, raised him, and with a big effort threw
+him over his shoulder; and then turned and started back, carrying the
+poor fellow's rifle in his right hand.
+
+The yells from above increased, and before Bracy had gone half-a-dozen
+yards of the return journey there was a loud _whish_, and he stopped
+short, for a block of stone struck the path not a yard before him, and
+then bounded off. For a moment or two Bracy felt mentally stunned by
+the close approach of a horrible death; then, recovering himself, he
+strode on again, feeling strongly that it was more perilous to stand
+still than to go on, with every step taking him nearer to safety.
+
+There was an intense desire burning within him to try and run, but the
+rugged path forbade that, and he tramped slowly on with his load, with
+the air seeming to his heated imagination to be thick with the falling
+missiles which came hurtling around.
+
+"The next must do it," he found himself muttering, as he went on with
+what, though only a matter of minutes, seemed to be a long journey,
+before, coming confusedly as it were out of a dream, he heard the
+cheering of his men, and Sergeant Gee and three more relieved him of his
+load, while the crash and rattle of the falling stones seemed to be far
+behind.
+
+"Hooray!" A tremendously hearty British cheer--only that of a company,
+but as loud it seemed as if given by the whole regiment; and the next
+thing out of the confused dream was the feeling of his hand being
+grasped, and the hearing of his brother officer's voice.
+
+"Splendid, old man!" he whispered. "Talk about pluck! But what's the
+matter? Don't say you're hurt?"
+
+"No--no, I think not. Only feel a bit stunned."
+
+"Then you're hit by a stone?"
+
+"No, no. There, I'm better now. Here! That poor fellow Gedge! I hope
+he isn't killed."
+
+They turned to the little group of men who surrounded poor Gedge, now
+lying on his back, with Gee upon one knee bending over him, and trying
+to give him some water from his canteen.
+
+"Dead?" cried Bracy excitedly.
+
+"'Fraid so, sir," replied the Sergeant. "Stone hit him on the 'elmet,
+and I expect his head's caved in."
+
+"Bathe his face with a handful of the water," said Bracy sadly. "Poor
+lad! this was horribly sudden."
+
+Both he and Roberts looked down sadly at the stony face so lately full
+of mischievous animation, and in view of the perilous position in which
+they stood and the duty he had to do, the Captain was about to order the
+men to make an extempore stretcher of their rifles and the Sergeant's
+strong netted sash, so that the retreat could be continued, when Gee
+dashed some water in the prostrate lad's face.
+
+The effect was marvellous. In an instant a spasm ran through the stony
+features. There was a fit of coughing and choking, and as the men
+around, always ready for a laugh, broke out, the supposed dead opened
+his eyes, stared blankly, and gasped out:
+
+"Stow that! Here, who did it? Here, I'll just wipe some one's eye for
+that, here, I know--I--here--I s'y--I--er--Mr Bracy, sir! You wouldn't
+play tricks with a fellow like that? Ah, I recklect now!"
+
+The poor fellow's hand went to his bare head, and he winced at the acute
+pain the touch gave him.
+
+"I say, sir," he said, "ketched me a spank right there.--Is my 'elmet
+spoiled?"
+
+"Never mind your helmet, Gedge, my lad," cried Bracy, who was bending
+over him. "There, you must lie still till we get something ready to
+carry you to the ambulance."
+
+"Kerry me, sir! What for? Ain't going to croak, am I? Not me. Here,
+I'm all right, sir. Give's a drink outer my bottle.--Hah! that's
+good.--Drop more, please, Sergeant,--Thanky.--Hah! that is good. Feel
+as if I could drink like a squelchy-welchy.--Here, I s'y, where's my
+rifle?"
+
+"I've got it, pardner," said one of the lads.
+
+"Oh, that's right. Ain't got the stock skretched, hev it?"
+
+"No, no; that's all right, Bill."
+
+"Glad o' that. Here, I s'y; I went down, didn't I?"
+
+"Yes, my lad; just in the middle of the worst bit where the stones were
+falling."
+
+"That was it--was it? Well, I did wonder they never hit nobody, sir,
+but I didn't expect they'd hit me."
+
+"What are you going to do, my lad?" said the Captain sharply.
+
+"Get up, sir.--Can't lie here. 'Tain't soft enough. I'm all right.
+Only feel silly, as if I'd been heving my fust pipe.--Thanky,
+Sergeant.--Here, it's all right; I can stand. Who's got my 'elmet?"
+
+The poor fellow tottered a little, but the British pluck of his nature
+made him master the dizzy feeling, and the old familiar boyish grin
+broke out over his twitching white face as he took hold of the helmet
+handed to him and tried to put it on.
+
+"Here, I s'y," he cried, "no larks now; this ain't in me."
+
+"Yes, that's yours, Gedge," said the Sergeant.
+
+"Got such a dint in it, then, that it won't go on."
+
+"No, my lad," said Bracy. "Here, Sergeant, tie my handkerchief round
+his head."
+
+"Yes, sir; thank ye, sir. Here, hold still, Gedge," cried the Sergeant.
+
+"Well, I'm blest!" muttered the poor fellow; "there's all one side
+puffed out like arf a bushel basket. Here, I've often heard of chaps
+having the swelled head when they've got on a bit; but I won't show it,
+mateys. I won't cut your company.--Thank ye, Sergeant."
+
+"Fall in," cried the Captain. "Gedge, you'll have to be carried. Two
+men. Sergeant, and change often."
+
+"I can walk, sir, please," cried Gedge. "Let me try. If I can't some
+un can carry me then."
+
+"Very well, try.--Forward."
+
+The march was resumed, but after a few steps the injured lad was glad to
+grasp the arm offered him by Gee.
+
+"Thanky, Sergeant," he said. "Just a bit dizzy now, and I don't want to
+go over the side. Better soon; but, I say, did you fetch me in?"
+
+"No: it was Mr Bracy," said Gee gruffly.
+
+"Oh, him!" said the lad quietly, and with a curious look in his eyes as
+he gazed in the young lieutenant's direction. "Well, thank ye, sir;
+much obliged," he said in an undertone. "I'll say so to you some time.
+But I say, Sergeant, talk about having a head on; I've got it now."
+
+"Yes; but don't talk. Hullo! they're up above us again yonder."
+
+"What, the Dwat you may call 'ems?"
+
+"I s'pose so," said the Sergeant gruffly, as a stone crashed down close
+to the foremost man.
+
+"And me not able to shoot!" muttered Gedge. "Well, of all the hard
+luck! But I owe some on 'em something for that shy at my coco-nut; and
+oh! I s'y, Sergeant, it's just as if some one was at work at it with a
+pick."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FOUR.
+
+WOUNDED MEN.
+
+The Sergeant was right, for, after turning a rib-like mass of stone
+forming an angle in the path, it was to find that either a fresh party
+of the enemy were waiting for them, or the others had by taking a short
+cut reached an eminence commanding the path; and as soon as the company
+came in sight they were saluted with an avalanche of stones, on a spot
+where they were terribly exposed, there being no shelter that could be
+seized upon by a few picked marksmen to hold the stone-throwers in check
+while the rest got by.
+
+Matters looked bad, for the whole; of the baggage with the guard had
+disappeared, and, to make matters worse, shot after shot came whistling
+by from behind, indicating that the hill-men had come down to the track,
+and were closely following them in the rear.
+
+"We must make a rush for it, Bracy," said Captain Roberts, as he gazed
+up at the heights from which the invisible enemy were bombarding the
+path. "We'll hold them back for a few minutes, and then you take half
+the company and dash across to yonder rocks. As soon as you are in
+shelter open fire and cover, as I fancy you can get a sight of them from
+there. It's waste of ammunition to fire from here, and--Who's that
+down?"
+
+For there was a sharp cry from one of the men, who staggered forward a
+few yards, fell, and sprang up again minus his helmet, which had been
+struck by a bullet from behind.
+
+"All right; not much hurt, sir," cried the sufferer, rejoining his
+companions, after picking up his helmet, the back of which had been
+scored by a nearly spent rugged missile, whose track was marked in a
+long jagged cut across the man's right cheek-bone, from which the blood
+was trickling down.
+
+The rear men were on the alert, watching for a chance to retaliate upon
+their troublesome enemy, but holding their fire, for not a man was
+visible, and it seemed useless to fire at the rocks they had just left.
+
+"The sooner we are out of this the better," said the Captain quietly.
+"You know your work.--Wait a minute, and then at the word rush across to
+the rocks."
+
+The minute had nearly passed, the time filled up by the rattle and roar
+of falling stones, and Bracy's half-company, though at rest, were
+panting hard with excitement like greyhounds held by a leash. Then,
+just as the falling stones were beginning to slacken as if the throwers
+grasped the fact that they were wasting their strength, and were
+reserving their discharge till the half-company made its rush, there was
+a sudden quick movement among the rocks they were to try and reach, and
+Bracy's blood ran cold as, puff, puff, puff, and then crack, crack, fire
+was opened.
+
+"Hah!" ejaculated Roberts excitedly; "they've got down somehow to cut us
+off. We're between two fires, Bracy, man. There's nothing for it now
+but to dash forward. You must clear them out of that. Don't stop to
+pick up your men who go down. We shall be close behind, and will see to
+them. Get across, and then turn and cover us if you can."
+
+Bracy nodded, and drew his revolver, just giving one glance upward at
+the heights from whence the stones came, and then fixing his eyes upon
+the rocks on the other side of the curve of the track, from which fresh
+puffs of smoke arose, making their position look desperate with the
+enemy in front and rear, supplemented by those hidden among the rugged
+natural battlements of their stronghold.
+
+"How many men shall I lose?" thought the young officer; and then, "Shall
+I get across alive?"
+
+The next moment all was changed.
+
+"Why, Roberts," he cried, "it's our own men yonder, firing up instead of
+at us, to cover our advance."
+
+"Forward, then," cried Roberts. "We shall be close behind."
+
+Bracy dashed ahead, waving his sword, and his half-company of boys
+cheered as they followed him; while as soon as they started there was a
+tremendous crashing of dislodged masses of rock, which came thundering
+down, fortunately sent too soon to injure the charging soldiery, who
+were saved from a second discharge by a sharp crackling fire from the
+rocks which they were to have occupied, the rapid repetitions telling
+that a strong company of their friends were at work, and the bullets
+spattering and flicking among the enemy, driving them at once into
+cover.
+
+There was a hearty cheer to greet Bracy and his half-company as they
+successfully crossed the stone-swept track and reached the shelter of
+the rocks, ready to turn on the instant and help to keep down the
+stone-throwing as Roberts and his men came along at the double.
+
+But Bracy's lads did not fire a shot aloft, for a glance at the second
+half of the company revealed a new danger, and his men dropped into
+position, ready to repel that with a volley. For no sooner had the
+second half started than the track, a quarter of a mile in their rear,
+suddenly seemed to become alive with white-garbed hill-men, who came
+bounding along in a little crowd.
+
+"Steady, steady! make every shot tell, boys," cried Bracy. "Fire!"
+
+A ragged volley was the result; the hill-men stopped suddenly as if
+petrified, and were hesitating still as to what they should do, when a
+second volley sent them to the right-about, leaving several of their
+number on the track, while half-a-dozen more were seen to drop before
+their comrades were out of sight.
+
+There was another burst of cheering as the second half-company pressed
+on without the loss of a man, Gedge having so far recovered that he was
+able to double with one of his comrades, who came steadily on with him,
+arm-in-arm. As the young officers stood breathless and panting with
+their exertions, the stern, keen face of Colonel Graves suddenly loomed
+above the smoke, and his horse bore him into their midst.
+
+"How many men down?" was his first eager question.
+
+"Two slightly wounded; that's all, sir," was the reply.
+
+"Forward, then," he said, and he signed to Roberts and Bracy to come to
+his side.
+
+"You've done well," he said. "Retain your places as rear-guard. I'll
+keep in touch with you.--Hark!"
+
+"Firing, sir," said Captain Roberts.
+
+"Yes; the Major must be clearing the way for us. We must get off this
+shelf and on to open ground before dark."
+
+He turned his horse's head and made his way towards the front as rapidly
+as the nature of the wretched rock-strewn shelf would allow; and the two
+young officers tramped on at a fair distance from the rear of the
+baggage-guard, keeping a sharp lookout for enemies in pursuit, feeling
+little anxiety about the rugged eminences up to their left, knowing as
+they did that they would have ample warning of danger by an attack being
+made somewhere along the line whose extreme rear they were protecting.
+
+Their task was comparatively easy now, for their two wounded men had
+been passed on to the baggage-train, so that they could be in charge of
+the ambulance men and have the benefit of the Doctor's help. A shot
+came now and then from behind, showing that the enemy were in pursuit;
+but no mischief was done, a return shot or two from the rear files, who
+retired in skirmishing order, silencing the firing at every outbreak.
+Every step taken, too, now was more and more downward, and the keen
+winds, sharpened by the ice and snow, which had cut down the ravines at
+the higher part of the pass, were now tempered by the warm afternoon
+sunshine, which bathed the tops of the shrubs they had looked down upon
+from above, the said shrubs having developed into magnificent groves of
+cedars, grand in form and towering in height.
+
+These last were for the most part on the farther side of the now verdant
+valley--verdant, for its rocky harshness was rapidly becoming softened;
+even the shelf along which they tramped began to be dotted with alpine
+flowers, which gave the march the appearance of having lasted for
+months, for the morning; had been in part among mountains whose
+atmosphere was that of a sunny day in February. Now they were in May,
+and according to appearances they were descending into an evening that
+would be like June.
+
+Matters were going on so quietly now that the two officers found time
+for a chat at intervals, one of which was as they passed a
+formidable-looking spot where the thickly scattered stones and marks of
+lead upon the rocks showed that it must have been the scene of one of
+the attacks made by the enemy from the rocks above. But there was no
+sign of them now, the only suggestion of danger being the presence of a
+score of their men left to keep any fresh attack in check, and who
+retired as soon as the rear-guard came in sight.
+
+"This must be where the Major had to clear the way," said Roberts as he
+scanned the heights with his glass.
+
+"Yes," replied Bracy; "and I hope he was as well satisfied with the boys
+as we were."
+
+"Shame if he wasn't," cried Roberts. "Pooh! don't take any notice of
+what he said. You know his way."
+
+"Yes; he must have something to grumble at," replied Bracy. "If he were
+with a regiment of veterans--"
+
+"Yes, of course; he'd be snarling because they were what he'd call
+worn-out, useless cripples, only fit for Chelsea Hospital. The Doctor
+was right: it's his liver."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy; "and when we are in camp to-night and at dinner he'll
+be in the highest of glee, and do nothing but brag about how he made the
+enemy run."
+
+"Well, yes; a bit of work always does him good. It isn't brag, though,
+for I believe the Major to be a splendid officer, and if we have much to
+do he'll begin showing us greenhorns what a soldier ought to be. But, I
+say, don't talk about dinner. I didn't think of it before; now I feel
+famished. My word! I shall punish it to-night."
+
+"If we get safely into camp," cried Bracy excitedly. "Down with you, my
+lads, and look out. It came from across the valley there, from among
+those trees."
+
+Even as he spoke, pat, pat, pat came as many bullets, to strike against
+the bare face of the rock over their heads and fall among the stones at
+their feet, while the reports of the pieces fired were multiplied by the
+echoes till they died away.
+
+"Nothing to mind," said Roberts coolly. "They're trying to pick us off!
+We can laugh at any attack if they try to cross the depths below
+there."
+
+"Nothing to mind so long as we are not hit," replied Bracy; "but I
+object to being made a mark for their practice. What have you got
+there, Jones?"
+
+"One of their bullets, sir," said the man, who had picked up a messenger
+which had come whizzing across the valley.
+
+"Bullet--eh? Look here, Roberts," and Bracy handed his brother officer
+a ragged piece of iron which looked as if it had been cut off the end of
+a red-hot iron rod.
+
+"Humph! Nice tackle to fire at us. Lead must be scarce. Now, that's
+the sort of thing that would make a wound that wouldn't heal, and
+delight old Morton."
+
+Pat, pat, again overhead, and the missiles fell among the stones.
+
+"We must stop this," said Roberts.--"Hold your fire, my lads, till you
+have a good chance. One telling shot is worth a hundred bad ones."
+
+"Ah! Look out," cried Bracy, who was scanning the distant grove of
+large trees across the valley a quarter of a mile away. "There they go,
+breaking cover to take up ground more forward, to have at us again."
+
+For, all at once, some fifty white-coats became visible, as their owners
+dashed out of one of the patches of cedars and ran for another a furlong
+ahead. The lads were looking out, and rifle after rifle cracked. Then
+there was quite a volley to teach the enemy that a quarter of a mile was
+a dangerous distance to stand at when British soldiers were kneeling
+behind rocks which formed steady rests for the rifles they had carefully
+sighted.
+
+Five or six men, whose white-coats stood out plainly in the clear
+mountain air against the green, were seen to drop and not rise again;
+while the rest, instead of racing on to the cover in front, turned off
+at right-angles and made for a woody ravine higher up the right face of
+the valley; but they did not all reach it in safety.
+
+The firing brought back the Colonel, who nodded thoughtfully on hearing
+Roberts's report.
+
+"Hurry on," he said; "the shelf descends to quite an opening of the
+valley a quarter of a mile farther on, and there is a patch of wood well
+out of reach of the hills, where I shall camp to-night. The
+advance-guard have cleared it of a similar party to that you describe."
+
+"It was getting time," said Bracy to Roberts as the Colonel rode on. "I
+shouldn't have liked for us to pass the night on this shelf. Think
+they'll attack us after dark?"
+
+"Can't say, my son. If they do--"
+
+"Well, what?" asked Bracy.
+
+"We shall have to fight; but not, I hope, till we have had a comfortable
+meal."
+
+"I hope the same; but I suppose there'll be no rest till we've had a
+good set-to and thrashed the ruffians. Why, the country seems to be up
+in arms against us."
+
+"Yes," said Roberts; "it's a way these genial hill-men have."
+
+"Fortunately for us it is very thinly peopled," observed Bracy as they
+tramped along, seemingly as fresh as when they started.
+
+"Don't be too sure. We've been up among the mountains. Wait till we
+see the vales."
+
+But the troubles of the day ceased at sunset, one which was made
+wonderful with the hues which dyed the mountains of the vast Karakoram
+range; and when the cooking-fires were out in the cedar grove and the
+watches were set, officers and men slept well in the aromatic air; even
+the mules did not squeal and kick so very much in their lines, while the
+weary camels groaned and sighed and sobbed in half-tones, as if
+bemoaning their fate as being rather better than usual, for none had
+been riddled by bullets, fallen, or been beaten overmuch, and their
+leaders had taken care that they were not overloaded, and that they had
+plenty to eat and drink. The only men who slept badly were Gedge and
+Symons, the man whose cheek-bone had been furrowed by a bullet. But
+even they were cheerful as they talked together in the shelter of a
+canvas tent, and passed the time comparing notes about their ill-luck in
+being the first down, and calculating how long it would be before they
+were back in the ranks.
+
+"Hurt much, matey?" said Gedge.
+
+"Pretty tidy, pardner. How's your nut?"
+
+"Been easier since the Doctor put the wet rag on it soaked with some
+stuff or another. Oh, I shouldn't care a bit, only it keeps on swelling
+up like a balloon, and it'll make a fellow look such a guy."
+
+"Hist!" said the other; "some one coming. The Doctor."
+
+"Are you asleep in there?" said a low voice.
+
+"Mr Bracy, sir," cried Gedge eagerly. "No, sir; we're wido."
+
+"How are you, my lads--in much pain?"
+
+"Oh no, sir; we're all right."
+
+"I came just to see how you are. Good-night. Try and get to sleep."
+
+"Yes, sir; thank ye, sir. Good-night, sir."
+
+"Good-night."
+
+There was a faint rustle as of feet passing over cedar needle, and then
+a faint choky sound as if some one in the dark were trying to swallow
+something.
+
+"I like that," said Symons at last in a whisper; "makes yer feel as if
+yer orficers do think o' something else besides making yer be smart."
+
+"Like it?" said Gedge huskily. "I should just think you do. Oh, I say,
+though, what a guy I shall look in the morning! Wish we'd got a box o'
+dominoes and a bit o' candle."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FIVE.
+
+BOYS IN ACTION.
+
+"Look at those boys," said Bracy the next morning on meeting his brother
+officers at their attractive-looking mess breakfast, spread by the
+native servants beneath a magnificent cedar. "Yes, they look cheery and
+larky enough, in spite of yesterday's experience."
+
+"As full of fun as if this were a holiday," said another.
+
+"Ah," said Roberts, "no one would think that we were surrounded by the
+enemy."
+
+"Are we?" asked Bracy.
+
+"Are we?--Just, hark at him.--Where have you been?"
+
+"Having a glorious bath in that torrent. The water was as clear as
+crystal."
+
+"And cold as ice," said the Major, with a shudder. "I tried it in my
+gutta-percha wash-basin."
+
+"Oh yes, it was cold," said Bracy; "but it was like a shower-bath
+squared and cubed. It came down on my head in tubfuls, sent an electric
+thrill through one's muscles, and a good rub sent every trace of
+stiffness out of my legs. Feel as if I could walk any distance to-day."
+
+"Well, be patient, old man," said Roberts, laughing. "I dare say you'll
+have a chance."
+
+"But what's that you were saying about the enemy?"
+
+"Why, every hill's covered with them, and they evidently mean to
+attack."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Bracy, beginning upon his breakfast; "then I
+suppose we must fight."
+
+There was a laugh behind him, a hand was laid upon his shoulder, and the
+young man looked up sharply, to see that the Colonel had come up
+silently over the thick carpet of cedar needles.
+
+"Good-morning, sir."
+
+"Good-morning--all," said the Colonel quietly. "All well?"
+
+A chorus of assent ran round the group, and the Colonel continued:
+
+"That's the spirit to take it in, Bracy. Of course we must fight; and
+the sooner the scoundrels give us the chance the better--eh, Graham?"
+
+"Yes; we've come to give them a lesson, and they'll get it. We ought to
+reach the station by evening. The poor fellows there must be anxiously
+looking out for us."
+
+"Yes; I've sent three different messengers to say that we shall be there
+by night, and I hope one out of the three will get there with the news."
+
+"Then you mean to go on at once?"
+
+"Of course. Did you think I meant to stay here?"
+
+"I only thought it possible that, as this was a strong place, and we
+have plenty of provisions and good water, you might hold on and let them
+attack us."
+
+"Oh no," replied the Colonel, taking his seat on the ground with the
+rest. "If we do that the enemy will take it for granted that we fear
+him. It must be forward, and plenty of dash."
+
+"Yes; but while our lads are raw they would be more steady behind such a
+breastwork, or zareba, as we could soon make round us."
+
+"I thought the boys were steady enough yesterday," said the Colonel
+quietly; "and we shall be far better off in the open than drawn out in a
+line on that narrow shelf."
+
+"Oh, then we shall have a better road to-day?"
+
+"Yes," said the Colonel, going on calmly enough with his meal. "As far
+as I can gather from our guides, who all agree as to the character of
+the road, we have wide, open valleys, with forest till within a couple
+of miles of Ghittah; then the mountains close in again, and we have a
+narrow shelf to traverse high above the bottom of a gorge."
+
+"With plenty of places for stone-throwers?" said the Major.
+
+"Plenty," replied the Colonel; "so you know what you have to expect,
+gentlemen. But I hope and believe that unless they are too closely
+beleaguered the little garrison at the station will make a sally to meet
+us, and help to clear the way."
+
+"What a jolly old humbug Graham is!" whispered Roberts. "It's all to
+belittle our lads. He knew that as well as the Colonel."
+
+"I suppose so," replied Bracy. "Ah, here's the Doctor."
+
+For that gentleman came bustling up, smiling and nodding to all in turn.
+
+"Morning, Doctor," said the Colonel. "What do you think of your
+patients this morning?"
+
+"My patients? Seen them?"
+
+"Yes," said the Colonel quietly. "Bracy and I had a look at them as
+soon as it was light."
+
+"Getting on splendidly," said the Doctor, rubbing his hands. "Narrow
+escape for that boy whose cheek is scratched; an inch or two more to the
+left, and--"
+
+"Ah! Bah! The old story, Doctor," said the Major contemptuously.
+
+"Yes, sir," replied the Doctor tartly, as he fixed his eyes on the
+portly, middle-aged officer on the opposite side of the cloth. "You
+didn't take those pills, then?"
+
+"How do you know?"
+
+"By the way you talk," said the Doctor, chuckling, and screwing up one
+eye and glancing round at the rest.
+
+"No, sir, I did not take the rubbish," said the Major angrily, as he saw
+every one smiling. "Was it likely that I should take them at a time
+like this?"
+
+"No, I suppose not," said the Doctor coolly; "but I should. But, as I
+was going to say, Colonel, it's wonderful what a deal the human skull
+can bear. Now, for instance, that boy Gedge: a great stone comes down
+many hundred feet, increasing in velocity with the earth's attraction,
+strikes him on the head, and down he goes, insensible, with his skull
+crushed in, you would expect; but no: it is the old story of the
+strength of the arch and the difficulty in cracking an egg-shell from
+outside, though the beak of a tiny chicken can do it from within."
+
+"Then there's no fracture?" said Bracy eagerly.
+
+"Not so much as a faint crack, sir. Fellow was too thick-headed."
+
+The Colonel sprang to his feet the next minute, for one of the officers
+appeared to announce the appearance of three several bodies of men
+descending from the distant heights.
+
+"How near?" asked the Colonel.
+
+"The nearest about a mile and a half, sir."
+
+"Another live minutes for you to finish your breakfast, gentlemen, and
+then we march."
+
+The bugles were sounding directly after, and in less time than their
+leader had given out, the officers were with their companies, the native
+servants had replaced the camp equipage, and at the end of the quarter
+of an hour the march was resumed in the most orderly way, the
+baggage-train being strongly guarded, and the men well rested, flushed,
+and eager for the coming fray.
+
+It was like a glorious late spring morning in England, and the wide
+valley the regiment was traversing presented a lovely series of
+landscapes, backed up in front and to right and left with mighty
+snow-capped mountains, whose peaks looked dazzling in the early morning
+sun. But though every breast breathed in the crisp air with a strange
+sense of exhilaration, no one had eyes for anything but the two bodies
+of white-robed men approaching them from right and left, the third being
+hidden by the forest patch where the troops had bivouacked, and for
+which the enemy had made as soon as it was evacuated, evidently to cover
+their movements prior to a rush upon the rear.
+
+The Colonel, upon seeing this, made a slight alteration in his plans,
+halting Captain Roberts's company with orders to close in and follow the
+rear of the column, thus bringing the impedimenta and servants more into
+the centre, the movement being performed without the slightest check to
+the advance, though the appearance of the bodies several hundred strong,
+to right and left, was very suggestive of an immediate attack.
+
+This was delivered, evidently by an agreed-upon signal; for suddenly a
+tremendous burst of yelling arose, and the two unorganised crowds came
+rushing down upon the column, which halted, faced outward, and the next
+moment, while the enemy on either hand was about a couple of hundred
+yards off, there was a rolling volley nearly all along the line, and the
+white smoke began to rise, showing the two bodies of the enemy
+scattering and every man running for his life back towards the hills,
+but leaving the flowery grass dotted with patches of white, others
+dropping fast as they grew more distant and the wounds received began to
+take effect.
+
+There was a little disorder in the centre among the servants, and mules
+and camels were restive as the shouting hill-men came rushing on, with
+their swords flashing in the sunshine, and the rattle of the musketry
+threatened to produce a panic; but the native servants behaved well, and
+were quieting their animals, when there was another suggestion of panic,
+as Captain Roberts suddenly exclaimed:
+
+"Here they come, Bracy!"
+
+For the sergeants and men thrown out in the rear a couple of hundred
+yards suddenly turned and fired and came running in to take their
+places, as the two rear companies were halted, swung out right and left
+in line, fixed bayonets, with the peculiar ringing, tinkling sound of
+metal against metal, and waited the coming of the third body of the
+enemy, as strong as the two which had attacked in front.
+
+They came out from the shelter of the cedar forest with a rush, yelling
+furiously, each man waving his long jezail in his left hand, while a
+long curved tulwar, keen as a razor, flashed in his right--big,
+stalwart, long-bearded, dark-eyed men, with gleaming teeth and a fierce
+look of determination to slay painted in every feature.
+
+It was enough to cow the stoutest-hearted, for in numbers they were
+enough to envelop and wipe out of existence the handful of
+slight-looking lads ranged shoulder to shoulder across their way.
+
+But not a boy amongst them flinched; he only drew his breath hard as if
+trying to inflate his chest to the utmost with courage, and then at the
+word every other lad fired low, sending a hail of bullets to meet the
+rushing force when it was about a couple of hundred yards distant.
+
+The men were staggered for the moment, but for the moment only, and they
+dashed on again, leaping over or darting aside to avoid those of their
+companions who staggered and fell. Then, as they reduced the distance
+by about one-half, the yelling grew fiercer, and the enemy came running
+and leaping on with increased speed.
+
+"Fire!"
+
+Some fifty rifles delivered their deadly contents with a roar as if only
+one had been discharged.
+
+The effect was magical.
+
+The yelling ceased, and as the cloud of soft grey smoke arose it was to
+show the crowded-together enemy halted in front, while those behind were
+pushing and struggling to get within reach to strike at the hedge of
+glittering bayonets, from which a third volley flashed out.
+
+That was enough. As the smoke rose and the lads stood in double line
+now, ready to receive the charge upon their glittering points, the enemy
+was seen to be in full flight.
+
+"Stand fast!" roared Roberts.
+
+"Back, back!" shouted Bracy; and, sword in hand, the officers rushed
+along in front of their men, literally driving some of the most eager
+back, to re-form the line; for the sight of the flying enemy was too
+much for some of the younger, least-trained lads, who were in the very
+act of dashing forward with levelled bayonet in pursuit.
+
+"Well done; very well done, my lads!" cried a familiar voice as the
+Colonel galloped back to them. "Steady, there; steady!" he shouted as
+he rode right along the little line and reined up his horse, to sit
+gazing after the flying enemy, frowning the while as he saw how many
+white cotton robes dotted the soil before the uninjured disappeared
+again in the cedar grove, from which they had delivered their attack.
+
+"Capital, gentlemen!" he said a minute or so later; "but I did not like
+that unsteadiness. You must keep your men well in hand."
+
+The next minute the orders were given, and the column resumed its march,
+for it was no time to think of prisoners or attending to the enemy's
+wounded. In fact, before the regiment was half a mile away their
+friends were back from the hills seeing to their dead and wounded, and
+gathering up their arms, greatly to the annoyance of the rear-guard
+lads, who one and all were troubled with longings for some of the keen
+tulwars to take back to England as trophies of their fight.
+
+But the stern order "Forward!" rang in the lads' ears, and the
+expectation of being attacked at any time by one or other of the bodies
+of the enemy hovering on the hill-slopes on either side, or of a fresh
+dash being made upon the rear in the hope of cutting off the baggage,
+kept every one on the alert.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SIX.
+
+UP THE GORGE.
+
+"Yes," said Colonel Graves, as the morning glided by without incident
+and midday approached, with the men beginning to show traces of their
+hot, rapid march. "Pass the word on, for we cannot halt yet. It will
+cheer the lads, and have a good effect upon the enemy."
+
+The next minute, just as many of the lads were straining their eyes
+forward in search of the place likely to be chosen for their midday
+halt, and making frequent use of their water-bottles, there were the
+preliminary taps on the big bass, a few vigorous rolls on the
+kettledrums, and the fifes began to shrill out their sharp notes in a
+merry air, which brightened every face at once. Some of the lads began
+to whistle the tune as they stepped out more briskly, and Judkins, of
+Captain Roberts's rear company, burst out with:
+
+"Poor old Bill; that 'll do him good. Pity he ain't with us. Wonder
+how he is."
+
+"Getting on, my lad," said Bracy, who overheard the remark; "and I don't
+think he'll be many days before he's back in the ranks."
+
+Just then a cheer was given right in front, to be taken up and run right
+along the column, sounding as if it had been started by the men in
+thankfulness for Bracy's good news about Gedge, though it was only the
+effect produced by the band; while as soon as the air came to an end,
+and there was silence for a minute, another hearty cheer was given for
+that which was to come, the men knowing well the meaning of the silence,
+which was broken directly after by half-a-dozen beats of the drum, and
+then with a sonorous clash the brass instruments of the excellent band
+burst forth in a grand march, the clarion-like triumphant notes echoing
+softly from the hills on their right, where clusters of the enemy could
+be seen staring at them as if in wonder.
+
+"Hear that, you black-muzzled old women? You in white night-gowns?"
+shouted Judkins. "That's better than your wheezy old squealing pipes,
+made to imitate our Highlanders'. I say, lads, how come they to have
+pipes like our fellows? Wish some one would ask Mr Bracy. I dessay he
+knows."
+
+"Why don't you ask me yourself, Judkins?" said Bracy, who was close; at
+hand.
+
+"Oh! Beg pardon, sir. I didn't know you could hear me."
+
+"Don't be a sham, Judkins. You know I was just behind you."
+
+The lad coloured like a girl, and his comrades laughed; but Bracy took
+no notice, and said quietly:
+
+"I don't profess to understand these things; but the use of bagpipes for
+music seems to be a custom with the ancient tribes that migrated from
+the north of Asia and spread right away through Europe till they were
+stopped by the sea."
+
+"Hullo, Bracy!" said Roberts, coming up. "Giving the men a lecture?
+You don't mean that the Scotch and Irish pipes had their origin out
+here?"
+
+"I have read so. These hill-men have theirs right away east, and you
+pick up tribes of people with them at intervals till you get to Italy,
+where the mountaineers play them. Then it is not a very long jump to
+the Highlands and Ireland, where they use bellows instead of blowing
+into the bag."
+
+"A discourse on wind," said Roberts quietly. "I want something more
+solid. How soon are we going to halt for a feed and rest?"
+
+The bugle rang out soon after, for they readied a broad stream of bright
+clear water, and in a loop of this, which offered itself as a capital
+protection for two-thirds of the distance round their temporary camp,
+the regiment was halted, and with strong videttes thrown out along the
+unprotected portion, the men fell out, when a hasty meal was eaten, and
+the men ordered to lie down for half-an-hour, with their arms ready, so
+that they could spring to their places at the first alarm.
+
+When the bugle rang out it was at the end of the hour's rest, and,
+thoroughly refreshed, the march was recommenced, the men stepping out to
+the merry strains of a favourite song, which was repeated in chorus as
+the band ceased playing; and the birds that had been hovering near were
+the only objects visible when the halting-place was vacated, though the
+thick woods on the hill-slopes on either side were felt to be lull of
+the enemy.
+
+"Haven't given them all they wanted, have we?" said Roberts as they
+tramped towards where through the clear air the sides of the valley
+could be seen closing in and growing higher and more jagged of outline.
+
+"No," said Bracy thoughtfully. "It will take something more than a
+brush like that to beat them off. We shall have our work ready for us
+yonder where the Colonel said the track rose again to continue like a
+shelf right away to Ghittah."
+
+"I suppose so. Well, good luck to us, and may we have no more
+casualties."
+
+"Amen," said Bracy. "I wish, though, if we are to have a sharp
+encounter, we could have it now we're fresh, instead of just at the end
+of a heavy day's march."
+
+"Soldiers have to fight when the time comes, and they can't pick and
+choose, I suppose. But never mind; the lads won't be done up, for this
+is easy marching. It is not too hot, and we have plenty of good water.
+I say, I suppose we shall follow this stream right away now?"
+
+"No doubt. It must come down from the snow-mountains, and through that
+gorge yonder."
+
+"Yes, the one that seems so near, and does not get a bit nearer. It's
+capital, our having this river on our right flank, for it would be a
+nice job for the enemy if they tried to ford it."
+
+Roberts was right, for every mile of their forward journey made the
+river a greater protection, the torrent growing fiercer and the banks
+rocky in the extreme, and for the most part nearly perpendicular, till
+at last it was a good fifty feet down to the water's level, so that it
+ceased to be of use for refreshment to the men.
+
+At last the sides of the valley began to close in more rapidly, and
+their track became steeper, till all at once they were brought up short
+by what seemed to be the mighty gates of the gorge, up which they could
+see but a short distance, for it turned off to the right. But there,
+plainly enough in the western sunshine, crossing the end in a steep
+slope, was a part of the terrace-like path they were to follow, while on
+their left was its commencement, one heavy stone-strewn track, which in
+places rose like a series of gigantic steps.
+
+Here a halt was called, and the men lay down for a brief rest, while the
+perilous-looking path in front was reconnoitred first by the officers
+with their glasses, the eminence above the track being carefully
+searched for hidden bodies of the enemy ready to commence their attack
+as before by thrusting off the stones which hung aloft ready to fall,
+almost at a touch.
+
+But there was no sign of danger apparent. A great eagle was gliding
+here and there in the mouth of the wild ravine, out of which came the
+deep roar of the river in a series of foaming cascades; while no sign
+was visible of the enemy in the rear, and the officers soon came to the
+conclusion that there was nothing to fear from their left unless there
+was some pass known to their foes by which the mountains high above the
+shelf-like track could be reached.
+
+"We're to form the rear-guard again, lads," said Roberts, who had just
+received his orders. "Did it so well before, the Colonel says," he
+added a little bitterly.
+
+"Well, if we want more fighting we ought to have been sent in advance,"
+replied Bracy, "for I feel convinced that there's something unpleasant
+waiting for us as soon as we enter that black rift."
+
+"Most likely," said Roberts. "The Major leads again, but they're going
+to send half a company on first scouting. Yes," he said impatiently,
+"there must be something bad ready for us. The enemy would never be
+such fools as to let us go through there. Why, Bracy, give us our
+company, and twenty-four hours to prepare, and we could hold that place
+against a thousand."
+
+"Yes, I suppose we could."
+
+"Well, what are we waiting for?" cried Roberts impatiently. "It doesn't
+want above two hours to sunset, and to be caught there with the night
+coming on--Ugh!"
+
+"There they go!" cried Bracy excitedly, as the active lads selected as
+scouts began to ascend the track in the lightest order; and their
+progress was watched with the keenest anxiety as they rose more and more
+into the full view of the regiment, apparently meeting with no obstacles
+to their progress, and showing the track to be followed by the waiting
+party below.
+
+Just then the Colonel rode back to where the young officers were
+standing.
+
+"This track is so narrow, Roberts," he said, "that your company will be
+ample to protect the rear; so I shall trust entirely to you. If we are
+to be attacked it will be in front; of that I am convinced, though
+probably the attacking will be on our part, for sooner or later we shall
+find a rough hill-fort, strongly held."
+
+"Hope we shan't fall into some trap, sir," said Roberts earnestly.
+
+"I hope not," said the Colonel, turning his horse and moving forward,
+but only to turn his head again.
+
+"It will be stiff work for the train," he said; "but they must do it.
+You will help to keep the baggage-men well up to their work, for I mean
+to get through this pass to-night."
+
+"Nice job," said Roberts bitterly. "We shall have the enemy behind us,
+stirring us up, and we shan't be able to get on without pricking up the
+mules and camels."
+
+"No firing yet," said Bracy, without heeding the foreboding remarks of
+his companion. "They're getting well on. Ah! there goes the advance."
+
+For a bugle rang out, its notes being repeated again and again with
+wondrous clearness from the faces of the black-looking barren rocks on
+high, and the scene became an animated picture to the men of the
+rear-guard, who lay on their arms, resting, while the regiment filed up
+the track, two abreast, giving life to the gloomy gorge, which grew and
+grew till the baggage animals added their quota to the scene.
+
+"At last!" cried Roberts, as their own turn came, and after a long and
+careful search backward from a point of vantage with his glass, he gave
+the word, and his rested lads began to mount eagerly, but with every one
+keeping an eye aloft for the blocks of stone they expected to come
+crashing down, but which never came any more than did the sharp echoing
+rifle-fire announcing the attack upon some rough breastwork across the
+shelf.
+
+It was a toilsome, incessant climb for an hour, and then the highest
+point was gained, the men cheering loudly as they clustered on the
+shelf, nowhere more than a dozen feet wide, while the rock fell
+perpendicularly below them for over a thousand feet to where the river
+foamed and roared, one terrible race of leaping cascades.
+
+There had not been a single casualty with the mules, and the track, in
+spite of its roughness, was better for the camels in its freedom from
+loose stones than the former one they had traversed.
+
+And now their way was fairly level for a time, and the descent of the
+path gentle when it did begin going down towards the river, which from
+the slope seemed to rise. But they could see only a little way forward,
+from the winding nature of the gorge, which now grew more and more
+narrow.
+
+"Not so far to fall," said Bracy coolly, "if we do come to a fight."
+
+"Deep enough to break our necks," grumbled Roberts. "Here, I say, it
+will be dark soon; look how black it looks below. I wish those fellows
+had not cheered; it was like telling the enemy we were coming on, for
+they must be round the corner yonder. There--look!"
+
+As he spoke one of the men in front suddenly turned and pointed to where
+the gorge was at its narrowest.
+
+"Yes, we can see them, my lad. Keep a sharp lookout to the rear," he
+shouted to the men behind. "We shall be hearing from them now, Bracy,
+for, take my word for it, they're flocking along the path. Well, we
+shall have to fight in the dark, old man, like rats, in this confounded
+trap."
+
+"Very well," said Bracy between his teeth, as he took out and examined
+the chambers of his revolver, before he replaced it in its leather
+holster; "if the dogs do come on I mean to bite."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SEVEN.
+
+BOOTS FOR BOOTY.
+
+"Well, you needn't bite this time, old fellow," cried Roberts, with a
+sigh of relief, as a burst of cheers arose faintly from the front once
+more, to be taken up and run down the column, even the native mule and
+camel drivers joining in, till it reached the company which formed the
+rear-guard. "What does this mean?" cried Bracy excitedly. "That we're
+too far back to know what is going on in the front. Those are not
+enemies, but friends."
+
+"What! people from the station come to meet us?"
+
+"That's the right nail, struck well on the head, old chap; and I'm jolly
+glad of it, for I feel more like feeding than fighting, I can tell you."
+
+"Roberts, old fellow, this seems too good to be true," cried Bracy
+joyfully.
+
+"But for once in a way it is true. Push on, my lads; there'll be
+something better than bullets for a welcome to-night."
+
+Roberts was right, for upon the last of the weary beasts bearing the
+baggage reaching the end of the defile, the young officers found
+themselves face to face with a couple of companies of their
+fellow-countrymen, bronzed, toil-worn looking men, many of them bearing
+the marks of hardly-healed sword-cuts, and looking overstrained and thin
+as if from anxiety and overwork, but one and all with their faces lit up
+by the warmth of the welcome they were ready to give the regiment which
+had come to their help.
+
+The bandsmen played their best as they led the way across the lovely
+amphitheatre into which the gorge had opened out, towards where, high up
+along the northern side, and upon the rocky bank, stood the station and
+town of Ghittah. The river, which here flowed smooth and deep, seemed
+as if of ruddy golden metal, as it glistened in the rays of the sun
+dipping down behind the snow-mountains which shut them in. And every
+now and then the cheery echoing strains of the band were pretty well
+drowned by the cheers and counter-cheers of the relievers and the
+relieved.
+
+Bracy felt his breast swell with pleasure at the warmth of the welcome,
+for the fraternisation was complete, the war-worn veterans seeming as if
+they could not make enough of the raw striplings marching by their sides
+towards where the British colours could be seen floating over the grim
+castle-like place that had been the home of one of the old hill-chiefs
+till the district was added to the British dominions. But look which
+way he would, the young officer could see no trace of the enemy.
+
+Birds of a feather flock together naturally, and before half a mile had
+been covered a tall, thin, boyish-looking officer, with a star of merit
+in the shape of a series of strips of diachylon upon his brow,
+gravitated towards the rear-guard and suddenly joined their ranks,
+holding out and shaking hands with the new-comers.
+
+"How are you?" he cried. "How are you? I say, don't look at a fellow
+like that. I'm an awful scarecrow, I know; but I'm Drummond--Tom
+Drummond of ours."
+
+"Oh, you look right enough," cried Bracy merrily. "Only a bit of the
+polish rubbed off."
+
+"And a bit chipped," said Roberts, laughing.
+
+"Eh? Oh, this!" cried their new friend. "Getting better, though, now.
+Doesn't improve a fellow."
+
+"Doesn't it?" cried Bracy. "I should be proud of such an order."
+
+"It's very good of you to say so," said the young subaltern, with his
+eyes glistening.
+
+"How did you get it?" asked Roberts.
+
+"Oh, in a scrimmage with those treacherous beasts. They'd got me and
+about a dozen of the lads in a corner among the rocks, and it was either
+stand still and be cut up or make a dash with the bayonet. There were
+about fifty of 'em."
+
+"So you made a dash?"
+
+"Yes, but only six of us got through, and all damaged. One big fellow
+was nourishing a sharp tulwar, and he was in the act of cutting down one
+of my fellows, and I went at him to try and save the poor lad, but I was
+too late. The great brute cut him down and rushed at me."
+
+"Well?" said Bracy, for the thin, boyish-looking officer stopped, and
+looked red.
+
+"Oh, I gave point, and got well home. I put all my strength into it,
+and it brought me so close that instead of having my head split by his
+blade I had the hilt on my forehead here. It struck in a nasty place,
+but being, as my old Latin coach said, awfully thick-skulled, the pommel
+of the tulwar didn't break through. I say, though--never mind that--
+have either of you fellows a spare pair of boots? I can swap a lot of
+loot with you--fancy swords and guns and a chief's helmet--for them.
+Look; I've come down to this."
+
+He laughed and held up one leg, the lower part of which was bound in
+puttees, while the foot was covered with a bandaged raw-hide sandal.
+
+"Not smart on parade," said Bracy, laughing, "but good to keep off
+corns."
+
+"Yes," said the subaltern; "but I'm blest if they keep out chilblains.
+Oh, crumpets, how my feet do itch of a night by the fire."
+
+"Well, I should say my boots are about your size. Roberts's wouldn't
+lit. He has such big, ugly feet."
+
+"Come, I like that, Bracy. Hang it all! my trotters look liliputian
+beside his."
+
+"Now," said Bracy mockingly; "but wait till you can see Drummond's feet.
+Look here," he added, turning to the subaltern; "you have a pair of
+Roberts's too; they'll do for goloshes."
+
+"I don't care how old they are, so long as they are boots."
+
+"All right, old fellow; we'll set you up with anything we've got," said
+Bracy.
+
+"Bless you, my children!" cried the young officer. "Bless you! Never
+mind the dramatic business. Oh, I say, we are all glad you've come."
+
+"You've been in a tight corner, then?"
+
+"Tight? We've lost a third of our number, and were beginning to think
+the Government was going to let us be quite wiped off the slate. Here,
+I feel like a schoolboy again, and want to cheer."
+
+"All right; cheer, then," cried Bracy, smiling, and clapping the speaker
+on the shoulder as if he had known him for years.
+
+"No; hoarse as a crow now, and I want my breath to talk. I say, we have
+been sharp set. We began to feel like the talking parrot who was
+plucked by the monkey, ready to say, `Oh, we have been having such a
+time!' Those Dwats are beggars to fight."
+
+"We've found that out--that is, when they can take you at a
+disadvantage," said Roberts.
+
+"Ah, that's their idea of manoeuvring," said Drummond. "They can tight,
+though. We must have killed hundreds, but they come on all the same.
+There were thousands of them all about the hills here yesterday."
+
+"But where are they now?" asked Bracy.
+
+"They melted away like snow last night and this morning, just when we
+were expecting an assault on the old fort yonder, which we thought would
+be final."
+
+"Final?"
+
+"Yes; we were getting dead beat. That's what makes us all so fond of
+you."
+
+"I see," said Bracy, who noticed a hysterical vibration in the youth's
+voice.
+
+"That was the first inkling we got of your coming."
+
+"What! Didn't you hear from our messengers?" said Roberts.
+
+"Didn't they get through?" cried Bracy.
+
+"Get through? No. They wouldn't let any messengers get through. Never
+mind. You've all come, and if we don't have a jollification to-night my
+name's something else."
+
+"Then you're all right for provisions?"
+
+"Oh yes, for some time to come. Ammunition was his weak point. We've
+blazed away till the men's barrels have been hot."
+
+"It seems as if the men of your regiment are beggars to fight too," said
+Bracy dryly, "judging by the appearance of some of you."
+
+"Fight? Obliged to," said the subaltern, laughing. "Talk about
+practising the art of war; we ought to pass any examination. But,
+joking apart, it has been an awful time for the poor women and
+children."
+
+"Ah!" cried Bracy. "You have women and children yonder?"
+
+"Yes, any number, bless 'em! The ladies and the men's wives have worked
+like slaves--hospital work, you know. As to our doctor, he'll be mad
+with joy to meet yours to share the work with him. Ah! there they go."
+
+For just then a burst of cheering came from the grim walls of the old
+fort, which were lined by its occupants; and mingled with the
+enthusiastic cries came the strains of music.
+
+"You have your band, then?" said Roberts.
+
+"Bits of it," said the subaltern dryly. "The brass instruments are
+battered horribly; and as for the wood, they are all cracked and
+bandaged like wounded men; while the drums are nearly all as tubby as
+tom-toms, through the men having mended them with badly-cured
+goat-skins. I say, though, talk about goat-skins, I ought to have added
+sheep."
+
+"Why?" said Bracy.
+
+"Are you fellows fond of shooting?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy eagerly. "Is it good up here?"
+
+"Grand, when there's a chance of the shooting being all on your side."
+
+"The beggars try to stalk you, then, sometimes?" said Roberts.
+
+"Sometimes? Nearly always."
+
+"But what have you got here--tiger?"
+
+"Never saw one. Plenty of bear."
+
+"All! that will do."
+
+"Chamois-like deer, goats, and splendid mountain sheep. Pheasants too.
+Ah! I can give you some glorious pheasant shooting. Here they come.
+Oh, I say, what a pity for the old man to march our poor ragged Jacks
+out to see you! They'll look--"
+
+"Glorious," cried Bracy. "I should be proud of being one of your
+regiment. By George; what shrimps our lads seem beside them!"
+
+"Your lads look perfection," cried the subaltern enthusiastically.
+"Don't you run them down. If you'd been looking despairingly for help
+for a whole month you'd feel as I do. Here, I must trot back to my
+chiefs. Just fancy; my captain and lieutenant are both down, _non com_,
+and I'm in command of my company. Isn't it disgusting for the poor
+fellows? But they behave very well. So glad to have met you, dear
+boys. Ta-ta for the present. We've got a splendid feed ready for you
+all, and we shall meet then.--Don't forget about the boots, old chap.
+You shall have these to present to the British Museum. Label 'em
+`Officer's Foot-gear. End of Nineteenth Century. Rare.'"
+
+The subaltern trotted off, and with the regiment going half-mad and
+cheering wildly in response to the cries of welcome which greeted them,
+the boyish ranks marched on, solid and stiff, for a time, their rifles
+sloped regularly, and step kept in a way which made even Sergeant Gee
+smile with satisfaction. But directly after, as caps and helmets,
+mingled with women's handkerchiefs, began to wave from the walls, the
+strong discipline of the corps was quite forgotten, helmets came out of
+their proper places and were mounted on the ends of rifles, to be
+carried steadily at the slope, to be held up on high at arm's-length,
+and even danced up and down, in the wild joy felt by the whole body,
+from the Colonel down to the meanest bugle-boy, that they had arrived in
+time to succour the brave and devoted men, marched out of the dark
+gateway and formed up in two lines for their friends to pass in between
+them. Hardly a dark face, lined, stern, and careworn, was without
+something to show in the shape of injury; while nearer the gate there
+was a body of about two-score badly wounded and bandaged men who had
+hobbled or been carried out, ready to add their faint share of cheering
+to that of their comrades.
+
+As Roberts and Bracy led their company towards the gate, and the young
+officers caught sight of the ladies standing in a group ready to greet
+them with outstretched hands, one of them--never mind which--perhaps it
+was Bracy--felt half-suffocated, while the thin, careworn faces, many of
+them wet with the coursing tears, looked dim and distorted as if seen
+through bad spectacles on a wet day; and when, after having his hand
+shaken a score of times and listening to fervent greetings and
+blessings, he got through the gateway to the great inner court, where
+the baggage and pack-mules, camels, and the rest were packed together in
+company with the native servants, the said one--as aforesaid, never mind
+which--said to himself:
+
+"Thank goodness that's over! If it had lasted much longer I should have
+made a fool of myself. I never felt anything like it in my life."
+
+"Bracy, old chap," said Roberts just then, "we mustn't forget about that
+fellow's boots. I've a pair, too, as soon as I can get at my traps. I
+say, I know you've got a mother, but have you any sisters?"
+
+"Yes; two."
+
+"I've three. Now, can you explain to me why it was that as soon as I
+was marching by those poor women yonder I could think of nothing but my
+people at home?"
+
+"For the same reason that I did," replied Bracy rather huskily. "Human
+nature; but thank Heaven, old man, that they're not here."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," said Roberts thoughtfully. "It would be very nice
+to see them, and I know my dear old mother would have been very proud to
+see us march in. My word, this has been a day!"
+
+"Yes, and here we are. Shall we ever get away?"
+
+"Of course we shall. But, hullo! what does that mean?"
+
+Bracy turned at the same moment, for rather faintly, but in a pleasant
+tenor voice, there came out of a long box-like ambulance gharry, borne
+on two mules in long shafts at either end:
+
+"When Johnny comes marching home again--Hurrah!"
+
+And from another voice a repetition of the cheer:
+
+"Hurrah! Hurrah! When Johnny comes marching home again, Hurrah!
+Hurrah!"
+
+"Ah, Mr Bracy, sir, just having a bit of a sing-song together."
+
+"Why, Gedge, my lad, how are you--how are you getting on?"
+
+"I don't look in, sir, and I'll tell yer. Doctor says it's all right,
+but my blessed head keeps on swelling still. I don't believe I shall
+ever get my 'elmet on agen. My mate here, though, is getting on
+swimming."
+
+"That's right. You'll lie up in hospital for a hit and soon be well."
+
+"Orspital, sir? Yes; but it's longing to be back in barracks, tents, or
+the ranks as worries me. But never say die, sir. We've got here.--How
+do, Captain? Thank ye for asking. Yes, sir; getting on, sir. We've
+got here with on'y us two knocked over. Now then, sir, what next?"
+
+"Yes, Gedge," said the young officer thoughtfully; "what next?"
+
+"I'll tell you," said Roberts cheerily; "find our traps and that
+fellow's hoots."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER EIGHT.
+
+IN QUARTERS.
+
+There was rest and refreshment in the old fort of Ghittah that night
+such as the regiment had not enjoyed since their march up-country; and
+to have seen the occupants of the stronghold, no one could have imagined
+that a few hours before the beleaguered were in a state of despair.
+
+But they had cause for rejoicing, since, after a month's brave
+resistance, with heavy losses, they were now strengthened by the
+presence of nearly a thousand light, active young fellows, perfectly new
+to warfare, but well officered, in a high state of discipline, and eager
+to prove themselves against the enemy, whatever the odds.
+
+There was plenty of room for the new-comers, for the stronghold was a
+little town in itself, and the regiment shook itself down into its new
+quarters as quickly as it would have formed camp out in the upon, so
+that the men paraded the next morning fresh and ready for anything; the
+senior Colonel inspecting the grand addition to his force, while his own
+men, after busy efforts, showed up in very different guise to that of
+the previous day, the thin and gaunt seeming to have plumped out during
+the night, while the officers' ladies showed that they had not quite
+forgotten how to dress.
+
+Over the mess breakfast, which was had in common with the officers of
+the garrison, the new-comers had been made well acquainted with the
+enemy's tactics, and warned of the suddenness of the attacks made and
+attempts at surprise, so that they might be well prepared. They had
+already heard the result of the council of war held by the seniors of
+the two regiments, and were prepared to take over nearly all the duty,
+so as to give the harassed, worn-out regiment a rest.
+
+Then the parade was held in due form, the lads of the new regiment
+mounted guard, and their officers made a tour of inspection afterwards
+with their new friends, who pointed out the strength and feebleness of
+the old fort.
+
+The latter predominated, especially on the side of the river, and there
+were plenty of weak spots where Colonel Graves saw at a glance how
+easily an active body of mountaineers might scale the lower rocks of the
+mighty clump upon which the fort was built and mount to the ramparts,
+and unless the defence was strong there the place must fall.
+
+"It tells well for the brave efforts you have made," said Colonel Graves
+to his brother in rank. "I should propose throwing up an additional
+wall at two of these spots--walls well loopholed for musketry."
+
+"I have proposed it, and intended to do it," said Colonel Wrayford; "but
+it has been impossible. The enemy has kept us too thoroughly upon the
+_qui vive_."
+
+"Well, there will be an opportunity now," said Colonel Graves as he
+stepped up on to an open place on the wall and began to sweep the
+mountain-slopes with his glass.
+
+"See anything of them?" asked Colonel Wrayford.
+
+"Nothing. Are they well in hiding?"
+
+"Possibly. I do not understand our not having had a visit from them
+before now. We generally have their white-coats streaming down those
+ravines in two parties. It looks as if your coming had scared them
+away."
+
+"That's too good to expect," said Colonel Graves, laughing. "They'll
+come, sure enough, and when least expected, no doubt. So much the
+better, so that we can give them a good lesson to teach them to behave
+with respect towards Her Majesty's forces, for this place is to be held
+at all hazard."
+
+"Yes; of course," said Colonel Wrayford rather bitterly. "Well, it has
+been held."
+
+"And bravely," said Colonel Graves, bowing, with a show of deference,
+towards his senior.
+
+"Thank you," said the latter simply. "We have done our best."
+
+He turned away, to begin using his glass, sweeping the different
+ravines--dark, savage-looking gorges which disembogued upon the smiling,
+garden-like expanse on both sides of the river, and seeming strangely in
+contrast, with their stony sides, to the tree-besprinkled verdure and
+lovely groves of the little plain not more than a mile long by half that
+space wide.
+
+"Hah! I thought the visit would not be long deferred," said Colonel
+Wrayford, lowering the glass and pointing to a thin line of white
+figures slowly coming into sight and winding down a zigzag path on one
+side of the gorge, through which the river came down from the mountains
+beyond.
+
+"I see," said Colonel Graves; "but I was watching those ravines to right
+and left."
+
+"Yes; the enemy is changing his tactics to-day. You see, he does not
+mean us to have much rest."
+
+The bugles rang out at the first appearance of the enemy, and the walls
+were manned with a strength to which they had been foreign; and as the
+two Colonels walked round and supervised the arrangements, the senior
+asked whether the new-comers could shoot.
+
+"Admirably," said Colonel Graves, and then, with a smile--"at the
+target; they have to prove what they can really do now."
+
+"They will have every opportunity, and from behind strong walls."
+
+Meanwhile the white-robed enemy came streaming down to the plain in the
+most fearless manner, till they were well within shot, and still they
+came on.
+
+"This seems strange," said Colonel Wrayford; "they have generally begun
+firing before this."
+
+"They look more like friends than enemies," observed Colonel Graves.
+
+"They may look so," replied the other as he scanned the advancing force,
+"but we have no friends among these tribes. They are all deeply imbued
+with the Mussulman's deadly hatred of the Christian, and only when
+firmly held down by force do they submit to the stronger power.
+Unfortunately they have broken out, and we have had enough to do to hold
+our own, while the very fact of one tribe boldly shutting us in has made
+half-a-dozen others forget their own enmity among themselves and come to
+their aid."
+
+Meanwhile Captain Roberts's company occupied a strong position along a
+curtain defending the great gate, and the lads were all in a state of
+eager expectation of the order to fire.
+
+"It's our turn now, Sergeant," said one of the youngest-looking. "I
+could pick off that chap in front before he knew where he was."
+
+"Silence, sir!" said the Sergeant shortly; and then looking to right and
+left, he gave a general admonition:
+
+"Less talking in the ranks."
+
+"Yah!" whispered the lad who had been snubbed. "Why don't they make him
+curnel?"
+
+"See Drummond just now?" said Bracy, where he and his companion stood
+together.
+
+"Just a glance," replied Roberts.
+
+"Why, he came close by you."
+
+"Yes; but my attention was taken up by his boots--yours, I mean. I
+never saw a fellow look so conscious and proud of being well shod
+before."
+
+"Hullo! What does this mean?" said Bracy. "Not an attack, surely? My
+word! that's brave; one, three--six of them. Why, Roberts, the cheek of
+it! They're coming to order us to surrender."
+
+"Well, it will be exercise for them, for we shan't. We'll let them give
+up if they like."
+
+"I say, look!" continued Bracy, as half-a-dozen of the well-built
+fellows came on alone, making for the gates. The officers scanned them
+with their glasses, and noted that their thickly-quilted cotton robes
+were of the whitest, and of line texture, while each wore about his
+waist a fine cashmere shawl stuck full of knives and supporting a curved
+tulwar in a handsome scabbard. "I say," cried Bracy, "what dandies!
+These must be chiefs."
+
+Whatever they were, they made straight for the gates, and the two
+Colonels walked down to meet them.
+
+"Keep a sharp lookout up there, Captain Roberts. You command the
+approach. Are these men quite alone?"
+
+"Quite, sir, as far as I can see."
+
+"Can you make out any strong body stealthily approaching, Mr Bracy?"
+
+"No, sir; they seem to be quite alone."
+
+"Be on the alert for a rush, and fire at once if you see anything.--You
+will have the gates opened, I presume?" continued Colonel Graves.
+
+"Oh yes; it is an embassage, and they will expect to enter the place.
+Send for the two interpreters."
+
+A couple of lithe-looking, dark-eyed hill-men came forward at once, the
+gates were thrown open, and the party of six stepped in, looking smiling
+and proud, ready to salute the two officers, who stood forward a little
+in advance of half a company of men with fixed bayonets.
+
+Salutes were exchanged, and in a brief colloquy the eldest of the party,
+a smiling fellow with an enormous black beard, announced through one of
+the interpreters that he was the chief of the Red Dwats, come with his
+men to meet the English Captain and tell him that he and his people wore
+the most staunch friends the famous white Queen had, from there to the
+sources of the great river, the Indus.
+
+Colonel Wrayford replied that he was glad to hear it, and if the chief
+and his people were faithful to Her Majesty's sway they would always be
+protected.
+
+The chief said that he was and always would be faithful, and that he
+hoped the great white Queen would remember that and send them plenty of
+the guns which loaded at the bottoms instead of the tops, and boxes of
+powder and bullets to load them with. Then he would be able to fight
+for Her Majesty against the other chiefs who hated her, because they
+were all dogs and sons of Shaitan.
+
+"Roberts, old fellow," whispered Bracy, high up on the wall, "I could
+swear I saw one of those fellows leading the attack made upon us from
+the cedar grove."
+
+"Shouldn't be a bit surprised, dear boy. Perhaps he has repented and
+has come to say he is good now and will never do so any more. Can you
+understand any of his lingo?"
+
+"Not a word. It doesn't seem a bit like Hindustani. What's that?"
+
+"The Colonel asked what was the meaning of the attack made upon us
+yesterday."
+
+"Ah, then he knows that fellow?" whispered Bracy.
+
+"No doubt. The old man's pretty keen, and if that chap means treachery,
+I'm afraid he didn't get up early enough this morning if he has come to
+take in old Graves."
+
+"I'm sure that's one of them. I had him at the end of my binocular, and
+I know him by that scar on his cheek."
+
+"They all seem to have a good deal of cheek," said Roberts coolly.
+
+"Look here; I'd better warn the Colonel."
+
+"No need, old fellow. He knows what he's about. These niggers are
+precious cunning, but it's generally little child's deceit, and that's
+as transparent as a bit of glass. Don't be alarmed. Old Graves can see
+through any tricks of that kind, and Wrayford hasn't been on this
+station a twelvemonth without picking up a few native wrinkles."
+
+"Pst! Listen to what they're saying."
+
+"Can't: it's rude," said Roberts.
+
+"Not at a time like this, when perhaps men's and women's lives are at
+stake."
+
+"All right; let's listen, then. What's the boss saying?"
+
+"I don't like it, Wrayford. These are part of the tribe that tried to
+destroy us as we came up yesterday, and now they find we have escaped
+them they want to make friends."
+
+"Well, we want the tribes to be friendly."
+
+"Yes, but not with sham friendliness, to lull us into security, and
+then, after waiting their time, to join their fellows in a general
+massacre."
+
+"I am afraid you are misjudging our visitors here," said Colonel
+Wrayford quietly.
+
+"I am sure I am not. I swear I saw that dark fellow with the cut on his
+cheek leading a charge."
+
+"There; what did I tell you?" whispered Bracy.
+
+"And what did I tell you about the old man seeing as far into a
+millstone as is necessary for being on the safe side?"
+
+"Yes; and I am glad his observation was so keen."
+
+"He's all right, old fellow; but hist! what is it? Ah, that's right.
+Wrayford is glad to hear that the chief of the Red Dwats is so friendly
+to the Queen, and his request for arms and ammunition shall be sent to
+the proper quarter. Now, then, what does he say to that?"
+
+One of the interpreters spoke to say that the great chief of the Red
+Dwats would camp in the valley above, so as to be close at hand if any
+of the sons of Shaitan who had been molesting the fort before should
+dare to approach again. They were all gone back now to their own
+valleys in fear, through his approach, and now the two great English
+Generals and their men might sleep in peace.
+
+"Thank you. Bravo! Encore, Sambo!" said Roberts softly. "Going? Pray
+remember me to all at home."
+
+"Ugh!" raged out Bracy below his breath; "if ever treachery was plainly
+marked upon a smiling, handsome face, it is there in that scoundrel's.
+Roberts, we must never trust these men within our guard."
+
+"Most certainly not, old fellow; but I suppose we must let them go back
+in safety, like the noble ambassadors they are."
+
+"What is going on now?" said Bracy. "Why, they're shaking hands with
+Colonel Wrayford, English fashion. Surely he is not going to trust
+them?"
+
+"Seems as if he is," replied Roberts softly as the young men stood
+gazing down at the party below. "Perhaps he knows the native character
+better than we do, and thinks it's all right."
+
+"Well, I don't," said Bracy shortly, "young as I am. Those fellows have
+come as spies, and I'm more and more convinced that they are the set who
+harassed us as we came."
+
+"I begin to think you are right, old man," said Roberts.
+
+"Well, of all--That scoundrel is going to offer to shake hands with
+Graves!"
+
+"No, he isn't," replied Roberts softly. "Doesn't like the look of the
+old man's eyes. Made a sort of shy at him. Now they're off, after
+picking up all that they could about our strength and position. Well,
+it isn't right, perhaps, for us to pull our superior's actions to
+pieces; but I don't think Wrayford is right."
+
+"And Graves seems to think as you do," said Bracy thoughtfully as he
+watched the departure of the chiefs. "Look! those fellows are not
+missing much with their rolling eyes. I wonder what they think of our
+lads. The poor fellows don't show up very well against these stout
+hill-men."
+
+"They showed up well enough yesterday," said Roberts tartly. "Pooh!
+What has size got to do with it? Well, I'm glad they've gone; but I
+should like to know what they are saying to one another."
+
+"Talking about the strength of the gates, you may depend, and whether
+this would be a good place to make their first attack when they come to
+put the garrison to the sword," said Bracy slowly.
+
+"Well, you are a cheerful sort of a fellow for a companion," said
+Roberts, laughing.
+
+"That's what they came for, cheerful or not."
+
+"Perhaps so; but coming to do a thing and doing it are two different
+matters. Well, the show is over, and we may come down. Let's go and
+see about getting our new quarters a little more ship-shape. I want to
+see what the men are doing."
+
+"Not yet," said Bracy. "I want to watch these fellows back to their own
+men, to see what they are about."
+
+"You can't tell from this distance."
+
+"Not much; but my glass is very powerful, and I want to try and judge
+from their actions what is going on yonder."
+
+"All right; I'll stop with you."
+
+Two-thirds of the guards mounted were dismissed, and soon after, the
+walls and towers were pretty well deserted. The two young officers
+remained, however, Captain Roberts dreamily watching the wondrous
+panorama of snowy mountains spreading out to the north as far as the eye
+could reach, while Bracy sat with his double glass carefully focussed
+and resting upon the stone parapet, watching the departing chiefs, who
+strode away looking proud and haughty, and apparently without holding
+any communication with one another till they were well on their way,
+when Bracy noted that they suddenly began to talk with a good deal of
+animation.
+
+Bracy kept up his watch till they reached their followers, who closed
+round them in a very excited way.
+
+It was just then that Roberts roused himself from his reverie.
+
+"Hullo, there!" he cried; "'most done? Can't make out anything, can
+you?"
+
+"Yes; there's a regular mob of fighting-men crowding round those
+fellows, and they're holding a regular meeting."
+
+"Good little glass. I say, old man, I'll swop with you. Mine's a
+bigger and better-looking binoc. than yours. Anything else?"
+
+"One of the party--I think it's the one with the scar on his face, but I
+can't be sure--"
+
+"Can't you tell him?"
+
+"Not at this distance."
+
+"Then I won't swop. It's not such a good glass as I thought. Well,
+what next?"
+
+"He's telling his experiences, and the beggars are lancing about,
+roaring with laughter."
+
+"Can you see that?"
+
+"Yes, quite plainly."
+
+"Then I think I will swop, after all. Can't hear what they say, I
+suppose?"
+
+"Hardly."
+
+"Humph! Not so good a glass, then, as Pat's, that brought the church so
+near that he could hear the singing. Go on."
+
+"He's gesticulating. Now he's marching up and down stiffly like Graves
+did while the conference was going on."
+
+"Well, of all the impudence! But no flam: can you really make out all
+that?"
+
+"Perfectly. Now he is taking off his puggree and pretending to take a
+handkerchief out and mopping his bald head."
+
+"Like Wrayford does. Why, the scoundrel stood as stiff as a poker when
+he was here and let the others do the talking."
+
+"Yes, while he was studying his part. Now they're laughing again and
+stamping about and holding their sides. He is going through everything
+he noted for their amusement, and telling them what absurd-looking
+people the English are."
+
+"Oh yes," said Roberts; "we're a very humorous lot, we British--very
+amusing indeed, but best at a distance, for we're rather prickly, and
+easily induced to make use of our knives. What next?"
+
+"The show's over; and look--you can see that?"
+
+"What! that flashing in the sunshine?"
+
+"Yes; every man has drawn his sword and is waving it in the air. He
+must have said something which excited them."
+
+"Made 'em all draw and swear that they'd cut us to pieces and fling us
+in the river, I dare say."
+
+"Oh, there you are!" cried a familiar voice, and the tall, thin
+subaltern hurried to their side. "I say, what do you think of that for
+a fit?" he cried, stopping, and then holding out one foot. "Just as if
+they had been made for me."
+
+"If you say any more about them I'll take them away again," said Bracy,
+smiling.
+
+"Then mum it is, for I wouldn't be so cruel to my poor plantigrades.
+They haven't been so happy and comfortable for months. Watching those
+Dwats?"
+
+"I've been doing so," said Bracy, closing his glass and returning it to
+its case. "What do you think of them?"
+
+"Think they're a set of humbugs. They've come here hunting for
+information and pretending to be friends; and the worst of it is, old
+Wrayford believes in them."
+
+"Nonsense! He couldn't be so weak," cried Roberts.
+
+"Oh, couldn't he? But he could. He hasn't been the same man since he
+was cut down about a month ago. Poor old man! he's as brave as a lion
+still, but he has done several weak things lately which none of us like.
+What do you think that thick-lipped, black-bearded ruffian proposed?"
+
+"I don't know," said Bracy eagerly.
+
+"To send on a couple of hundred of his cut-throats to help to defend the
+fort against the enemy."
+
+"He proposed that?" cried Roberts.
+
+"To be sure he did."
+
+"But Colonel Wrayford," said Bracy, "he declined, of course--at once?"
+
+"No, he didn't. He hesitated, and told your old man that an ally would
+be so valuable, and that it would not do, hemmed in as we are, to offend
+a powerful chief who desired to be friendly."
+
+"But that's absurd," cried Roberts.
+
+"Of course it is," replied Drummond. "The only way to deal with these
+fellows is to make 'em afraid of you, for they're as treacherous as they
+are proud. But there, it's all right."
+
+"All right, when the senior Colonel here temporises with the enemy!"
+
+"It was only one of his weak moments. He won't do anything of that
+kind. He'll talk it over with your old man and think better of it.
+Besides, we shouldn't let him."
+
+"Oh, come, that's a comfort," said Roberts, glancing at Bracy, with a
+twinkle in his eye.
+
+"Yes, I see," said Drummond, "you're chaffing because I bounced a bit;
+but I'm blessed if you don't have to bounce up here in the mountains if
+you want to hold your own. I should be nowhere amongst these
+hill-niggers if I didn't act as if I thought I was the biggest pot under
+the sun. That's one reason why I was so anxious about my boots. Why,
+if it hadn't been for you two I couldn't have shown my face before that
+party this morning. I wouldn't have had them see me with my feet
+bandaged up like they were for anything. It would have been lowering
+the dignity of Her Majesty's service in the eyes of the heathen."
+
+"Of course," said Bracy, smiling; "but never mind that. You don't
+believe in these fellows, then?"
+
+"Oh yes, I do."
+
+"But just now you said--"
+
+"What I say now, that they're a set of impostors, pretending to be
+friendly so as to see what your regiment was like and how the defences
+looked."
+
+"There, Roberts!"
+
+"All right, dear boy. Well, when they come again we must show them our
+boy-regiment, and how they've improved with the excellent practice we
+can make in firing."
+
+"That's the way," said Drummond cheerily. "They'll soon come again with
+two or three other tribes, for they've all made up their minds to have
+us out of this old fort, palace, or whatever they call it."
+
+"And we shan't go--eh?" said Bracy, with a quaint look in his eyes.
+
+"Most decidedly not," replied Drummond. "Now then, you're not on duty.
+Come and have a look round. Hullo! this is your doctor, isn't it?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy.
+
+"Don't like the cut of him," said Drummond. "He's doing it again."
+
+"Doing what?"
+
+"Same as he did first time we met--last night at the mess--looking me up
+and down as if thinking about the time when he'll have me to cut up and
+mend."
+
+"Well, my dear boys," said the Doctor, coming up, rubbing his hands.
+"Ah! Mr Drummond, I think? Met you last night. Glad to know you.
+Come, all of you, and have a look at my hospital quarters. Splendid
+place for the lads. Light, airy, and cool. They can't help getting
+well."
+
+"But I thought you had no patients, sir," said Drummond.
+
+"Oh yes, two that we brought with us; and if Colonel Wrayford is
+willing, I propose that your wounded should be brought across, for it's
+a far better place than where they are. Come on, and I'll show you."
+
+"Thanks, Doctor; I'm just going to see the Colonel," said Roberts.
+
+"That's a pity. You must come without him, then, Bracy."
+
+"I really can't, Doctor; not now. I am going with Roberts."
+
+"Humph! that's unfortunate. Mr Drummond would like to see, perhaps,
+how we arrange for our men who are down?"
+
+"Most happy, Doctor--"
+
+"Hah!"
+
+"But I am going with my friends here."
+
+"Standing on ceremony--eh, gentlemen?" said the Doctor, smiling quickly
+and taking a pinch of snuff. "Well, we'll wait a bit. I dare say you
+will neither of you be so much occupied when you are once brought in to
+me. I thought perhaps you would like to go over the place first."
+
+Bracy turned and took hold of the Doctor's arm.
+
+"All right, Doctor," he said, laughing. "You had us there on the hip.
+I'll come."
+
+"What, and keep the Colonel waiting?"
+
+"We can go there afterwards," said Bracy quietly. "Come, Roberts, you
+can't hold back now."
+
+"Not going to, old fellow. There, Doctor, I beg your pardon. I'll
+come."
+
+"Granted, my dear boy," said the Doctor quietly. "There, Mr Drummond,
+you'll have to go alone."
+
+"Not I," said the subaltern, smiling. "I'll come and take my dose with
+them."
+
+"Good boy!" said the Doctor, smiling.
+
+"I suppose you have not had your two patients taken to the hospital
+yet?" said Bracy.
+
+"Then you supposed wrongly, sir. There they are, and as comfortable as
+can be."
+
+"That's capital," cried Bracy, "for I wanted to come and see that poor
+fellow Gedge."
+
+"That fits," said the Doctor, "for he was asking if you were likely to
+come to the hospital; but I told him no, for you would be on duty. This
+way, gentlemen, to my drawing-room, where I am at home night and day,
+ready to receive my visitors. Now, which of you, I wonder, will be the
+first to give me a call?"
+
+"Look here, Doctor," said Roberts, "if you're going to keep on in this
+strain I'm off."
+
+"No, no; don't go. You must see the place. I've a long room, with a
+small one close by, which I mean to reserve for my better-class
+patients.--Here, you two," he said to the injured privates lying upon a
+couple of charpoys, "I've brought you some visitors."
+
+Sergeant Gee's wife, whose services had been enlisted as first nurse,
+rose from her chair, where she was busy with her needle, to curtsey to
+the visitors; and Gedge uttered a low groan as he caught up the light
+cotton coverlet and threw it over his head.
+
+"Look at him," said the Doctor merrily, and he snatched the coverlet
+back. "Why, you vain peacock of a fellow, who do you think is going to
+notice the size of your head?"
+
+"I, for one," said Bracy, smiling. "Why, Gedge, it is nothing like so
+big as it was."
+
+The lad looked at him as if he doubted his words.
+
+"Ain't it, sir? Ain't it really?"
+
+"Certainly not."
+
+"Hoo-roar, then! who cares? If it isn't so big now it's getting better,
+'cos it was getting bigger and bigger last night--warn't it, sir?"
+
+"Yes," said the Doctor; "but the night's rest and the long sleep gave
+the swelling time to subside."
+
+"The which, please, sir."
+
+"The long sleep," said the Doctor tartly.
+
+"Please, sir, I didn't get no long sleep."
+
+"Nonsense, man!"
+
+"Well, you ask him, sir. I never went to sleep--did I, pardner?"
+
+"No," said his wounded companion. "We was talking all night when we
+wasn't saying _Hff_! or _Oh_! or _Oh dear_! or _That's a stinger_!--
+wasn't we, Gedge, mate?"
+
+"That's right, pardner. But it don't matter, sir--do it?--not a bit, as
+the swelling's going down?"
+
+"Not a bit," said Bracy, to whom this question was addressed. "There,
+we are not going to stay. Make haste, my lad, and get well. I'm glad
+you are in such good quarters."
+
+"Thank ye, sir, thank ye. Quarters is all right, sir; but I'd rather be
+in the ranks. So would he--wouldn't you, pardner?"
+
+His fellow-sufferer, who looked doubtful at Gedge's free-and-easy way of
+talking, glancing the while at the Doctor to see how he would take it,
+nodded his head and delivered himself of a grunt, as the little party
+filed out of the long, whitewashed, barn-like room.
+
+"A couple of wonderful escapes," said the Doctor, "and quite a treat.
+I've had nothing to see to but cases of fever, and lads sick through
+eating or drinking what they ought not to. But I dare say I shall be
+busy now."
+
+"Thanks, Doctor," said Roberts as they returned to the great court of
+the large building. "Glad you've got such good quarters for your
+patients."
+
+"Thanks to you for coming," replied the Doctor; and the parties
+separated, Drummond leading his new friends off to introduce them to
+some of the anxious, careworn ladies who had accompanied their husbands
+in the regiment, and of the Civil Service, who had come up to Ghittah at
+a time when a rising of the hill-tribes was not for a moment expected.
+On his way he turned with a look of disgust to Bracy.
+
+"I say," he said, "does your Doctor always talk shop like that?"
+
+"Well, not quite, but pretty frequently--eh, Roberts?"
+
+The latter smiled grimly.
+
+"He's a bit of an enthusiast in his profession, Drummond," he said.
+"Very clever man."
+
+"Oh, is he? Well, I should like him better if he wasn't quite so much
+so. Did you see how he looked at me?"
+
+"No."
+
+"I did. Just as if he was turning me inside out, and I felt as if he
+were going all over me with one of those penny trumpet things doctors
+use to listen to you with. I know he came to the conclusion that I was
+too thin, and that he ought to put me through a course of medicine."
+
+"Nonsense."
+
+"Oh, but he did. Thank goodness, though, I don't belong to your
+regiment."
+
+The young men were very warmly welcomed in the officers' quarters; and
+it seemed that morning as if their coming had brought sunshine into the
+dreary place, every worn face beginning to take a more hopeful look.
+
+Drummond took this view at once, as he led the way back into the great
+court.
+
+"Glad I took you in there," he said; "they don't look the same as they
+did yesterday. Just fancy, you know, the poor things sitting in there
+all day so as to be out of the reach of flying shots, and wondering
+whether their husbands will escape unhurt for another day, and whether
+that will be the last they'll ever see."
+
+"Terrible!" said Bracy.
+
+"Yes, isn't it? Don't think I shall ever get married, as I'm a soldier;
+for it doesn't seem right to bring a poor, tender lady out to such
+places as this. It gives me the shivers sometimes; but these poor
+things, they don't know what it will all be when they marry and come
+out."
+
+"And if they did they would come all the same," said Roberts bluffly.
+
+"Well, it's quite right," said Bracy thoughtfully. "It's splendidly
+English and plucky for a girl to be willing to share all the troubles
+her husband goes through."
+
+"So it is," said Drummond. "I've always admired it when I've read of
+such things; and it makes you feel that heroines are much greater than
+heroes."
+
+"It doesn't seem as if heroes were made nowadays," said Bracy, laughing.
+"Hullo! where are you taking us?"
+
+"Right up to the top of the highest tower to pay your respects to the
+British Raj. I helped the colour-sergeant to fix it up there. We put
+up a new pole twice as high as the old one, so as to make the enemy
+waxy, and show him that we meant to stay."
+
+"All right; we may as well see every place while we're about it."
+
+"You can get a splendid lookout over the enemy's camping-ground, too,
+from up here."
+
+"Then you still think that these are enemies?"
+
+"Certain," said Drummond; and words were spared for breathing purposes
+till the flag-pole was reached, and the young subaltern passed his arm
+round it and stood waiting while his companions took a good long
+panoramic look.
+
+"There you are," he then said. "See that green patch with the
+snow-pyramid rising out of it?"
+
+"Yes; not big, is it?"
+
+"Awful, and steep. That mountain's as big as Mont Blanc; and from that
+deodar forest right up the slope is the place to go for bear."
+
+"Where are the pheasants?" asked Roberts, taking out his glass.
+
+"Oh, in the woods down behind the hills there," said Drummond, pointing.
+"Splendid fellows; some of reddish-brown with white spots, and bare
+heads all blue and with sort of horns. Then you come upon some great
+fellows, the young ones and the hens about coloured like ours, but with
+short, broad tails. But you should see the cock-birds. Splendid. They
+have grand, greeny-gold crests, ruby-and-purple necks, a white patch on
+their back and the feathers all about it steely-blue and green, while
+their broad, short tails are cinnamon-colour."
+
+"You seem to know all about them," said Bracy, laughing.
+
+"Shot lots. They're thumpers, and a treat for the poor ladies, when I
+get any; but it has been getting worse and worse lately. Couldn't have
+a day's shooting without the beggars taking pop-shots at you from the
+hills. I don't know where we should have been if their guns shot
+straight."
+
+"Well, we shall have to drive the scoundrels farther off," said Roberts,
+"for I want some shooting."
+
+"Bring your gun?" cried Drummond, eagerly.
+
+"Regular battery. So did he; didn't you, Bracy?"
+
+There was no reply.
+
+"Bracy, are you deaf?"
+
+"No, no," said the young man hurriedly, as he stood in one corner of the
+square tower, resting his binocular upon the parapet, and gazing through
+it intently.
+
+"See a bear on one of the hills?" said Drummond sharply.
+
+"No; I was watching that fir-wood right away there in the hollow. Are
+they patches of snow I can see in there among the trees?"
+
+"Where--where?" cried Drummond excitedly.
+
+"Come and look. The glass is set right, and you can see the exact spot
+without touching it."
+
+Bracy made way, and Roberts stepped to the other side of the tower and
+looked over the wide interval to where their visitors of the morning
+were forming a kind of camp, as if they meant to stay.
+
+"Phee-ew!"
+
+Drummond gave a long, low whistle.
+
+"Snow?" said Bracy.
+
+"No snow there; at this time of year. That's where some of the enemy
+are, then--some of those who disappeared so suddenly yesterday. Those
+are their white gowns you can see, and there's a tremendous nest of
+them."
+
+"Enemies of our visitors this morning?"
+
+"They said so," replied Drummond, with a mocking laugh; "but it seems
+rather rum for them to come and camp so near one another, and neither
+party to know. Doesn't it to you?"
+
+"Exactly," cried Bracy. "They would be sure to be aware, of course."
+
+"Yes, of course. What idiots they must think us! I'd bet a penny that
+if we sent out scouts they'd find some more of the beauties creeping
+down the valleys. Well, it's a great comfort to know that this lot on
+the slope here are friends."
+
+"Which you mean to be sarcastic?" said Bracy.
+
+"Which I just do. I say, I'm glad I brought you up here, and that you
+spied out that party yonder. Come away down, and let's tell the
+Colonel. He'll alter his opinion then."
+
+"And send out a few scouts?" said Bracy.
+
+Drummond shook his head.
+
+"Doesn't do to send out scouts here."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"They don't come back again."
+
+"Get picked off?"
+
+"Yes--by the beggars who lie about among the stones. We have to make
+sallies in force when we go from behind these walls. But, I say, you
+two haven't had much fighting, I suppose?"
+
+"None, till the bit of a brush as we came here."
+
+"Like it?"
+
+"Don't know," said Bracy. "It's very exciting."
+
+"Oh, yes, it's exciting enough. We've had it pretty warm here, I can
+tell you. I begin to like it now."
+
+"You do?"
+
+"Yes; when I get warm. Not at first, because one's always thinking
+about whether the next bullet will hit you--'specially when the poor
+fellows get dropping about you; but you soon get warm. It makes you
+savage to see men you know going down without being able to get a shot
+in return. Then you're all right. You like it then."
+
+"Humph!" ejaculated Bracy, and his brow wrinkled. "But had we not
+better go down and give the alarm?"
+
+"Plenty of time. No need to hurry. They're not going to attack; only
+lying up waiting to see if those beggars who came this morning can do
+anything by scheming. I fancy they're getting a bit short of lead, for
+we've had all kinds of rubbish shot into the fort here--bits of iron,
+nails, stones, and broken bits of pot. We've seen them, too, hunting
+about among the rocks for our spent bullets. You'll find them very nice
+sort of fellows, ready to shoot at you with something from a distance to
+give you a wound that won't heal, and cut at you when they can come to
+close quarters with tulwars and knives that are sharp as razors. They
+will heal, for, as our doctor says, they are beautiful clean cuts that
+close well. Never saw the beauty of them, though. He's almost as bad
+as your old chap for that."
+
+"But we had better go down and give the alarm," said Bracy anxiously.
+
+"None to give," said Drummond coolly. "It's only a bit of news, and
+that's how it will be taken. Nothing to be done, but perhaps double the
+sentries in the weak places. Not that they're very weak, or we
+shouldn't have been hen; when you came."
+
+"Well, I shall feel more comfortable when my Colonel knows--eh,
+Roberts?"
+
+"Yes," said the latter, who had stood frowning and listening; "and I
+don't think he will be for sitting down so quietly as your old man."
+
+"Not yet. Be for turning some of them out."
+
+"Of course."
+
+"Very spirited and nice; but it means losing men, and the beggars come
+back again. We used to do a lot of that sort of thing, but of late the
+policy has been to do nothing unless they attacked, and then to give
+them all we knew. Pays best."
+
+"I don't know," said Roberts as they were descending fast; "it can't
+make any impression upon the enemy."
+
+"Shows them that the English have come to stay," interposed Bracy.
+
+"Yes, perhaps; but they may read it that we are afraid of them on seeing
+us keep behind walls."
+
+A minute or two later the news was borne to headquarters, where the two
+Colonels were in eager conference, and upon hearing it Colonel Graves
+leaped up and turned to his senior as if expecting immediate orders for
+action; but his colleague's face wrinkled a little more, and he said
+quietly:
+
+"Then that visit was a mere _ruse_ to put us off our guard and give them
+an opportunity for meeting the fresh odds with which they have to
+contend."
+
+"Of course it was," said Colonel Graves firmly.
+
+"Well, there is nothing to be alarmed about; they will do nothing till
+they have waited to see whether we accept the offer of admitting as
+friends a couple of hundred Ghazees within the gates.--Thank you,
+gentlemen, for your information. There is no cause for alarm."
+
+The young officers left their two seniors together, and as soon as they
+were alone Drummond frowned.
+
+"Poor old Colonel!" he said sadly; "he has been getting weaker for days
+past, and your coming has finished him up. Don't you see?"
+
+"No," said Bracy sharply. "What do you mean?"
+
+"He has Colonel Graves to lean on now, and trust to save the ladies and
+the place. I shouldn't be surprised to see him give up altogether and
+put himself in the doctor's hands. Well, you fellows will help us to do
+the work?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy quickly, "come what may."
+
+"We're going to learn the art of war in earnest now, old chap," said
+Roberts as soon as they were alone again.
+
+"Seems like it."
+
+"Yes. I wonder whether we shall take it as coolly as this young
+Drummond."
+
+"I wonder," said Bracy; "he's an odd fish."
+
+"But I think I like him," said Roberts.
+
+"Like him?" replied Bracy. "I'm sure I do."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER NINE.
+
+WARM CORNERS AND COLD.
+
+It was a glorious day, with the air so bright, elastic, and inspiriting
+that the young officers of the garrison felt their position irksome in
+the extreme. For the Colonel's orders were stringent. The limits
+allowed to officer or man outside the walls were very narrow, and all
+the time hill, mountain, forest, and valley were wooing them to come and
+investigate their depths.
+
+It was afternoon when Roberts, Bracy, and Drummond, being off duty, had
+strolled for a short distance along the farther side of the main stream,
+and paused at last in a lovely spot where a side gorge came down from
+the hills, to end suddenly some hundred feet above their heads; and from
+the scarped rock the stream it brought down made a sudden leap, spread
+out at first into drops, which broke again into fine ruin, and reached
+the bottom like a thick veil of mist spanned by a lovely rainbow. The
+walls of rock, bedewed by the ever-falling water, were a series of the
+most brilliant greens supplied by the luxuriant ferns and mosses, while
+here and there, where their seeds had found nourishment in cleft and
+chasm, huge cedars, perfect in their pyramidal symmetry, rose spiring up
+to arrow-like points a hundred, two hundred feet in the pure air.
+Flowers dotted the grassy bottom; birds flitted here and there, and
+sang. There was the delicious lemony odour emitted by the deodars, and
+a dreamy feeling of its being good to live there always amidst so much
+beauty; for other music beside that of birds added to the enhancement--
+music supplied by the falling waters, sweet, silvery, tinkling, rising
+and falling, mingling with the deep bass of a low, humming roar.
+
+The three young men had wandered on and on along a steep track, more
+than once sending the half-wild, goat-like sheep bounding away, and a
+feeling of annoyance was strong upon them, which state of feeling found
+vent in words, Drummond being the chief speaker.
+
+"I don't care," he said; "it's just jolly rot of your old man. Wrayford
+was bad enough, but old Graves is a tyrant. He has no business to tie
+us down so."
+
+"There's the enemy still in the hills," said Roberts.
+
+"Yes, but whacked, and all the other tribes ready to follow the example
+of those fellows who have come down to make peace and fight against the
+rest who hold out. They're not fools."
+
+"Not a bit of it," said Bracy. "They're as keen as men can be; but I
+shouldn't like to trust them."
+
+"Nor I," said Roberts. "They're too keen."
+
+"There you are," said Drummond petulantly. "That's the Englishman all
+over. You fellows keep the poor beggars at a distance, and that makes
+them wild when they want to be friends. If every one had acted in that
+spirit, where should we have been all through India?"
+
+"Same place as we are now," said Bracy, laughing.
+
+"Right, old fellow," said Roberts. "We've conquered the nation, and the
+people feel that they're a conquered race, and will never feel quite
+reconciled to our rule."
+
+"Well, I don't know," said Bracy. "I'm not very well up in these
+matters, but I think there are hundreds of thousands in India who do
+like our rule; for it is firm and just, and keeps down the constant
+fighting of the past."
+
+"Bother!" cried Drummond pettishly: "there's no arguing against you two
+beggars. You're so pig-headed. Never mind all that. These thingamy
+Dwats have come down to make peace--haven't they?"
+
+"You thought otherwise," said Bracy, laughing. "But, by the way, if we
+two are pig-headed, aren't you rather hoggish--hedge-hoggish? I never
+met such a spiky young Scot before."
+
+"Scotland for ever!" cried Drummond, tossing his pith helmet in the air
+and catching it again.
+
+"By all means," said Bracy. "Scotland for ever! and if the snow-peaks
+were out of sight wouldn't this be just like a Scottish glen?"
+
+"Just," said Roberts, and Drummond looked pleased.
+
+"Here, how am I to speak if you boys keep on interrupting?" he said.
+
+"Speak on, my son," said Bracy.
+
+"Well, I was going to say these fellows have come down like a deputation
+to see if we will be friends; and if we show that we will, I think now
+that all the rest will follow in the course of a few weeks, and there
+will be peace."
+
+"And plenty?" said Bracy.
+
+"Of course."
+
+"No, my boy; you're too sanguine, and don't understand the hill-man's
+character."
+
+"Seen more of it than you have," said Drummond.
+
+"Possibly; but I think you're wrong."
+
+"Oh, very well, then, we'll say I'm wrong. But never mind that. We've
+done the fighting; the niggers are whopped, and here we are with the
+streams whispering to us to come and fish, the hills to go and shoot,
+and the forests and mountains begging us to up and bag deer, bear, and
+leopard. I shouldn't be at all surprised even if we came upon a tiger.
+They say there is one here and there."
+
+"It is tempting," said Bracy. "I long for a day or two's try at
+something."
+
+"Even if it's only a bit of a climb up the ice and snow," put in
+Roberts.
+
+"All in turn," said Drummond. "Well, then, when we go back to mess this
+evening, let's get some of the other fellows to back us up and petition
+Graves to give us leave."
+
+"No good," said Roberts; "I know him too well. I have asked him."
+
+"And what did he say?" cried Drummond eagerly.
+
+"As soon as ever I can feel that it is safe," said Bracy. "I was
+there."
+
+"Oh!" cried Drummond.
+
+"He's right," said Roberts. "I don't believe that we can count upon
+these people yet."
+
+"Then let's have a thoroughly good fight, and whack them into their
+senses. We're sent up here to pacify these tribes, and I want to see it
+done."
+
+"So do we," said Bracy; "but it must take time."
+
+"Don't believe that any one else thinks as you do," said Drummond
+sulkily; and they toiled on in silence till they came near the side of
+the falling water, whose rush was loud enough to drown their approach;
+and here they all seated themselves on the edge of the mere shelf of
+rock, trampled by many generations of sheep, dangled their legs over the
+perpendicular side, and listened to the music of the waters, as they let
+their eyes wander over the lovely landscape of tree, rock, and fall.
+
+The scene was so peaceful that it was hard to believe that they were in
+the valley through whose rugged mazes the warlike tribes had streamed to
+besiege the fort; and Bracy was just bending forward to pick a lovely
+alpine primula, when he sniffed softly and turned to whisper to his
+companions.
+
+"Do you smell that?" he said.
+
+"Eh? Oh, yes; it's the effect of the warm sunshine on the fir-trees."
+
+"'Tisn't," said Drummond, laughing. "It's bad, strong tobacco. There!"
+he said as the loud scratch of a match on a piece of stone rose from
+just beneath their feet, as if to endorse his words, and the odour grew
+more pronounced and the smoke visible, rising from a tuft of young
+seedling pines some twenty feet below.
+
+"Here, wake up, pardners," cried a familiar voice. "You're both
+asleep."
+
+"I wasn't," said a voice.
+
+"Nor I," said another; "only thinking."
+
+"Think with your eyes open, then. I say, any more of these niggers
+coming in to make peace?"
+
+"S'pose so. The Colonel's going to let a lot of 'em come in and help do
+duty in the place--isn't he?"
+
+"Ho, yus! Certainly. Of course! and hope you may get it. When old
+Graves has any of these white-cotton-gowny-diers doing sentry-go in
+Ghittah, just you come and tell me. Wake me up, you know, for I shall
+have been asleep for about twenty years."
+
+"He will. You see if he don't."
+
+"Yah! Never-come-never," cried Gedge. "Can't yer see it's all a dodge
+to get in the fort. They can't do it fair fighting, so they're
+beginning to scheme. Let 'em in? Ho, yus! Didn't you see the Colonel
+put his tongue in his cheek and say, `Likely'?"
+
+"No," said one of Gedge's companions, "nor you neither."
+
+"Can't say I did see; but he must have done."
+
+The officers had softly drawn up their legs and moved away so as not to
+play eavesdropper, but they could not help hearing the men's
+conversation thus far; and as soon as they had climbed out of earshot so
+as to get on a level with the top of the fall, where they meant to try
+and cross the stream, descend on the other side, and work their way
+back, after recrossing it at its exit into the river, Bracy took up the
+conversation again.
+
+"There," he said to Drummond, "you heard that?"
+
+"Oh yes, I heard: but what do these fellows know about it?"
+
+"They think," said Bracy, "and--I say," he whispered; "look!"
+
+He pointed upward, and his companions caught sight of that which had
+taken his attention.
+
+"What are those two fellows doing there?" whispered Roberts.
+
+"Scouting, evidently," said Bracy. "I saw their arms."
+
+"So did I," replied Roberts. "Let's get back at once, and pick up those
+lads as we go. One never knows what may come next. There may be
+mischief afloat instead of peace."
+
+At that moment Drummond gave Bracy a sharp nudge, and jerked his head in
+another direction.
+
+"More of them," said Bracy gravely; "yes, and more higher up. Well,
+this doesn't look friendly."
+
+"No," said Roberts. "Look sharp; they haven't seen us. Let's get back
+and take in the news."
+
+It was a difficult task for the three young Englishmen to compete with
+men trained as mountaineers from childhood; but the living game of chess
+had to be played on the Dwats' own ground; and for a short time the
+party of officers carefully stole from rock to rock and from patch of
+trees to patch of trees till Roberts stopped short.
+
+"No good," he said softly. "I feel sure that the beggars are watching
+us."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy; "they have the advantage of us from being on the high
+ground. Let's go on openly and as if in perfect ignorance of their
+being near."
+
+By this time the young officers were on the farther side of the stream,
+below the falls, with it between them and the men they wished to turn
+back and take with them to the fort.
+
+"What do you propose doing now?" asked Drummond.
+
+"I'll show you," replied Roberts, and, parting the underwood, he
+threaded his way till he was close to the deep gully down which the
+water from the falls raced; and then selecting the most open spot he
+could, he placed his whistle to his lips and blew. The rallying whistle
+rose up the mountain-slope towards the falls, like the note of some wild
+bird startled from its lair among the moist depths of the gully.
+
+To their great delight, the call had instant effect; for, unwittingly,
+they had made their way to where they halted just level with the party
+of their men who were not forty yards away. Consequently, before the
+note had died away the voice of Gedge was plainly heard.
+
+"I say, boys," he cried, "that's a whistle."
+
+"Nobody said it was a bugle," was the laughing reply.
+
+"But it means cease firing," said Gedge.
+
+"That it don't, stoopid, for no one's shooting. Get out! Only some
+kind o' foreign bird."
+
+"I don't care; it is," cried Gedge. "Way ho! Any one there?"
+
+"Yes, my lads," cried Roberts; "make for the fort at once. Follow the
+stream down to the river, and join us there. Quick! Danger!"
+
+There was a sharp rustling sound as of men forcing their way downward on
+each side of the gully, and the next minute, as the place grew lighter,
+consequent upon the trees being absent for a space of about, a dozen
+yards, there was the sharp whiz as of some great beetle darting across,
+followed by the report of a gun, which was magnified by echoes which
+died away into the distance.
+
+"Forward!" cried Roberts. "Steady! don't make a stampede of it. Keep
+to all the cover you can."
+
+Necessary advice, for the whiz of a second roughly-made bullet, seeking
+but not finding its billet, was heard, followed by a smothered report.
+
+"I say, this is nice," said Drummond: "and you two seem to be right. I
+don't like it at all."
+
+"Well, it's not pleasant," said Roberts, smiling.
+
+"Pleasant? No. These people may not mean war, but only sport. They're
+beating this part of the valley."
+
+"And routing us up," said Drummond, "as if we were pheasants. I say; I
+wonder whether pheasants feel the same as I do when they're beginning to
+be driven to the end of a spinney?"
+
+"Don't know," said Roberts shortly; "but I'm glad we came."
+
+"Oh! are you?" said Drummond. "Well, I'm not. A little of this sniping
+goes a very long way with me."
+
+"Ditto," said Roberts shortly. Then, aloud, "How are you getting on
+there, my lads?"
+
+"Oh, fairly, sir, and--phew! that was close!"
+
+For a bullet whizzed by the speaker's ear.
+
+"Keep under cover. Steady!" said the Captain; and then the cautious
+descent of the steep slope--more of a passage by hands as well as feet
+than a steady walk down--was kept up, and diversified in the most
+unpleasant way by shots, till the rocky shallow where the stream dashed
+into the main river was reached.
+
+Here the deep gully, down which the stream ran, had grown shallower till
+it debouched, with the valley on either side reduced to a dead level and
+the banks only a foot or so above the surface of the rushing water,
+which only reached to the officers' knees when they stepped in. But,
+unfortunately, the last of the cover had been passed, and a couple of
+shots reminded the party of the danger they ran.
+
+"Here y'are, sir," cried Gedge, reaching out his hand to Bracy and
+helping him out. "Oh! why ain't I got my rifle?"
+
+"Don't talk," cried Bracy as his companions leaped, dripping, out of the
+stream.
+
+"No; open out and follow, my lads," cried Roberts. "Forward! double!"
+
+"Ugh!" grunted Gedge to his nearest comrade; "and they'll think we're
+running away."
+
+"So we are, mate."
+
+"Yah! only our legs. I ain't running. Think I'd cut away from one o'
+them black-looking, bed-gown biddies? Yah! go back and send yer clothes
+to the wash."
+
+The retiring party had separated well, so as not to present too good a
+mark for the enemy, whose practice was far from bad. For the stones
+were struck close to them again and again, and leaves and twigs were cut
+from the low growth which here fringed the bank of the river, always in
+close proximity to where the party ran, and teaching them that not only
+were the hill-men who fired good shots, but many in number, the high,
+precipitous ascent to the left being evidently lined with concealed
+scouts.
+
+"Forward there!" shouted Bracy suddenly, for Gedge began to slacken and
+hang back.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," puffed the lad; "wouldn't you rayther lead?"
+
+"Forward, you scoundrel!" cried Roberts angrily; and Gedge darted back
+into the position in which he had been running before, with his two
+companions, the officers having kept behind.
+
+"Getting pumped, pardner?" said his comrade on the left.
+
+"Pumped! Me pumped!" said Gedge derisively. "Hor, hor! Why, I feel as
+if I'd on'y jus' begun to stretch my legs. Go on like this for a week
+to git a happy-tight. But orsifers ought to lead."
+
+"Advancing, matey," said the man on the right. "Fust inter action; last
+out, you know."
+
+"Ho, yus; I know," grumbled Gedge; "but 'tain't fair: they get all the
+best o' everything. Here, I say, look out, laddies. We're getting
+among the wild bees, ain't us? Hear 'em buzz?"
+
+"Yes; and we shall have one of 'em a-stinging on us directly. There
+goes another."
+
+For bullet after bullet came buzzing by the flying party's ears, but
+still without effect.
+
+"I say," cried Gedge; "keep shying a hye back now and then to see if the
+gents is all right."
+
+"No need," said the man on his left. "We should know fast enough."
+
+Meanwhile the three officers had settled down behind to a steady double,
+and kept on their conversation as if in contemptuous disregard of the
+enemy hidden high among the patches of wood to their left.
+
+"Thought they were better shots," said Bracy. "Nothing has come near us
+yet."
+
+"Quite near enough," growled Roberts.
+
+"Don't you holloa till you're out of the wood," said Drummond; "they can
+make splendid practice at a mark not moving; but it's not easy work to
+hit a running man."
+
+"So it seems," said Bracy coolly.
+
+"Here, I've been thinking that we must have passed a lot of these
+fellows as we came along," said Roberts.
+
+"Not a doubt of it," said Bracy; "fresh ones keep taking up the firing.
+We're regularly running the gauntlet. Surely they'll soon hear this
+firing at, the fort."
+
+"Hope so," said Roberts. "We ought to have known that, the beggars had
+advanced like this."
+
+"Well, we have found out now," cried Drummond. "I say, you two; this
+means that the war has broken out in real earnest. But I say,"--He
+stopped suddenly.
+
+"Say on," said Bracy merrily; "we can't stay to listen to your speech."
+
+"What a fellow you are!" cried the subaltern. "I can't cut jokes at a
+time like this. I was going to say--phee-ew--that was close! I felt
+the wind of that bullet as it passed my face."
+
+"Miss is as good as a mile," said Bracy cheerily. "We shall be having
+men out on the opposite bank before long, ready to cover us; and they
+will not have running objects to aim at. They'll soon crush out this
+sniping."
+
+"Hope so," said Drummond; "but I say--"
+
+"Well, let's have it this time," cried Roberts.
+
+"All right," panted Drummond; "if I go down, don't stop for a moment,
+but get on. The relief can come and pick me up. I shall creep into
+cover, if I can."
+
+"Yes," said Roberts coolly--"if you can. Now, just look here, my lad;
+you want all your breath to keep your machinery going; you've none to
+spare to teach us our duty."
+
+"Well said, Rob," cried Bracy. "Just as if it's likely. But you'd
+better go down! I should like to see you!"
+
+Crash! in the midst of some bushes, as a single shot succeeded a
+spattering fire, and one of the privates went down just ahead.
+
+"Almost got your wish, Bracy. Wrong man down."
+
+As Roberts spoke he and Bracy dashed to where two of the privates had
+pulled up to aid their comrade, who had pitched head first into the
+clump of growth ahead of where he was running.
+
+"Don't say you've got it badly, Gedge," cried Bracy huskily, helping the
+men as they raised the lad, who stared from one to the other in a
+half-dazed way.
+
+"_Habet_," muttered Roberts, with his face contracting.
+
+"Eh?" panted the lad at last, as he tried to pull himself together.
+
+"Here--where is it?" cried Drummond excitedly. "Where are you hurt?"
+
+"Oh, my toe!" cried the lad. "Ketched it on a stone outer sight, sir.
+My! I did go down a rum un."
+
+"Not wounded?" cried Bracy joyfully.
+
+"Not me, sir! Yah! they can't shoot. Here, I say, mateys, where's my
+bay'net? There it is."
+
+Gedge limped to where it lay with the hilt just visible amongst the
+shrubs, and he made a dart to get it, but overrated his powers. He
+seized the bayonet from where it had been jerked by his fall, but went
+down upon his face in the act, and when raised again he looked round
+with a painful grin upon his lips.
+
+"Got a stone in my foot, p'raps, gen'lemen," he said.
+
+"Carry him!" said Roberts briefly; and the men were lowering their arms
+to take the poor fellow between them, but he protested loudly.
+
+"No, no; I can walk, sir," he cried. "One o' them just give me an arm
+for a bit. Leg's a bit numbed, that's all. Look out, mates. Bees is
+swarming fast."
+
+For the enemy had stationary marks for their bullets now, and they were
+falling very closely around.
+
+"In amongst the trees there," cried Roberts; and the shelter ahead was
+gained, Gedge walking by the help of one of his comrades, and then
+crouching with the rest.
+
+But the shelter was too slight, and it became evident that they were
+seen from the shelves and niches occupied by the enemy, for the bullets
+began to come thickly, sending leaves and twigs pattering down upon the
+halting party's heads.
+
+"We must get on," said Roberts after an anxious look out ahead.
+
+"All right," said Bracy. "We may leave the scoundrels behind."
+
+"Behind, sir? Yus, sir," cried Gedge, who had caught the last word.
+"You go on, sir, and I'll lie down here till you sends some of the lads
+to fetch me in."
+
+"What's left of him," thought Bracy, "after the brutes have been at him
+with their knives."
+
+"Can you walk at all?" said Roberts quietly.
+
+Gedge rose quickly.
+
+"Yus, sir," he cried. "There, it aren't half so bad now. Felt as if I
+hadn't got no foot at all for a time. Hurts a bit, sir. Here, I'm all
+right."
+
+Roberts looked at him keenly without speaking. Then he cried:
+
+"Rise quickly at the word; take two paces to the right, and drop into
+cover again. Make ready. Attention!"
+
+The little manoeuvre was performed, and it had the expected result. A
+scattered volley of twenty or thirty shots made the twigs about them
+fly, the fire of the enemy being drawn--the fire of old-fashioned,
+long-barrelled matchlocks, which took time to reload and prime.
+
+"Forward!" cried Roberts again, and at a walk the retreat was continued,
+the Captain keeping close beside Gedge, who marched in step with his
+comrades, though with a marked limp, which he tried hard to conceal.
+
+After a brief pause the firing started again, but fortunately the growth
+upon the river-bank began to get thicker, hiding them from their foes;
+though, on the other hand, it grew unmistakably plain that more and more
+of the enemy were lying in wait, so that the position grew worse, for
+the rushing river curved in towards the occupied eminences on the
+retiring party's left.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," cried Gedge suddenly; "I can double now."
+
+"Silence, my lad! Keep on steadily."
+
+"But I can, sir," cried the man. "I will."
+
+"Try him," whispered Bracy.
+
+"Double!" cried Roberts; and the retreat went on, Gedge trotting with
+the rest, but in the most unmilitary style, for he threw his head back,
+doubled his fists in close to his sides, and, squaring his elbows, went
+on as if engaged in a race.
+
+"Looks as if he were running for a wager," said Drummond.
+
+"He is," said Bracy coldly. "We all are--for our lives."
+
+The way they were about to go had now so markedly come towards the face
+of a precipice, from which puffs of smoke kept appearing, that it was
+evident something fresh must be done, or the end would lie very near, no
+mercy being expected from the foe; and as they went on Bracy kept
+turning his eyes to the right, seeking in vain for a glimpse of the
+rushing river, now hidden from their sight by tree and rock, though its
+musical roar kept striking plainly upon their ears.
+
+"Rob, old chap," he suddenly cried, "we must get down to the water, and
+try to cross."
+
+"Yes," said Roberts abruptly. "I've been thinking so. It's our only
+chance, and I've been waiting for an opening."
+
+"We must not wait," said Bracy. "It's chance, and we must chance it."
+
+"Halt! Right face, forward!"
+
+As Roberts spoke he sprang to the front in one of the densest parts,
+where a wilderness of bush and rock lay between them and the river, and
+led on, with his companions following in single file; while, as perforce
+they moved slowly, they had the opportunity to regain their breath, and
+listened with a feeling of satisfaction to the firing which was kept up
+by the enemy upon the portion of the bosky bank where they were supposed
+to be still running.
+
+"Wish they'd use all their powder," said Drummond breathlessly.
+
+"Why?" said Bracy.
+
+"They've no bayonets."
+
+"Only tulwars and those horrible knives--eh?" said Bracy harshly.
+
+"Ugh!" ejaculated Drummond. "You're right; but if they came to close
+quarters we could take it out of some of the brutes before we were done
+for. It's horrible to be doing nothing but run till you're shot down."
+
+"Not shot down yet, old fellow. There, don't talk; we may get across."
+
+"May!" muttered Drummond. "But, my word! how they are firing yonder!
+They're beginning to think we're hiding, and are trying to start us
+running again."
+
+"Will you leave off talking!" cried Bracy angrily. "Here, Gedge, how
+are you getting on?"
+
+"Splendid, sir. I could do anything if the pavement warn't so rough."
+
+"In much pain?"
+
+"Pretty tidy, sir. Sort o' bad toothache like in my left ankle. Beg
+pardon, sir; are we going to wade the river?"
+
+"Going to try, my lad."
+
+"That's just what'll set me up again. Had a sprained ankle once afore,
+and I used to sit on a high stool with my foot in the back-kitchen sink
+under the tap."
+
+"Cold water cure--eh, my lad?" said Drummond, smiling.
+
+"That's right, sir."
+
+"Steady there!" came from the front, where the leaders were hidden from
+those behind. "Steep rock-slope here."
+
+A rush and the breaking of twigs.
+
+"Some one down," cried Bracy excitedly. "Any one hurt?"
+
+Splash! and the sound of a struggle in the water.
+
+Bracy dashed forward, forcing his way past the two men, his heart
+beating wildly as he reached the spot from whence the sound came.
+
+"All right," cried Roberts from below; and, peering down through a
+tangle of overhanging bushes, Bracy saw his leader standing breast-high
+in foaming water, holding on by a branch and looking up at him.
+
+"I fell. Unprepared. You can all slide down. Lower yourselves as far
+as you can, and then let go."
+
+The distance was about thirty feet, and the descent not perpendicular.
+
+"You go next," said Bracy to one of the men. "You can't hurt, it's only
+into water."
+
+"Let me, sir," cried Gedge.
+
+"Silence," said Bracy sternly, and he watched anxiously as the man he
+had spoken to set his teeth, made his way to the edge of the rock,
+lowered himself by holding on to some of the bushes through which
+Roberts had suddenly fallen, and then let go.
+
+Hush--splash! and Bracy saw him standing in the water opposite to his
+Captain.
+
+"Next, Gedge," said Bracy.
+
+Gedge sprang forward as if his leg were uninjured, lowered himself down
+till his head was out of sight of those behind, and then, muttering the
+words of the old school game, "Here comes my ship full sail, cock
+warning!" he let go, glided down, made his splash, and the next minute
+was standing beyond Roberts, holding on, for the pressure of the rushing
+water was great. The others followed rapidly, Bracy last, and feeling
+as if he had suddenly plunged into liquid ice, so intensely cold was the
+water, which reached nearly to his chin. He glanced outward to get a
+dim peep of the river they were about to try and cross, and another
+chill ran through him, for it was like standing face to face with death,
+the surface eastward being one race of swirling and rushing foam, dotted
+here and there by masses of rock. There was a few moments' anxious
+pause, and, above the hissing rush of the water, the echoing crack,
+crack, crack of the enemies' jezails reached their ears, but sounding
+smothered and far away. Then Roberts spoke:
+
+"You can swim, Drummond?"
+
+"Yes, in smooth water," was the reply. "I don't know about cascades."
+
+"You've got to, my lad," said Roberts shortly. "What about your men?
+You can, I know, Gedge."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"You others?"
+
+"I can swim a few strokes, sir," said one.
+
+"Never was no water, sir, where I was," replied the other.
+
+"A few strokes!" cried Roberts fiercely. "No water! Shame on you,
+lads! No one who calls himself a man ought, to be in a position to say
+such a thing. Well, we'll do our best. Don't cling, or you'll drown us
+as well."
+
+"I can get one on 'em across like a shot, sir," cried Gedge excitedly.
+
+"Silence!" cried Roberts.
+
+"But I done drowning-man resky, sir, in Victory Park lots o' times."
+
+"Then rescue the drowning-man with the injured leg--yourself," said
+Roberts, smiling--"if it comes to the worst. Draw swords, gentlemen.
+I'll lead. You take hold of my sword, my lad, and take fast grip of Mr
+Drummond's hand. Drummond, hold out your sword to Gedge. Gedge, take
+Mr Bracy's hand. Bracy, you can extend your sword to the last. We may
+be able to wade. If not we must go with the stream, and trust to the
+rocks. Each man who reaches a shallow can help the rest. Ready?
+Forward!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TEN.
+
+A NICE WALK.
+
+"Halt!" cried Roberts in a low tone of voice; for, as he gave the order
+to advance for the attempt to ford the river, a fresh burst of firing
+arose from what seemed to be nearer, and he hesitated to lead his
+companions out into the rushing flood and beyond the shelter of the
+overhanging trees.
+
+"It is like exposing ourselves to being shot down while perfectly
+helpless, old fellow," he said, with his lips close to Bracy's ear.
+
+"But we can't stay here: they'll track us to where you fell, and see the
+broken branches overhead. What then?" said Bracy.
+
+"Right; we shall be easy marks for the brutes. Now, then, forward!"
+
+Without hesitation this time, and with his following linked in
+accordance with his orders, Roberts began to wade, facing the rushing
+water and leaning towards it as it pressed against his breast, to divide
+it, forming a little wave which rushed by to right and left. Step
+followed step taken sidewise, and at the third he and the private
+following him stood out clear of the overhanging growth, so that he
+could see plainly the task that was before him.
+
+It was enough to startle the strongest man, for there were about fifty
+yards of a rushing torrent to stem, as it swept icily cold along the
+river's rocky bed, and already the pressure seemed greater than he could
+bear, while he felt that if the water rose higher he would be perfectly
+helpless to sustain its force. But a sharp glance upward and downward
+showed him spots where the water foamed and leaped, and there he knew
+that the stream must be shallower; in fact, in two places he kept on
+catching sight of patches of black rock which were bared again and
+again. Setting his teeth hard, and making the first of these his goal,
+he stepped on cautiously, this choice of direction, being diagonally
+up-stream, necessarily increasing the distance to be traversed, but
+lessening the pressure upon the little linked-together line of men.
+
+"We shall never do it," thought Bracy as, in his turn, he waded out into
+the open stream, his arms well extended and his companions on either
+side gazing up-stream with a peculiar strained look about their eyes.
+But there was no sign of flinching, no hesitation; every man was full of
+determination, the three privates feeling strengthened by being linked
+with and thus sharing the danger with their officers; while Roberts, as
+leader, felt, however oppressed by the sense of all that depended upon
+him, invigorated by the knowledge that he must reach that shallow place.
+Once he had his men there, they could pause for a few minutes' rest
+before making the next step.
+
+On he pressed, left shoulder forward, against the rushing waters;
+feeling moment by moment that the slightest drag from the next man must
+make him lose his footing, to be swept downward, with the result that if
+the links of the chain were not broken asunder there would be pluck,
+pluck, pluck, one after the other, and they would be all swept down the
+torrent.
+
+Had he allowed his imagination free way, he would have let it picture
+the result--so many ghastly figures, battered out of recognition, found
+somewhere, miles away perhaps, among the blocks of stone in the shallows
+of the defile. But the stern man within him kept the mastery; and he
+went on a few inches at a time, edging his way along, with the water
+deepening, so that he was ready to pause. But he felt that hesitation
+would be fatal; and, pressing on, his left foot went down lower than
+ever, making him withdraw it and try to take a longer stride.
+
+"It's all over," he thought, in his desperation; but even as the thought
+flashed through his brain he found that he reached bottom again, having
+passed a narrow gully, and his next and next, strides were into
+shallower water; while, toiling hard, he was in a minute only
+waist-deep, dragging his companions after him, and aiding them, so that
+they all stood together a third of the way across, with the rushing
+stream only knee-deep.
+
+"Five minutes for faking breath," he cried, "and then on again for that
+white patch where the water is foaming."
+
+No one else spoke, but all stood panting and not gazing up-stream or at
+the farther shore, with its rocks, trees, and ample cover, but throwing
+the pressure of every nerve, as it were, into their hearing, and
+listening for sounds of the enemy only to be heard above the roar of the
+water. For the firing had ceased, and one and all felt that this meant
+an advance on the part of the hill-men, who would be sweeping the wooded
+valley right to the river-bank, ready at any moment to open fire again;
+while now it would be upon the unprotected group part of the way towards
+mid-stream.
+
+"Forward!" cried Roberts; and, with their grip tightening, the little
+party followed their Captain as he once more edged off to the left,
+performing his former evolution, and, to his delight, finding that the
+stone-bestrewn polished bottom never once deepened after the first few
+steps, which took him waist-deep, and kept about the same level, the
+result being that the next halt was made where the river was roughest,
+tossing in waves churned up as it was by the masses of rock in its way,
+a group lying just below the surface, with the water deepening behind
+them, so that the party had once more to stand breast-high, but in an
+eddy, the rocks above taking off the pressure which in the shallows had
+threatened to sweep them away.
+
+The water was numbing, and the leader felt that their pause before
+recommencing their efforts must be very short; but he was face to face
+with the most difficult part of their transit, for it was only too plain
+that this last portion ran swift and deep, the bold, steady rush
+suggesting a power which he knew instinctively that he would not be able
+to stem, and he looked downward now to see what was below in the only
+too probable event of their being swept away.
+
+As he turned to gaze upward again he caught Bracy's eyes fixed upon him
+inquiringly; but he paid no heed, though he did not for the moment read
+them aright, the idea being that his brother officer was mutely asking
+him if he thought he could do it.
+
+He grasped Bracy's meaning the next minute, for he heard that which had
+reached Bracy's ears. It was a shout from the woody bank they had left,
+as if one of the enemy had made a discovery, followed by answering
+cries, and all knew now that their foes were close upon their track, and
+that at any moment they might be discovered and fire be opened upon
+them.
+
+"Forward!" cried Roberts, and once more he set off, to be again
+agreeably surprised, for the water did not deepen in the least as he
+moved from out of the eddy, being still about breast-deep, with very
+little variation, the bottom being swept clear of stones and literally
+ground smooth by the constant passage over it of the fragments borne
+down from the glaciers in the north. But before many steps had been
+taken, and the little chain was extended to its extreme limit, Roberts
+knew that disaster was imminent. For it was impossible to stand against
+the dense, heavy rush of water, bear against it as he would.
+
+He shouted back to his companions to bear against the pressure, and
+strove his best, but all in vain. At one and the same moment the double
+calamity came: there was a shot from out of the patch of forest they had
+left, and the leader was lifted from his feet. Then pluck, pluck,
+pluck, as if mighty hands had seized them, the men in turn were snatched
+from their positions, and with a scattered fire opened upon them from
+among the trees, they were being swept rapidly down-stream.
+
+Roberts shouted an order or two, and discipline prevailed for a space,
+the links of the chain remaining unbroken; but even the greatest
+training could not hold it together for long at such a time, and the
+non-swimmers were the first to go under and quit their hold, rolling
+over with the tremendous rush of the stream, and rising again, to snatch
+wildly at the nearest object, and in two cases to hamper the unfortunate
+who was within reach.
+
+"_Sauve qui peut_," muttered Bracy a's he glided along, with his sword
+hanging from his wrist by the knot; but his actions contradicted his
+thoughts, for instead of trying to save himself he turned to the help of
+Drummond, to whom one of the men was clinging desperately, and the very
+next minute he felt a hand clutch at his collar and grip him fast.
+
+The rattle of firing was in his ears, and then the thundering of the
+water, as he was forced below the surface into the darkness; but he did
+not lose his presence of mind. He let himself go under, and then, with
+a few vigorous strokes, rose to the surface, with the man clinging to
+him behind, and wrenched himself round in his effort to get free. He
+was only partially successful, though; and, panting heavily, he swam
+with his burden, just catching sight of Drummond in a similar position
+to himself, many yards lower down the stream.
+
+"Let go," he shouted to the man. "Let go, and I'll save you."
+
+But the man's nerve was gone, and he only clung the tighter and made a
+drowning-man's effort to throw his legs about his officer's.
+
+"Help! help!" he gasped, and a desperate struggle ensued, during which
+both went beneath the surface again, only to rise with Bracy completely
+crippled, for the poor drowning wretch had been completely mastered by
+his intense desire for life, and arms and legs were now round his
+officer in the death-grip.
+
+Bracy cast a wild, despairing look round as he was borne rapidly along,
+and all seemed over, when a head suddenly came into sight from behind
+them, an arm rose above the surface, and the swimmer to whom it belonged
+drove his fist with a dull smack right on the drowning-man's ear, and
+with strange effect.
+
+It was as if the whole muscular power had been instantaneously
+discharged like so much electricity at the touch of a rod, the horrible
+clinging grasp ceased, and with a feeble effort Bracy shook himself free
+and began to swim.
+
+"A jolly idgit!" panted a voice; "a-holding on to yer orficer like that!
+Want to drown him? Can you keep up, sir?"
+
+"Yes, I think so," said Bracy weakly.
+
+"That's right, sir. You'll do it. I'll give yer a 'and if yer can't.
+It's easy enough if yer swim with the stream."
+
+"Can you keep him up?" said Bracy more vigorously.
+
+"Oh yus, sir; I can manage to keep him on his back and his nose out o'
+the water. Knocked him silly."
+
+"Where are the others?"
+
+"There they are, sir, ever so far along. The Captain's got old Parry,
+and Mr Drummond's swimming to his side to help him. You'll _do_ it
+now, sir. Slow strokes wins. Feel better?"
+
+"Yes. I was half-strangled."
+
+"Then it's all right, sir."
+
+"But the enemy?" panted Bracy, trying to look round.
+
+"Never you mind them, sir. They're far enough off now, and can only get
+a shot now and then. River windles so. We're going ever so much faster
+than they can get through the woods. Ain't this jolly, sir? Done my
+ankle a sight o' good. I allus did like the water, on'y sojers' togs
+ain't made to swim in."
+
+"I can't see any one in pursuit," said Bracy at the end of a minute.
+
+"Don't you keep trying to look, sir. You've got enough to do to swim."
+
+"I'm getting right again now, Gedge, and I think I can help you."
+
+"What! to keep him up, sir? I don't want no help while he's like this;
+but if he comes to again and begins his games you might ketch him one in
+the ear. Chaps as thinks they're drowning is the silliest old idgits
+there is. 'Stead o' keeping still and their pads under water, they
+shoves them right up to try and ketch hold o' the wind or anything else
+as is near. 'Spose they can't help it, though. Hullo! look yonder,
+sir. Rocks and shaller water. Think we could get right across now?"
+
+For a shout now reached them from fifty yards or so lower down, where
+their three companions in misfortune were standing knee-deep in
+mid-stream, and a rugged mass of rocks rose to divide the river and
+towered up twenty or thirty feet, forming a little rugged island about
+twice as long. Bracy's spirits, which were very low, rose now at the
+sight of Roberts and Drummond helping the other private up into safety,
+and turning directly to offer them the same aid if they could manage to
+get within reach.
+
+"Keep it up, sir," cried Gedge, who was swimming hard, "or we shall be
+swep' one way or t'other. It'll be nigh as a touch, for the water
+shoots off jolly swift."
+
+Bracy had needed no telling, and he exerted all his strength to keep so
+that they might strike the shallows where the island was worn by the
+fierce torrent to a sharp edge, for to swim a foot or two to the left
+meant being carried towards the side of the enemy, while to the right
+was into swifter water rushing by the island with increased force.
+
+"Stick to it, sir," cried Gedge. "Side-stroke, sir. No fear o' not
+keeping afloat. That's your sort. We shall do it. Ah!"
+
+Gedge's last cry was one of rage and disappointment, for, in spite of
+their efforts, just as they seemed to be within a few feet of the point
+at which they aimed, they found themselves snatched as it were by the
+under-current, and, still holding to their half-drowned companion, they
+would have been carried past but for a brave effort made by Roberts, who
+was prepared for the emergency. By stepping out as far as he dared,
+holding by Drummond's long arm, and reaching low, he caught Gedge's
+extended hand.
+
+The shock was sharp, and he went down upon his face in the water; but
+Drummond held on, the little knot of struggling men swung round to the
+side, and in another minute they were among the rocks, where they
+regained their feet, and drew the insensible private up on to dry land.
+
+"That was near," said Roberts, who was breathless from exertion. "Hurt,
+Drummond?"
+
+"Oh no, not at, all," was the laughing reply. "I never did lie on the
+rack, having my arms torn out of the sockets; but it must have been
+something like this."
+
+"I'm very sorry," cried Roberts.
+
+"Oh, I'm not, old man. How are you, Bracy--not hit?"
+
+"No, no; I shall be all right directly. Thank you, old chaps, for
+saving us. Never mind me; try and see to this poor fellow. I'm afraid
+he's drowned."
+
+"No, sir; he ain't, sir," cried Gedge; "he's coming round all right.
+It's more that crack in the ear I give him than the water. I hit him as
+hard as I could. There! look, gents; his eyes is winking."
+
+It was as the lad said; the unfortunate non-swimmer's eyelids were
+quivering slightly, and at the end of a minute he opened them widely and
+stared vacantly at the sunny sky. The officers were bending over him,
+when they received a broad hint that their position was known, a couple
+of shots being fired from the farther bank, higher up-stream, one of
+which struck the rock above them and splintered off a few scraps, which
+fell pattering down.
+
+"Quick!" cried Roberts. "We must get those two along here for a bit.
+The high part will shelter us then; but as soon as possible we must have
+another try for the shore."
+
+The shelter was soon reached, and all crouched together in the sunshine,
+with the water streaming from them, the officers busily scanning the
+bank of the rushing river opposite, and calculating the possibility of
+reaching it. There was plenty of cover, and very little likelihood of
+the enemy crossing the river in its swollen state; but there was that
+mad nice some twenty yards wide to get over with two helpless men; and
+at last Roberts spoke in a low tone to his companions.
+
+"I can't see how it's to be done, boys. I dare say we four could reach
+the bank somewhere; but we're heavily handicapped by those two who can't
+swim."
+
+"And there isn't time to teach them now," said Drummond sardonically.
+
+"And we can't leave them," said Bracy. "What's to be done?"
+
+Gedge was eager to offer a suggestion upon the slightest encouragement,
+and this he obtained from Roberts, who turned to him.
+
+"How's the sprain, my lad?"
+
+"Bit stiff, sir; that's all," was the reply. "Water done it a lot o'
+good."
+
+"Think you could drop down with the stream and land somewhere near the
+fort to tell them how we're pressed?"
+
+"Dessay I could, sir; but don't send me, please."
+
+"Why?" asked Roberts and Bracy in a breath.
+
+Gedge gave them a comical look, and waved his hand in the direction of
+his comrades.
+
+"We all come out together to have what we called a nice little walk,
+sir, and a look at that there waterfall, as turned out to be farther off
+than we reckoned on. I shouldn't like to cut off and leave 'em in the
+lurch, sir."
+
+"Lurch? Nonsense, my lad," said Bracy. "You would be going on a very
+risky errand to try and save us all."
+
+"Yes, sir; o' course, sir; but I could get one of 'em over that little
+bit if you three gents could manage t'other. They'll be all right in a
+few minutes."
+
+"I don't like sending him," said Roberts. "It is very dangerous, and we
+must, try it together."
+
+His companions gave; a short, sharp nod, and acquiesced.
+
+"If we only knew what is below us!" said Bracy as he gazed down-stream.
+
+"Niggers," said Drummond shortly. "There'll be a dozen or two beyond
+these rocks waiting to pot us as soon as we are carried into sight by
+the stream."
+
+"Well, there'll only be our heads to aim at," said Bracy; "and we must
+not go down in a cluster this time."
+
+"No," said Roberts. "As soon as you feel ready, Bracy, we must start.
+It is madness to stay here. You and Gedge take that fellow between you;
+and Drummond and I will go as before."
+
+"Hear that?" whispered Gedge to his comrade, who gave him a sulky nod.
+"That's right; and mind, I'm ready for yer this time. I shan't hit yer;
+but if yer moves hand or foot when I've turned yer over on yer back to
+float, we lets yer go, and yer can get across the blessed river by
+yerself."
+
+"All right," said the man; "but I don't believe yer, Billy Gedge. I
+never learnt to swim, but if I could I shouldn't talk about leaving a
+pardner to shift for hisself."
+
+"Er-r-er!" growled Gedge, whom these words seemed to mollify. "Well,
+keep them 'ands o' yours in the water, for as long as you holds 'em down
+you helps me to keep yer afloat, and as soon as yer begins to make
+windmills of 'em and waves 'em, or chucks 'em about as if you was trying
+to ketch flies, down you goes."
+
+"All right," said the man, as they heard more bullets spattering on the
+rocks above them; "but, oh, how my hands does itch for a rifle and a
+chance to be taking shots at some of these beauties!"
+
+"Yes," said Gedge; "and I hope it won't be long first. I hadn't any
+spite partickler agen 'em before, but I have now. Ha' they got any
+orspitals or doctors?"
+
+"I dunno," said the other; "but if we gets outer this and in the ranks
+again, there's going to be some of the beds filled, and a bit o' work
+for their doctors to do."
+
+"Well, my lads," said Roberts, stepping to where the three men crouched
+gazing at the deep, rushing water; "feel strong enough to start?"
+
+"Yes, sir," came in chorus.
+
+"And we shan't get in a tangle this time, sir, I hope," said Gedge.
+
+"I hope not, my lad. Up with you, then."
+
+There were no preparations to make; nothing to do but for the two
+officers to get their man face upward between them, and stand ready
+while Bracy and Gedge followed suit with theirs.
+
+"Ready?" said Roberts. "Count ten after we've started, and then
+follow."
+
+As soon as he had spoken he gave Drummond a nod, and they stepped among
+the rocks to the swift water, bent down, and, as they lowered themselves
+in, the strong current seized them, as it were, their helpless companion
+was drawn out, and away they went as fast as a horse could have trotted,
+down what was a veritable water-slide.
+
+"Now, my lad," cried Bracy as Gedge, at a signal, went on counting the
+ten slowly. "Keep a good heart. We won't leave you."
+
+"All right, sir;" said the man, drawing a deep breath.
+
+"Nine--ten!" counted Gedge.
+
+"Off!" cried Bracy, but checked himself for a moment, startled by the
+noise of the ragged volley which was fired from the enemy's bank as soon
+as they caught sight of the three heads gliding down the stream.
+
+"If they are hit!" mentally exclaimed Bracy; and then, making a sign to
+Gedge, they followed out the precedent shown them, and the water seized
+and bore them along, with the private floating between them, their
+steady subsidence into the water and slow strokes keeping them well upon
+the surface.
+
+So swiftly did they pass along that only a few moments had passed before
+the crackling of the firing from the far bank came plainly, and bullets
+ricochetted from the water to strike the other bank, but without effect,
+the rate at which they were descending making the aim taken with the
+long, clumsy matchlocks of no effect. Not a word was littered; and with
+their friends far ahead, their heads just seen, the fugitives glided
+along the straight course below them, free as it was from rocks. But
+they were evidently in full view of fresh parties of the enemy, and shot
+after shot splashed the water.
+
+"Now for the bank, Gedge," cried Bracy suddenly.
+
+"Yes, sir; all right, sir; but it's of no use."
+
+"It is," cried Bracy angrily. "They are making for it now."
+
+"Yes, sir: and they're swept by it. Can't you see it's like a smooth
+wall, with the water running by it like a railway train?"
+
+Gedge was right; and there was nothing for it but to go with the stream
+towards the rocks which now rose right in their way, the long race
+ending in a wide chaos of foaming water, which leaped and sparkled in
+the afternoon sun.
+
+"We shall be torn to pieces there," thought Bracy; and he strained his
+eyes to try and make out an opening; but his attention was taken up the
+next moment by the cracking of matchlocks and the puffs of smoke rising
+to his left, as fire was opened upon their leaders, who were running the
+gauntlet that it would be their fate to share in another minute, when
+Gedge suddenly uttered a hoarse cheer, and nearly lost his grip of his
+companion; for, quick, sharp, and loud, a genuine British volley rattled
+out, almost like a report from a piece of artillery, the bullets sending
+the leaves on the enemy's bank pattering down. Then another, and at
+regular intervals others; while the eyes of the swimmers were gladdened
+by the sight of friends making their way down among the rocks, towards
+which they were being rushed. Another volley rang out; there was a
+cheer, in which the two helpless privates joined; and directly after the
+fugitives were saved from being battered among the rocks by ready hands,
+whose efforts were covered by the rapid firing from the bank above.
+
+Five minutes after, the dripping party were retiring with a company of
+their regiment, whose captain contented himself with giving the enemy a
+volley from time to time, as they doubled to reach their quarters, now
+not a quarter of a mile away, the young officers learning that the enemy
+was out once more and converging upon the fort, this unexpected news of
+the termination of the temporary peace having been brought in by scouts,
+and none too soon.
+
+"Graves said that you must be brought in somehow," said the officer in
+charge of the company; "but I was not to cross the river where you did,
+but to come up this side, for you would turn back after crossing higher
+up."
+
+"Yes; I remember telling the Colonel so," said Bracy eagerly.
+
+"Well, it has turned out all right; but he needn't have told me, for we
+could not have crossed, as far as I can see."
+
+"We did," said Drummond, laughing; "and brought in these three fellows,
+too."
+
+"Yes; but I wouldn't holloa too soon," said the officer addressed.
+"We're not safe yet. Look yonder; they're swarming down that gorge, and
+we must race for it, or they'll cut us off. Forward, my lads."
+
+Ten minutes later there was a halt and a clinking rattle, as the order
+was given to fix bayonets ready for a strong body of the hill-men, who
+had crossed the shallows lower down and were coming on to dispute their
+way.
+
+"Why doesn't Graves send out another company to cover us?" panted
+Roberts. "We shall be cut off after all."
+
+The words had hardly passed his lips when--crash!--there was a
+tremendous volley from their right front, which checked the enemy's
+advance, the white-coated hill-men hesitating. The officer in command
+seized the opportunity, and a volley was fired by the rescue company,
+the men cheering as they dashed on with bristling bayonets. That was
+enough: the enemy turned and fled, their speed increased by another
+volley from the covering company; and ten minutes later the fugitives
+were marching along coolly, protected by the fire from the walls of the
+fort, where they were directly after being heartily shaken by the hand,
+the sally-port clanging to in their rear.
+
+"Quite enough for one day," said Drummond.
+
+"Yes," said Bracy grimly; "that's having what Gedge called a nice long
+walk."
+
+"Yes," said Roberts; "with a swim thrown in."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER ELEVEN.
+
+WHICH WAS BRAVER?
+
+"Steady, there; steady, my lads. Not too fast. Seize upon every bit of
+shelter, and have a few steady shots at them. They're beaten, and we
+shall soon scatter them now."
+
+The lads were as steady as the most exacting officer could desire; and
+though the two sides of the narrow, winding defile were lined with the
+enemy, who made good use of their clumsy jezails, of whose long range
+several of the Fusiliers had had bitter experience, the deadly fire
+which searched out every sheltering crag was too much for the Dwats, who
+were retiring as fast as the difficult nature of the ground would allow.
+
+Bracy felt that, the enemy was beaten, and knew that the fierce
+tribes-men would be only too glad to escape as soon as they could: but
+as the tight had gone against them, their supposed to be secure
+hiding-places were one by one growing untenable as the Fusiliers
+advanced; and consequently, as giving up was about the last thing they
+thought of doing, their action was that of rats at bay--fighting to the
+bitter end. The men of Roberts's company knew, too, what they must do--
+drive the enemy completely out of the defile, or they would return
+again; so, partly held back by their officers, they advanced by a series
+of rushes, taking possession of every bit of fallen rock for shelter,
+and driving their enemies on and on, farther into the mountains, fully
+expecting that in a short time they would completely take to flight.
+
+But disappointment followed disappointment. No sooner was one niche
+high up on the rocky sides cleared than there was firing from one on the
+other, and the work had to be gone through over again. Still they
+advanced, and the enemy retired; while the officers knew that sooner or
+later, in spite of numbers, this must come to an end, for nothing could
+withstand the accurate fire of the young Englishmen whenever they
+obtained a chance. Men dropped from time to time; but they had to lie
+where they fell till the fight was at an end, some to rise no more;
+others, knowing as they did the nature of the enemy, managed to creep to
+the shelter of a rock, where they laid their cartridges ready, and sat
+back watching the faces of the defile in anticipation of some marksman
+opening fire.
+
+The company was in full pursuit, under the belief that they had
+completely cleared the defile as far as they had gone, when, in the
+midst of a rush led by Roberts and Bracy, both making for a rough
+breastwork of rocks built a hundred feet up one side and held by two or
+three score of the enemy, the latter uttered a sharp ejaculation,
+stopped short, and then dropped upon his knees, his sword, as it fell
+from his hand to the full extent of the knot secured by the slide to his
+wrist, jingling loudly on the stones. Roberts was at his side in a
+moment, and leaned over him.
+
+"Not badly hurt?"
+
+"No, no," cried Bracy; "never mind me. On with you, and lead the boys;
+they're close up to that breastwork. On--on!"
+
+Roberts turned and rushed up the rock-strewn defile, reaching his men as
+they crowded together for a rush, and Bracy and the man hurrying to him
+saw them go over it as if they were engaged in an obstacle race. The
+next minute they disappeared round another bend in the jagged rift, in
+full pursuit of the late occupants of the murderous shelter.
+
+"And me not with 'em, and me not with 'em!" groaned the private who had
+fallen back. "But I don't care. I ain't going to leave him."
+
+Before he could double back to where Bracy knelt, the wounded officer
+sank over sidewise, with the rugged defile seeming to swim round before
+his eyes, and, for a few minutes, glory, the hot rage of pursuit, and
+the bitter disappointment of failure were as nothing. Then he opened
+his eyes upon the lad who was bending over him, holding a water-bottle
+to his lips.
+
+"Try and drink a drop, sir, if it's ever so little."
+
+The words seemed to come from a great distance off and to echo in
+Bracy's head, as he made an effort and swallowed a few drops of the
+lukewarm fluid.
+
+"Gedge," he said at last with difficulty, staring hard at the lad, whose
+head seemed to have gone back to its old state after the blow from the
+falling rock, but only to swell now to a monstrous size.
+
+"Yes, sir; it's me, sir. Ought to have gone on with the boys, but I
+couldn't leave you, sir, for fear of some of the rats coming down from
+the holes to cut you up."
+
+"Rats? Holes?" said Bracy feebly. "What's the matter?"
+
+"Not much, I hope, sir; on'y you've got hit. Whereabouts is it? Ah,
+needn't ask," he muttered as he saw a dark mark beginning to show on the
+left breast of the young officer's tunic, and spreading like a big blot
+on a writing-pad.
+
+"Hit? Nonsense--ah!" Bracy uttered a low groan, and clapped his right
+hand across to cover the spot.
+
+"Yes, sir. Jus' there," said Gedge; "but don't you mind. It's too high
+up to be dangerous, I know. Now, then. Amb'lance dooty. Must
+practice; I ain't forgot that."
+
+Gedge gave a sharp look round and up and down the defile, before laying
+down his gun and taking out a bandage and some lint.
+
+"Hold still, sir," he said, drawing his breath through his teeth
+afterwards with a hiss, as he rapidly stripped open his officer's
+jacket, and then tore away the shirt, to lay bare his white breast,
+where, just below the collar-bone, an ugly red patch showed itself.
+
+"Sponge and cold water," muttered Gedge; "and I ain't got 'em." Then
+aloud: "That hurt yer, sir?" for he was examining the wound.
+
+"Never mind that; go on," said Bracy faintly. "Plug the wound."
+
+"Right, sir. Jus' going to.--One o' their ugly bits o' hiron," muttered
+the lad as he stopped the effusion of blood in a rough-and-ready way
+which must have been agonising to the sufferer, who, however, never
+winced.
+
+"That's done it, sir; but I must turn you over to fasten the bandage."
+
+"Go on," said Bracy in a faint whisper.--"Hah! the firing's getting more
+distant."
+
+"Yes, sir; they're driving 'em right out of it this time, and we not in
+it, and--oh, a mussy me!" whispered the speaker now, as in his
+manipulations he became conscious of the fact that his task was only
+half-done, for there was the place where the ragged missile had passed
+out close to the spine, and the plugging and bandaging had to be
+continued there.
+
+"That's good, sir," he said cheerily. "You won't have the doctor
+worriting you to get the bullet out, as he does with some of the lads.
+Now, then, a drop more water, and then I'm going to get you up yonder,
+more out of the sun, so as you'll be more comf'table till they come
+back."
+
+"Yes!" sighed Bracy. "I can't help you, my lad. Listen! they're firing
+still."
+
+"Oh yes, sir; they're doing the job proper this time. Shots is a good
+way off too. How they eckers, and--Hullo!" Gedge gave a sudden start,
+snatched at his rifle, and looked up the defile in the direction where
+his companions had passed, for there was a report from close at hand
+following upon the small stones close to his side being driven up, and
+he was watching a puff of smoke slowly rising high up the left
+precipitous side, finger on trigger, ready for a return shot, when--
+whiz--something like a swift beetle in full flight passed close to his
+ear, and he ducked down, simultaneously with an echoing report from the
+right side of the defile.
+
+"Just like 'em!" he muttered. "Oh, you cowards! Only just show your
+muzzles, and I'll let yer see what British musketry practice is like."
+
+But all Gedge saw was the gleam of a ramrod a hundred yards away, where
+one of the hill-men who had kept to his coign of vantage was rapidly
+reloading.
+
+"No good to stop here," muttered Gedge; "they'd be hitting him 'fore
+long. Me too, p'raps. Well, here goes."
+
+The lad rose upon his knees, took off his helmet and passed the strap of
+his rifle over his head and arm, slung it, replaced his helmet, and
+turned to Bracy.
+
+"Won't hurt yer more than I can 'elp, sir; but we can't stop here."
+
+"No; lie down, my lad. Get into cover, and wait till you can reply."
+
+A sharp report from below them stopped Gedge from answering, and the
+bullet flattened against the rock a yard from where the lad knelt.
+
+"Well, this is pleasant," he said, showing his teeth in a grin which
+looked as vicious as that of a hunted dog. "Urrrr!" he snarled, "if I
+only had you three down on the level with my bay'net fixed. Draw a big
+breath, sir. Up yer comes. Now, then, you hold fast with yer right.
+Hook it round my neck, and don't get the spike o' my 'elmet in your
+eye.--Now, then, my lad; right-about face--quick march!"
+
+Gedge strode off with his load held in his arms as a nurse would carry a
+baby, and at the first step--bang! bang! and echo--echo--two shots came
+from behind, and directly after another from the front, but from the
+opposite side to the spot from whence the former shot had been fired.
+
+"Well, if they can't hit me now they orter," muttered Gedge as he strode
+on with his heavy burden. "This is going to be walking the gauntlet if
+any more on 'em's left behind on the sneak. Oh dear! oh dear! if I only
+had a snug shelter and plenty o' cartridges I think I could stop that
+little game.--Hurt yer much, sir?" he continued aloud after a few dozen
+yards had been covered. "Fainted! Poor chap! Better, p'raps, for he
+won't know what's going on.--Go it!" he snarled as shot after shot was
+fired; while, though he managed to get out of the line of fire of the
+two first enemies, he had to pass closer to the two next, who fired
+again and again from their eyries far up the sides of the defile, these
+nooks, fortunately for Gedge and his burden, having been reached from
+above--the perpendicular walls precluding all descent into the dried-up
+torrent-bed.
+
+The young fellow was right; he had to run the gauntlet, for to his
+dismay, as he tramped on with his load, he awoke to the fact that the
+Dwats, who had retired from the upper shelves as the Fusiliers rushed up
+the defile, were coming back to their hiding-places, and, warned by the
+firing of their companions, were ready to harass the retreat.
+
+"I don't care," he muttered, "if I can only get him outer fire; but they
+must hit one of us before long. 'Tain't possible for 'em to keep on
+without."
+
+Bang! and then bang! again, and the stones close by where the brave
+fellow trod were struck up, one of them giving Gedge a sharp blow on the
+knee.
+
+"Talk about hitting a 'aystack!" he snarled. "Why, I could make better
+practice with a indyrubber cattypult and a bag o' marbles."
+
+"Gedge--Gedge!" came from Bracy's lips in excited tones, for he had
+slowly revived to a knowledge of their position.
+
+"Yes, sir; all right, sir. I know. I'd double, but the going is too
+bad."
+
+"Of course, my lad; impossible. But are you mad?"
+
+"Yes, sir; downright savage at the murderous brutes. This is their way
+o' treating the wounded."
+
+"I didn't mean that, my man, but the way you're carrying me."
+
+Shot after shot came whistling and buzzing by them from behind as he
+spoke, but still without effect.
+
+"I'm carrying you all right, sir. Can't help hurting you a bit. It's
+easy this way."
+
+"Nonsense, man. Set me down at once. I can stand. Then sling your
+rifle in front, and take me on your back."
+
+"There they go, sir," said Gedge as another shot buzzed by, telling of
+its rough shape. "They never did no pigeon-shooting, sir, nor practised
+at sparrers from the trap."
+
+"Did you hear what I said, sir?" cried Bracy angrily. "Set me down, and
+get me on your back. I can hold on with one hand and leave yours free."
+
+"Couldn't use 'em if they was, sir."
+
+"Halt! Take me on your back at once, sir," cried Bracy, panting with
+anger and pain.
+
+"Can't, sir. Who's a-going to halt with them firing at us like that
+from behind? Ain't I 'bliged to keep ree-treating?"
+
+"Obey my orders, sir. I tell you I shall be easier to carry on your
+back."
+
+"Oh yes, sir, a deal easier to carry, and a nice deal easier to hit.
+Aintcher got it bad enough as it is?" said Gedge sulkily.
+
+Bracy was silent for a few moments as he felt his suspicions realised.
+Gedge was carrying him in that awkward fashion so as to shelter him from
+any better-aimed bullet that might come. To make quite sure, though, he
+drew a deep breath and spoke again:
+
+"I am wounded, sir, but I will be obeyed."
+
+"All right, sir; soon as ever we get out o' shot."
+
+"But you are hurting me horribly; and can't you see that, carrying me
+like this, you may receive the next bullet?"
+
+"Oh yes, sir; I can see," said Gedge coolly; "but you be quiet, and I
+won't hurt you more'n I can help."
+
+Bracy's voice had lost all its anger, and it was in no tone of command
+that he said:
+
+"Set me down, my lad, and hold my arm. I'll try to walk beside you
+while you take a shot or two at those cowardly brutes."
+
+"Ah, that's just what I'd like to do, sir; but it would on'y be waste o'
+time. They'd hit us, too, if we stood still for me to fire. It's our
+keeping moving that helps. 'Sides, I know it would only make your
+wounds break out worse, and shift the bandage. You keep quiet, for I
+ain't got no breath for talking."
+
+Bracy was silent, and slowly and steadily Gedge trudged on, growing more
+and more exhausted, and looking to right and left for some cavernous
+hole in which he could take refuge so as to screen his burden and defend
+him so long as he had a cartridge left.
+
+"And even then," he muttered softly, "there's the bay'net. Wonder how I
+could get on in fair fight against one of the niggers with his tullywar.
+Too much for him, I fancy, for I am good at that game. Urrrr!" he
+snarled again, for half-a-dozen shots were fired at them almost
+together, but this time from lower down the defile in front, where the
+enemies who had fled were gathering again in force.
+
+"That was a near un, sir," said Gedge as a bullet whizzed just over his
+head. "Well sir, I beg pardon, sir, and hope you won't report me for
+disobeying my sooperior orficer. I was a bit waxy and warm with
+a-carrying of yer; for you are a bit heavy, sir. Now, sir, please, I'm
+a-going to set you down gently and take you up on my back."
+
+Bracy paid no heed, but gazed down the narrow gorge, from whose sides
+more shots were fired.
+
+"D'yer hear, sir? You're most a-choking o' me with that there arm."
+
+"Forward!" said Bracy between his teeth. "Mind, there's a great rift
+there. Don't stumble."
+
+"I'm a-going to shift you first, sir. Once you're on my back I can
+straddle that easy."
+
+"Yes, Gedge, I know," said Bracy as firmly as he could; "but don't
+insult me any more."
+
+"Insult yer, sir? I wouldn't do it. How!"
+
+"By thinking your officers want to shelter themselves behind their men.
+Forward, my lad, unless you find a place where we can shelter till our
+comrades come back."
+
+"There aren't no shelter, sir, and there aren't no more mercy for them
+Dwats if we gets clear of this, which I don't think we shall. There,
+sir! It's all over, I suppose. Ain't hit, are yer?"
+
+"No. But that volley."
+
+"Yes, sir, there's any number waiting for us. Here, we must walk the
+gauntlet back again now. We may meet our chaps coming."
+
+The firing was going on along the sides of the gorge, but just then
+there was another crash, a regular volley, and Gedge uttered a hoarse
+yell of excitement.
+
+"It's hoo-roar, sir," he panted, "on'y I can't shout. That's our
+reserves coming up, and firing to keep the beggars' fire down. See,
+they've stopped now. Oh, if my rifle wasn't slung! Look at 'em. One--
+two--three of the cowardly beggars scuffling up yonder like great white
+rabbits, and on hands and feet, too."
+
+Crash! again. A sharp volley from much nearer, and Gedge stopped short
+to gaze with his companion at the three hill-men away in front, a couple
+or three hundred feet above the level where Bracy's bearer stood
+forgetting his dangerous wound and his pangs as he felt horror-stricken
+at the terrible sight to his left.
+
+There were, as Gedge said, three hill-men, crawling rapidly up a long
+shelf to reach a cluster of stones for shelter--a shelter they had left
+to get better aim at the struggling pair down below. And as the
+climbing Dwats were watched directly after the last volley, one who was
+last started up into a standing position, threw up his arms, and his
+long jezail fell from them down into the defile, while he balanced
+himself for a few moments and then dropped, turning over once, and
+disappearing from the watchers' eyes. The next moment the top one came
+to a stand by a great stone, and rolled over and over till he reached
+the steep precipice, down which he plunged, the horrible thud with which
+he struck the stones coming plainly to Bracy's ears.
+
+There was still another white figure crawling up the narrow shelf, but
+he had stopped short; and as Bracy and his companion gazed, the poor
+wretch seemed to collapse and lie closer down to the rock. Just then
+another shot rang out, and the body gave a jerk, but did not move again.
+
+"Hah!" ejaculated Gedge. "It's very horrid, sir, but it was their turn,
+and our lads can shoot. Come on, sir. I think we shall do it now."
+
+He started off towards the body of their friends, who were coming
+rapidly on, but before they had gone a score of yards the firing from
+the enemy recommenced, and--spat! spat!--the bullets struck the stones
+close at hand.
+
+"Oh, I say, sir, this is too bad!" groaned Gedge. "I did think we
+should do it now. Never mind. Britons never shall be slaves, and I
+will do it after all."
+
+There was a rattling fire opened at once on the sides of the gorge,
+completely crushing that of the hill-men; and a few minutes after, as
+Gedge tramped on with his load, it was to be met by a burst of cheers,
+and a score of his comrades came racing on to his help. It was just
+then that a final shot came from somewhere behind, and poor Gedge
+started violently, staggered forward, and the next moment he would have
+gone down heavily with his burden but for the ready help of a dozen
+willing hands.
+
+Directly after a distant cheering was heard. Roberts and his company
+were coming back.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWELVE.
+
+WOUNDS.
+
+The enemy had been driven off with heavy loss, but the little victory
+had been dearly-won. Several men had been wounded, and most serious to
+all seemed to be the fact that among them was the gallant young officer
+who was liked by every man in the regiment. So it was that the march
+back to the great fort was made in silence; and when a few of the enemy,
+encouraged by what they looked upon as a retreat, hung about the rear
+and harassed the retiring column with shots from the heights, they paid
+dearly for being so venturesome. For Captain Roberts, leaving a little
+party in hiding to wait till the enemy showed in their pursuit, listened
+with a grim smile upon his lip till there was a sudden outburst of
+firing, and then tramped on with the remainder of his company, keeping
+as much as he could by the mule ambulance which was bearing his friend
+back to the fort.
+
+Within half-an-hour the little firing-party overtook the rear of the
+column, and Roberts halted till they came up to him.
+
+"Well, Sergeant?" he said.
+
+"All right now, sir," said Gee, who looked what the men called ugly. "I
+think we've brought 'em all down."
+
+"You're not sure, of course?"
+
+"Well, pretty nigh, sir. There ain't been a shot since."
+
+"Good. Be on the lookout. I hate for our poor fellows to be harassed
+like this."
+
+"It's horrid, sir; but, begging your pardon, sir, how's Mr Bracy?"
+
+"Bad, Gee, bad. I'm afraid he is shot through the lungs."
+
+Sergeant Gee's brow went into a mass of puckers and frowns, and there
+was the peculiar sound of one grinding his teeth together, as the man
+tramped on behind his officer for a few minutes before speaking again.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir; there's that Bill Gedge. Is he much hurt?"
+
+"Very gravely, I'm afraid. Dr Morton can't tell yet from the hasty
+examination he made, but he shook his head."
+
+"Poor lad!" said the Sergeant. "We were always bad friends, sir; he was
+so full of his Cockney monkey-tricks, and he hated me, but we couldn't
+spare him. What a soldier he would have made!"
+
+"Hah!" ejaculated Roberts; "as full of pluck as a lad could be. Mr
+Bracy's been telling me how he carried him through the fire, and
+sheltered him with his own body. That's how it was he had his wound."
+
+There was another pause, with the silence only broken by the echoing
+tramp, tramp of the men.
+
+"Won't die--will he, sir?" whispered Sergeant Gee.
+
+"I pray Heaven no," said the Captain.
+
+"That sounds bad, sir," said the Sergeant huskily. "I should like to
+shake hands with him afore he goes; and if he gets better I won't be so
+hard on him again."
+
+"I suppose you have only done your duty by him."
+
+"I hope so, sir."
+
+"Double on to the ambulance, and see how he is. Corporal Green, take
+the Sergeant's place."
+
+Roberts halted to let his men pass him, keenly watching every one in his
+company, and a man limping caught his eye.
+
+"Here, Bracy, what's the matter?" he said.
+
+"Oh, nothing much, sir. Spent shot glanced off the rock and hit me in
+the ankle."
+
+"Give him your arm, Sergeant, and get him on one of the mules."
+
+"Beg pardon, sir; I can walk back."
+
+"You're making your leg worse at every step, sir," cried Roberts
+angrily. "Get on and ride."
+
+The words were spoken sharply, the young Captain being in no very
+amiable mood, for he was cooling down after tremendous exertion and the
+reaction from the wild excitement of the fight. But he spoke in the
+man's interest and with the desire to save him from after-suffering.
+
+Then the weary tramp went on almost in silence, but no one flagged, and
+at the end of a couple of hours they obtained a glimpse of the flag at
+the top of the staff. The silence in the column was broken by a hearty
+cheer, the men's spirits rising again after what had been a depressing
+march back; and when the gates were reached they were cheered by the men
+on the walls, and the hills around softly echoed back the replies to the
+hearty welcome they had received.
+
+The Colonel, with the officers left behind, stood at the gate waiting,
+and the answer to his inquiry regarding the enemy brought forth a fresh
+cheer.
+
+"Splendidly done!" said the Colonel; and then sharply, "What
+casualties?"
+
+"Mr Bracy severely wounded. Privates Down and Gedge had bullet-wounds.
+Other hurts slight."
+
+The Doctor hurried away to his operating-room, and his assistants went
+to the door to help in the three patients, who were attended to in turn.
+
+The first man who had fallen had to have a bullet extracted from his
+leg, half-way to the hip, where it was deeply embedded in the muscle.
+
+"Now, my dear Bracy," said the Doctor, "let's look at you."
+
+"No, I can wait," was the reply. "My bandages is quite firm, and the
+bleeding has ceased."
+
+The Doctor frowned, and was about to say something regarding
+interference; but he checked himself, glanced at the bandage, and
+nodded.
+
+"Very well," he said; "the other man."
+
+Poor Gedge was very white and remarkably quiet, but his eyes were full
+of motion; and he watched the Doctor's face and every action of his
+hands.
+
+"Why, Gedge, my lad," said the Doctor cheerily after a certain amount of
+busy manipulation, "this isn't fair. I didn't want to have you in
+hospital again."
+
+"Same to you, sir," said the sufferer, with a ghastly attempt at a
+smile, as he screwed his head round to look at the Doctor.
+
+"Hold still, sir. Look the other way."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Gedge faintly. "'Tain't my head this time, sir."
+
+"No, my lad; it's not your head this time."
+
+"Sorry it's my back, sir; but I warn't a-running away."
+
+"Bah! of course you were not; our lads don't know how."
+
+"No, sir; course not, sir."
+
+"Got it carrying Mr Bracy out of the fire--eh?"
+
+"Well, yes, sir, I s'pose so, sir. Shall I--shall I--"
+
+The poor fellow stopped short.
+
+"Shall you what?" said the Doctor kindly; "try to move?"
+
+"No, sir," said the poor fellow feebly; "I didn't mean that. It was,
+shall I be a goner?"
+
+"Oh, nonsense--nonsense! Humph! poor fellow! he has fainted."
+
+"Is his wound serious, Doctor?" said Bracy huskily.
+
+"Never you mind. You lie still and wait. Well, there. Yes, the hurt
+is a very bad one. I don't think he'll die; but the bullet is in a
+dangerous place, and I dare not try to extract it to-day."
+
+A short time after poor Gedge was lying in a state of stupor upon the
+bed he had previously occupied, and the Doctor was examining the young
+officer's wounds.
+
+"Very bad, Doctor?" asked Bracy.
+
+"Bad enough, sir. I don't like this exit so close to the vertebrae.--
+That hurt?"
+
+"No; it feels dull and cold just there."
+
+"Raise that hand a little."
+
+"Can't, Doctor; I'm so tightly bandaged."
+
+"Humph! Yes, you are pretty well tied up. That poor fellow Gedge did
+wonderfully well for you, considering. He attended to his ambulance
+lessons. First help's a grand thing when a man's bleeding to death."
+
+"Was I bleeding to death?" said Bracy rather faintly.
+
+"Of course you were; or perhaps not. The bleeding might have stopped of
+itself, but I shouldn't have liked to trust it. There; shan't do any
+more to you to-day. We'll have you to bed and asleep. That's the first
+step towards getting well again. Sorry to have you down so soon, Bracy,
+my dear boy. There, keep a good heart, and I'll soon get you right
+again."
+
+The Colonel was at the hospital door soon after, along with Major
+Graham, both anxious to hear about Bracy's hurt.
+
+"Bad," said the Doctor shortly as he put on his coat. "Don't ask to see
+the poor boy; he's just dropping off to sleep."
+
+"Bad?" said the Colonel anxiously.
+
+"Yes, bad, sir. A young fellow can't have a hole drilled right through
+him by a piece of ragged iron without being in a very serious
+condition."
+
+"But the wound is not fatal?"
+
+"H'm! no, not fatal. He's young, strong, and healthy; but the exit of
+the missile was in close proximity to the spine, and there's no knowing
+what mischief may have been done."
+
+"What do you mean?" said the Colonel anxiously.
+
+"Injury to the nerve centre there. I can't say. Possibly nothing may
+follow, but I am obliged to say the wound is bad, and there is danger of
+his being crippled--permanently injured in a way which would render him
+unfit for service."
+
+"But look here," said the Major excitedly, "you have a bad habit of
+making the worst of things, Morton. Come, explain yourself. Are there
+any symptoms suggestive of what you hint at?"
+
+"My dear Graham, I never come and interfere with your work; don't you
+meddle with mine."
+
+"I don't want to, sir," said the Major tartly. "I only want for the
+Colonel and yours obediently not to be left in the dark."
+
+"Graham is quite right," said the Colonel gravely. "We should like to
+know a little more."
+
+"Very good," said the Doctor, "but I can only say this: there is a
+peculiar absence of sensation in the lower extremities, and especially
+in the poor fellow's left arm. This may be temporary, and due to the
+terrible shock of the wound; but it also may be consequent upon injury
+to the nerves in connection with the spine. I can say no more. Time
+only will show."
+
+The two officers left the hospital-room, looking terribly depressed.
+
+"Poor lad! poor lad!" the Major kept on saying. "Such a brave,
+unassuming fellow. It's wonderful how little we realise how we like our
+fellow-men, Colonel, till they are badly hurt. Hah! I am sorry--more
+sorry than I can express."
+
+The Colonel said nothing, but turned and held out his hand, which the
+Major took and pressed warmly.
+
+"Thank you, Graves," he said, taking out a showy silk handkerchief and
+blowing his nose very hard, making it give forth sounds like those made
+by a boy beginning to learn the bugle. "Hah!" he said; "one never
+knows. Here to-day and gone to-morrow, Graves. May be our turn next."
+
+"Yes," said the Colonel quietly: "but if it is in the way of duty, I
+don't see that we need mind."
+
+"Humph! Well, I don't know about that. I should like to live to a
+hundred, if only for the sake of finding out what it feels like. Some
+people do."
+
+"Yes," said the Colonel, smiling; "and over a hundred; but then they
+die."
+
+"Yes, of course; but from old ago."
+
+"And other things too, as the old epitaph says."
+
+"What old epitaph?"
+
+"On the venerable lady. The lines run something like this:--
+
+ "She lived strong and well to a hundred and ten,
+ And died by a fall from a cherry-tree then."
+
+"Bah! don't talk about dying, Graves. Poor Bracy! Oh, the Doctor must
+set him all right again. But this sort of thing does make one feel a
+bit serious."
+
+"It is very, very sad," said the Colonel.
+
+"Yes, very. By the way, though, have you noticed how splendidly our
+lads are behaving?"
+
+"Magnificently, for such mere boys," said the Colonel meaningly.
+
+"For such mere boys?" said the Major sharply. "I never saw men in any
+regiment behave better. Why, sir, it was magnificent to-day. I didn't
+say anything to Roberts about it, because I don't want the lads to hear
+and get puffed up by pride. But, really, sir, I'm very proud of our
+regiment."
+
+"And so am I. But you have changed your ideas a little."
+
+"Bah! Pooh! Nonsense! Don't jump on a man because he spoke out a bit.
+You'll grant yourself that they are a very boyish-looking lot."
+
+"Yes; but I do not judge them by appearances. I look at their
+discipline and acts."
+
+"So do I," said the Major, "and I recant all I said about them before.
+There, sir, will that satisfy you?"
+
+"Quite, Graham," said the Colonel. "There, we must be hopeful. I
+couldn't bear for poor Bracy to become a wreck."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTEEN.
+
+A BIT QUEER.
+
+"Tell us all about it," said Bracy as he lay partially dressed outside
+his simple charpoy bed in the small room Doctor Morton had annexed for
+his officer patients.
+
+"All about what?" said Roberts, who had come in, according to his daily
+custom, to sit for a while and cheer up his suffering friend.
+
+"All about what? All about everything that has been going on--is going
+on."
+
+"And is going to go on!" said Roberts, laughing. "That's a large order,
+old chap."
+
+"You may laugh," said Bracy dolefully; "but you don't know what it is to
+be lying here staring at the sky."
+
+"And mountains."
+
+"Pah! Well, at the mountains too, day after day, in this wearisome way.
+I hear the bugle and the firing, and sometimes a shout or two, and then
+I lie wondering what everything means--whether we're driving them away
+or being beaten, and no one to tell me anything but that dreadful woman;
+for old Morton thinks of nothing but sword-cuts and bullet-wounds, and
+will only talk of one's temperature or one's tongue. I tell you it's
+maddening when one wants to be up and doing something."
+
+"Patience, patience, old man. You're getting better fast."
+
+"How do you know?" cried Bracy petulantly.
+
+"Morton ways so."
+
+"Morton's an old--old--old woman," cried Bracy angrily. "I'm sick of
+him. I'm sick of that other disagreeable woman. I'm sick of physic--
+sick of everything."
+
+"Poor old chap!" said Roberts, laying his cool hand upon his friend's
+burning forehead. "Come, you'll feel better after that."
+
+"Don't--don't talk that way--and take away your hand. You make me feel
+as if I must hit you."
+
+"I wish you would, old man, if it would make you feel better."
+
+"Better! Pah! It's horrible. Morton only talks. Says I'm better when
+I'm worse."
+
+"Oh, come now, that won't do, you know. You are stronger."
+
+"Pah! How can I be stronger when I am as weak as a baby, unable to move
+hand or foot? There; I beg pardon for being so disagreeable."
+
+"Oh, nonsense! Who thinks you disagreeable?"
+
+"You do, Rob; only you're such a good old chap that you won't notice my
+sick man's whims."
+
+"Love 'em," said Roberts coolly. "More you go it the better I like it,
+because it's all a sign of the spirit in you kicking against your
+weakness. I know how you feel--want to come and have another go in at
+the Dwats?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy in a sharp whisper through his closed teeth. "I do
+long to help give them an awful thrashing."
+
+"Of course you do, my boy; and you shall soon. Now, if, instead of
+kicking against hospital routine, you took to it in a mean, spiritless
+sort of way, and lay there waiting to be roused up to speak, I should
+feel uncomfortable about you, for I should know it was a bad sign.--
+You'll be all right soon."
+
+Bracy was silent for a few minutes, and lay gazing wistfully through the
+window at the dazzling snow-peaks flashing miles away in the bright
+sunshine. Then he shook his head slowly from side to side.
+
+"It's of no use to be self-deceiving," he said at last. "I know as well
+as can be, Rob, what's wrong. I'm not going to die."
+
+"Die? Ha, ha! I should think not. Take more than a bullet-hole to
+kill you."
+
+Bracy smiled, and looked sadly in his friend's eyes.
+
+"It's precious hard, old fellow," he said; "for as I lie here I feel
+that I'm almost a boy still, and it comes so soon."
+
+"What comes so soon?"
+
+"My big trouble, old fellow. Morton won't say a word about it; but I
+know."
+
+"Come now; what do you know? You lie awake imagining all sorts of
+things."
+
+"But I don't imagine that. You can see it for yourself. I'm strong
+enough in mind, but the weakness of body is terrible."
+
+"Of course it is. You have had a hole right through you, made by a
+rough piece of iron fired from a gun; but it's healing up fast."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy, with a sigh, "the wound is healing up fast."
+
+"Then, what more do you want?"
+
+"My old manly strength," cried the sufferer with energy. "This
+horrible, helpless weakness!"
+
+"Dull! What an unreasonable patient you are!" cried Roberts. "How can
+you expect the strength to come till the wound is healed?"
+
+"I don't expect it," sighed the poor fellow. "Roberts, old man, it will
+never come back. My spine was injured by that bullet."
+
+"Yes; we know that."
+
+"And it has affected the nerves so that I am going to be helpless for
+the rest of my life--a poor invalid, whose fate is to be carried about
+or wheeled everywhere."
+
+"Don't believe it," said Roberts shortly. "Who told you that stuff?"
+
+"My own instinct. You know I cannot move hand or foot."
+
+"Not yet. Nature has bound you down so that your wound may not be
+disturbed till it is well."
+
+"There, don't talk about it," said Bracy quickly. "I want to know how
+things are going on. I don't hear half enough."
+
+"All right, old man," cried Roberts cheerfully. "You shall have it in
+brief. This is a hole--we're in a hole--the Dwats, bless 'em! are like
+the sand upon the seashore, and they come sliding into the hole. Then
+we shovel 'em out, and just like sand they come trickling down again
+upon us. Now it's down one of the gullies, now it's down another; and
+the more we kill the more seem to come on."
+
+"Yes--yes--yes," sighed Bracy; "just as it has been from the first. We
+ought to have reinforcements."
+
+"That's right, and I dare say some have been sent; but the tribes south
+and east have all risen, and are holding them in check, so we've got to
+do the work here ourselves."
+
+"How are the supplies?"
+
+"Tidy--tidy; and we keep on fretting a little game, only it's risky
+work; and I never feel as if I should get back again when I'm out
+shooting. Had some narrow escapes."
+
+"What about ammunition?"
+
+"That's all right. Enough for a couple of months yet, fire as hard as
+we like."
+
+"Why didn't Drummond come to see me yesterday? Ah, I know; he has been
+wounded."
+
+"Just scratched; that's all. I dare say he'll come in some time
+to-day."
+
+"Poor fellow! I am sorry."
+
+"He isn't--he's delighted. Goes about with his arm in a sling, showing
+it to everybody, and telling them about the fight he had with a big
+Dwat. Says he should have cut him down, only one of our lads was so
+precious handy with his bayonet and ran him through."
+
+"Ah!" cried Bracy, flushing slightly, as he mentally pictured the scene.
+"How bravely our lads do stand by their officers!"
+
+"They do. Good fellows; brave boys. I like the way, too, in which that
+chap Gedge waits on you."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy, with a sigh; "and the poor fellow is not fit to be
+about. Morton owned to it; but he will wait on me hand and foot, to
+that horrible woman's disgust."
+
+"What! Mrs Gee?"
+
+Bracy nodded.
+
+"Well, she is a disagreeable, tyrannical sort of female Jack-in-office;
+but she has her good points."
+
+"Yes; but they're such sharp points, and they prick dreadfully."
+
+"Ha, ha!" laughed Roberts. "A joke; and you say you're not getting
+better.--I say, what were we talking about? Oh, Gedge. I wish he
+wasn't such an awful East-end Cockney in his ways, for he's a splendid
+fellow inside. Times and times he has brightened the poor fellows up
+out yonder, singing and telling stories and playing some of his
+india-rubber games, bad as his own wounds are. I believe he'd pretend
+to laugh even if he were dying."
+
+"I can never be grateful enough to him," sighed Bracy.
+
+"Oh yes, you can. We must all petition for him to get his stripes as
+soon as we can, only it will make old Gee mad with jealousy."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy thoughtfully; and then: "How long have I been lying
+here?"
+
+"Three weeks, old man."
+
+"And you are no further with the Dwats?"
+
+"Not a bit. That thrashing we gave them together when you went down
+ought to have settled 'em and made 'em sue for peace; but they began
+sniping at us the very next day."
+
+"It seems to be their nature to be always fighting," sighed Bracy.
+
+"Yes. I don't believe they could live without it. They must fight
+something or somebody, and regularly enjoy a good skirmish."
+
+"You haven't said anything about Colonel Wrayford the last day or two."
+
+"No, poor fellow! he's in a very low state. Between ourselves, boy, we
+only came just, in time."
+
+"What, do you mean?"
+
+"To save Ghittah. Those fellows would have done their best; but they
+would have been overmatched, and without their Colonel they'd have given
+way at last, and the people at home would have been reading of a
+terrible reverse in the Dwat district. Massacre of the British force."
+
+"Not so bad as that surely."
+
+"I don't know. Poor Wrayford had worked till he was utterly exhausted,
+body and mind, and as soon as Graves began to relieve him of part of the
+strain it was just as if something snapped, and he curled up at once.
+Morton says it was all from overstrain after his wound, and that he'll
+want a twelvemonth at home to get back his strength."
+
+"I beg pardon, sir," said a hard, acid voice; "it is quite time Mr
+Bracy had his lunch."
+
+Roberts turned quickly upon the stern, frowning, youngish woman who had
+entered silently in a pair of home-made list slippers, and stood in the
+doorway gazing at him fixedly.
+
+"That's right, Mrs Gee," said Roberts; "bring it in, and feed him up
+well, for he wants it, poor fellow!"
+
+"Mr Bracy has everything, sir," said the woman coldly, "and given him
+to the minute when there's no one here."
+
+"Oh, I'm nobody," said Roberts good-humouredly.
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Eh? Oh, all right; bring in his lunch.--Hang the woman! I didn't mean
+that," he said to himself.
+
+"No, sir; not while you are here," replied the woman in the most
+uncompromising way. "Mr Bracy can't lift his arms yet, and I have to
+give him his meals, and it troubles him for any one to see him fed."
+
+"Yes, yes, of course. I ought to have known, Mrs Gee. Where is the
+lunch?"
+
+"Being kept hot for him, sir."
+
+"Go and fetch it, then, and I'll be off the moment you come."
+
+Mrs Gee said nothing, but turned silently and disappeared, while
+Roberts rose and leaned over the bed.
+
+"The tyrant of the sickroom, old boy. Never mind; she's a capital
+nurse, and sympathetic under her hard shell. But I say, old fellow, can
+you imagine it to be possible that Gee fell in love with that female
+dragon?"
+
+"No," said Bracy, smiling. "It seems impossible. One can't understand
+these things. I don't mind her so much now, but I do wish she wouldn't
+be quite so hard on poor Gedge."
+
+"Poor lad; no. What's that, though?--the click of crockery. Only fancy
+the willow-pattern plate out here in the hills!"
+
+"Not so far out of place," said Bracy, smiling. "Chinese pattern, and
+we are very near to China."
+
+"Good-bye, old man," said Roberts hastily. "Here she comes. Never mind
+about shaking hands yet. Do it in a look. Good-bye. See you
+to-morrow--if I don't get knocked over first," he added to himself; and,
+bonding low, as there was a short, hard cough outside, evidently meant
+for a signal to him to depart, he laid one hand upon Bracy's shoulder,
+the other on his brow, and gave him a very brotherly look and smile.
+
+"You'll be all right soon, my helpless old cockalorum," he cried
+cheerily. "There, pitch into your corn well, and grow strong. Ta, ta!"
+
+He turned quickly to cross the room, and then made a bound a yard away
+in his astonishment, for he received a tremendous blow across the loins,
+which made him turn sharply to gaze in wonder at his helpless friend,
+who was looking at him wildly.
+
+"What the dickens did you do that for?" he asked.
+
+"I beg pardon, sir. I thought you said--"
+
+"Yes, yes, all right, Mrs Gee, I'm off," he cried; and he hurried away
+and out into the great court, where he passed one hand behind him to
+begin softly rubbing his spine.
+
+"Is the poor fellow off his head?" he muttered in his wonderment and
+confusion. "Helpless and weak? Why, it was enough to break a fellow's
+back. Has he got a club in the bed?"
+
+Roberts stopped short, as if about, to turn back.
+
+"Ought I to go and warn that woman of his antics? No; she could summon
+help directly, and--"
+
+"Morning, sir. Find Mr Bracy better, sir?"
+
+Roberts looked up sharply, to find Gedge, with his face looking very
+thin and more angular than ever, leaning as far as he could out of a
+narrow window.
+
+"Yes--no--well, getting on, Gedge."
+
+"Oh yus, sir; he's getting on. Pecks better now."
+
+"I'm glad of it. You're better too, my lad."
+
+"Me, sir. Oh, I'm getting a reg'lar impostor, sir. Ought to be back in
+the ranks, only I don't want to leave Mr Bracy, sir."
+
+"Certainly not. Keep with him, and do all you can."
+
+"Right, sir. Do a lot more if old Gee's wife wasn't there, sir."
+
+"Humph!" ejaculated Roberts, with his hand involuntarily busy rubbing
+his back. "By the way, Gedge, have you noticed anything particular
+about Mr Bracy when you've been with him?"
+
+"No, sir. Oh yus, sir; I know what you mean."
+
+"Ha!" cried Roberts. "You have noticed it?"
+
+"Oh yus. You mean those fits o' the blue dumps as he has."
+
+"Well--er--yes," said Roberts.
+
+"Yus, sir; he has them bad. Gets a sort o' idee in his head as he'll
+never be all right again."
+
+"Yes, yes; all weakness."
+
+"Jest what I telled him, sir. `Look ye here, sir,' I says; `see how you
+bled that day 'fore I could stop it. Yer can't expect to be strong as
+you was till you gets filled up again.'"
+
+"Of course not," assented Roberts.
+
+"That's it, sir. And I says to him, I says, `Look at me, sir. Just
+afore I got my blue pill--leastwise it warn't a blue pill, but a bit o'
+iron--I was good for a five-and-twenty mile march on the level or a
+climb from eight hay-hem to eight pee-hem, while now four goes up and
+down the orspital ward and I'm used up.' He's getting on though, sir.
+You can see it when you cheers him up."
+
+"Yes; I noticed that," said Roberts.
+
+"Specially if you talks about paying them roughs out for shooting at us
+that day as they did."
+
+"Ha! cowardly in the extreme."
+
+"Warn't it, sir? When we're up and at it, we lads, we're not very nice;
+but fire at a poor beggar carrying his wounded orficer--why, I wouldn't
+think one of ours 'd do such a thing--let alone believe it."
+
+"Of course they would not, my lad," said Roberts. "There, I'm glad to
+hear about how well you attend to Mr Bracy."
+
+He nodded, and went on to his quarters, wondering to himself over what
+had taken place at Bracy's bedside.
+
+"It was very queer," he thought; "but it shows one thing--the poor
+fellow's a good deal off his head at times, or he wouldn't have hit out
+at me like that; and it shows, too, that all his ideas about being so
+weak are fancy. That crack on the back didn't come from a weak arm.
+But it's all due to the wound, and it would be better not to say
+anything to him about it."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FOURTEEN.
+
+THE UNCOMFORTABLE SYMPTOMS.
+
+Captain Roberts intended to go and sit with his friend for an hour or
+two next day, but he was called off on duty, and Drummond seized the
+opportunity to pay a visit. He was met at the door by Mrs Gee, who
+looked at him sourly as she passed, for she had just been summoned by
+one of Doctor Morton's ambulance men to go and attend to one of the men
+who had been taken worse.
+
+"How do, nurse?" said Drummond. "Just going in to see your patient."
+
+"Then you must not stay long, sir. Ten minutes will be plenty of time.
+Mr Bracy can't get well if he is so bothered with visitors."
+
+"Oh, I won't bother him, nurse; only cheer him up a bit."
+
+The woman frowned and hurried away, leaving the course open, and
+Drummond went straight on, thinking aloud.
+
+"Glad my arm's not worse," he said, as he nursed it gently, "for I
+shouldn't like to be under her ladyship's thumb. She ought to be called
+to order. Talk about a hen that can crow; she's nothing to my lady
+here. I wonder Bracy stands it. Hullo! what's the matter?"
+
+Loud voices came from the door of Bracy's room--those of the latter and
+Gedge; and upon hurrying in the young subaltern was astounded to find,
+as it seemed to him, Private Gedge with one knee upon the edge of the
+charpoy, bending over the patient, holding him down by the arm, which
+was pressed across his chest close up to the throat.
+
+"Here! Hi! Hullo here!" cried Drummond. "What's the meaning of this,
+sir?"
+
+The words acted like magic. Gedge slipped back, drawing Bracy's arm
+from where it lay, and he then carefully laid it down beside him.
+
+"It's all right, sir, now, sir; ain't it, Mr Bracy?"
+
+"Yes, yes," said the latter faintly, and looking up at his visitor in a
+weary, dazed way.
+
+"This fellow has not been assaulting you, has he?" cried Drummond.
+
+"Me? 'Saulting him, sir?" cried Gedge. "Well, come now, I do like
+that!"
+
+"Oh no; oh no," sighed Bracy.
+
+"It was like this here," continued Gedge; "I was a-hanging about waiting
+to see if he wanted me to give him a drink or fetch him anything."
+
+Bracy's lips moved, and an anxious expression came over his face; but he
+said nothing, only looked wildly from one to the other.
+
+"Then all at once I hears him calling, and I went in. `Here, Gedge, my
+lad,' he says--just like that, sir, all wild-like--`take this here arm
+away; it's trying to strangle me.'
+
+"`What! yer own arm, sir?' I says, laughing. `That won't do.'--`Yes,
+it will,' he says, just in that squeezy, buzzy way, sir; `I can't bear
+it. Take it off, or it'll choke me!'"
+
+"Well?" said Drummond anxiously; "did you?"
+
+"Yes, sir, of course I did; for he spoke just as if it was so; and I got
+hold of it and tried to pull it away, but he wouldn't let me. He kep'
+it tight down close to his throat, and looked quite bad in the face."
+
+"You should have used force," said Drummond.
+
+"I did, sir; lots o' force; but he'd got it crooked, and it was just as
+if the joint had gone fast, so that I was afraid that if I pulled too
+hard I might break something; and it was just while I was hanging fire
+like that you came, and he let it come then quite easy. Didn't you,
+sir?"
+
+"Yes, yes," said Bracy hurriedly. "It had gone to sleep, I suppose, and
+was as heavy and as cold as marble."
+
+"Oh, I see," said Drummond, smiling; "been lying in an awkward position,
+I suppose?"
+
+Bracy nodded, but there was a curious look in his eyes that his visitor
+did not see.
+
+"Come to take a look at you and have a chat.--I say. You heard about me
+getting in for it?"
+
+"Yes, I heard," said Bracy sadly. "You were wounded."
+
+"Bit of a chop from a tulwar," replied Drummond, touching his bandaged
+arm lightly. "Nothing much, but I am off duty for a bit. Precious
+nuisance, isn't it?"
+
+Bracy looked at him so piteously that the young fellow coloured.
+
+"Of course," he said hurriedly; "I understand. Precious stupid of me to
+talk like that and make a fuss about being off duty for a few days, when
+you're in for it for weeks. But I say, you know, you are a lot better.
+Old Morton said you only wanted time."
+
+"He told you that?" cried Bracy eagerly.
+
+"Yes, last night when I met him and he asked me about my scratch. Said
+he was proud of your case, for with some surgeons you would have died.
+Ha, ha! He looked at my arm the while, with his face screwed up as if
+he pitied me for not being under his hands. I say, he's a rum chap,
+isn't he?"
+
+"He has been very good and patient with me," sighed Bracy; "and I'm
+afraid I have been very ungrateful."
+
+"Tchah! Not you, old fellow. We're all disagreeable and grumble when
+we're knocked over. That's only natural. Children are cross when
+they're unwell, and I suppose we're only big children. I say, heard the
+news?"
+
+"News? No; I hear nothing here."
+
+"Poor old man! Well, the scouts have brought in news that two more
+tribes have been bitten with the idea that they want their ranks thinned
+a bit, and so they've joined the Dwats; so I suppose we shall have some
+warm work."
+
+"And I am lying here as helpless as a lump of lead. No; I did not
+hear."
+
+"Why, sir, I telled you all that only this morning," broke out Gedge.
+
+"Eh? Did you, my lad?"
+
+"Yes, sir; d'reckly after breakfast."
+
+"So you did. I went to sleep afterwards, and it passed out of my
+memory. I'm getting weaker, I suppose."
+
+"Not you," cried Drummond. "Here, I say, as I'm a cripple too, I shall
+come on more. What do you say to a game or two every day? Chess?"
+
+Bracy shook his head.
+
+"Of course not; chess is hard work. Well, then, draughts?"
+
+Bracy shook his head again.
+
+"Right; not much of a game. What do you say to dominoes? We've got a
+set of double doubles; regular big ones. Shall I bring 'em on?"
+
+"No," said Bracy decisively; "bring your field-glass, and come and sit
+at that window. You can command a good deal of the valley there."
+
+"What! and tell you all the movements I can make out? To be sure, dear
+boy. Now, I never thought of that. So I will. I'll come on this
+afternoon, and you and I will criticise them all and see if we could
+have planned the beggars' attack better. There, I promised your
+she-dragon of a nurse not to stay long, so off I go. Bye, bye, old
+chap; you're beginning to look blooming. We'll do some Von Moltke,
+and--ah! would you? I say, you are getting better. Larks--eh? But I
+was too quick for you."
+
+The young officer smiled and nodded merrily, and then went out of the
+room, Gedge opening the door for him, and slipping out after.
+
+"Well, what is it?" said Drummond, as Gedge stood looking at him
+anxiously, and as if waiting for him to speak.
+
+"Thought you was going to say something to me, sir, 'bout Mr Bracy
+there. Don't speak so loud, or he'll hear you."
+
+"Don't matter if he does, my lad. We're not conspiring against him.
+What did you expect me to say?"
+
+"Something about that arm of his'n, sir, and about him trying to kick
+you just now."
+
+"Oh, pooh! nonsense! His arm had gone dead; and as for his kicking at
+me--well, we're getting old friends now, and it was for a bit of fun."
+
+"Think so, sir?"
+
+"Of course."
+
+"Then you wouldn't tell the Doctor about it?"
+
+"About that? Absurd! Here, you're not up to the mark yourself, my
+lad."
+
+"Well, no, sir; can't quite reach it yet; but I'm a deal better."
+
+"Full of fancies, that's all. What! were you thinking that your master
+was a bit off his head?"
+
+"Something o' that sort, sir."
+
+"Then don't think so any more. He's fanciful enough without you
+beginning."
+
+"Then you don't think it's anything to mind?"
+
+"No, of course not. I'm glad to see him getting so much stronger."
+
+Drummond nodded, and being in a good deal of pain, began to nurse his
+arm again, and tried whether whistling would soothe the sharp, gnawing
+ache which seemed to run from his wrist up to his shoulder.
+
+Gedge waited till his footsteps died out, and then turned to go back to
+Bracy's room.
+
+"His is only a clean cut of a tullywor," he muttered, "and'll soon grow
+together. Different thing to a ragged bullet-wound right through the
+chest and back, or one like mine, right in the back. I don't like the
+looks o' all this, though; but he must know better than me, after seeing
+a lot o' poor fellows cut down and shot; but I think I ought to tell the
+Doctor."
+
+He opened the door softly and went in, to find that Bracy had been
+watching for him anxiously.
+
+"Here, Gedge!" saluted him.
+
+"Yes, sir. Get yer a drink, sir?"
+
+"No, no; I want to speak to you. I think I can trust you, Gedge?"
+
+"Yes, sir; of course, sir. What yer want me to do?"
+
+"Hold your tongue, my lad."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Don't tell the Doctor or Mrs Gee that I hit Captain Roberts on the
+back yesterday."
+
+"How could I, sir? Did yer?"
+
+"Yes, yes," said Bracy hurriedly. "Nor yet about my arm doing what it
+did."
+
+"No, sir, cert'n'y not; but I say, sir, you know, your arm didn't do
+nothing but go to sleep."
+
+"Nor yet about my trying to kick Mr Drummond," said Bracy, without
+heeding his fellow--sufferer's words.
+
+"Oh no; I shan't say nothing to nobody, sir, unless you tell me to."
+
+"That's right," said Bracy, with a sigh of relief. "That will do. Go
+now; I want to sleep till Mr Drummond comes back."
+
+"Right, sir," said Gedge, and he went to the bed's head and gently
+raised the sufferer, while he turned the pillow.
+
+"Makes yer head a bit cooler, sir."
+
+"Yes, thanks, Gedge," said Bracy drowsily; and by the time the lad was
+outside he was half-asleep.
+
+"I don't like them games of the guvnor's," said Gedge to
+himself.--"Guvnor? Well, why not? I'm like being orficer's servant
+now. There's something queer about him, as if he was a bit off his head
+and it made him get up to larks; for he can't be--No, no, that's
+impossible, even if it looks like it. He ain't the sorter chap to be
+playing at sham Abram and make-believe because he was sick of fighting
+and didn't want to run no more risks."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER FIFTEEN.
+
+THE DOCTOR IN A FANTIGUE.
+
+Drummond returned to the hospital with his glass, and, to Mrs Sergeant
+Gee's disgust, installed himself in the window and sat for a couple of
+hours lightening the painful monotony of Bracy's imprisonment by
+scanning the movements of the distant enemy hovering about in the hills,
+and making comments thereon.
+
+"Ah," he said at last, "what we want here is a company of gunners, with
+light howitzers to throw shells a tremendous distance. If we could have
+that cleverly and accurately done, we could soon scatter the beggars;
+but as it is--"
+
+"Yes, as it is," said Bracy peevishly, "we have no gunners and no
+howitzers; and if we had, how could they be dragged about among these
+hills?"
+
+"It would be difficult," said Drummond. "There are some fellows
+crawling out of that west ravine now. Wait till I've focussed them,
+and--"
+
+"No, no; don't do any more to-day," cried Bracy. "I can't bear it. You
+only make me fretful because I can't be about doing something again."
+
+"Of course it does; but what is it, old fellow? Are you in pain?"
+
+"Pain? I'm in agony, Drummond. I can't sit up, for I seem to have no
+power; and I can't lie still, because I feel as if there; was something
+red-hot burning through my spine."
+
+"Poor old chap! I say--think the bullet is still there?"
+
+"No, no; it passed right through."
+
+"What does the Doctor say?"
+
+"Always the same--always the same: `You're getting better.'"
+
+"That's right; so you are," said the Doctor, who had just come to the
+door.--"Ah, Mr Drummond, you here?"
+
+"Yes, sir. Cheering poor old Bracy up a bit."
+
+"That's right. How's your wound?"
+
+"Horrible nuisance, sir."
+
+"Hum! ha! I should like to have; a look at it, but I suppose it would
+not be etiquette. All the same, etiquette or no, if it does not begin
+to mend soon come to me."
+
+"I will, sir. Good-afternoon. Ta, ta, Bracy, old man. Keep up your
+spirits."
+
+"You needn't go, Mr Drummond," said the Doctor. "I can't stay many
+minutes, and you can talk to him after I'm gone. Well, Bracy, my lad,
+wounds easier?"
+
+"No. Worse."
+
+"That they are not, sir. You told me you felt a little numbness of the
+extremities."
+
+"Yes, sir. Arm and leg go dead."
+
+The Doctor nodded.
+
+"That agonising pain in the back goes on too," continued Bracy.
+"Sometimes it is unbearable."
+
+"Do you think the bullet is still there, sir?" ventured Drummond.
+
+"You stick to your regimental manoeuvres, sir," said the Doctor gruffly.
+"What do you know about such things?"
+
+"Not much, sir; only one of our fellows was very bad that way before you
+came, and it was through the bullet remaining in the wound."
+
+The Doctor nodded slowly, and made an examination of his patient,
+promised to send him something to lull the pain, and then, after a few
+cheerful words, went away, sent a draught, and the sufferer dropped into
+a heavy sleep.
+
+The days went on, with plenty of what Shakespeare called alarums and
+excursions in the neighbourhood of the great fort, the enemy being
+constantly making desultory attacks, but only to find Graves's boys and
+Wrayford's men, as they were laughingly called, always on the alert, so
+that the attacking party were beaten off with more or less loss, but
+only to come on again from some unexpected direction.
+
+Bracy had plenty of visitors, and Mrs Gee told him that this was the
+cause of his want of progress; but the visitors dropped in all the same,
+and the patient made no advance towards convalescence. Now it would be
+the Colonel, who was kind and fatherly, and went away feeling uneasy at
+the peculiarity of his young officer's symptoms, for Bracy was fretful
+and nervous in the extreme; now an arm would jerk, then a leg, and his
+manner was so strange that when the Colonel went away he sent for Dr
+Morton, who bustled in, to meet the Colonel's eye searchingly.
+
+"Doctor," said the latter, "I've just come from Bracy's bedside. He
+does not get on."
+
+"Not a bit," said the Doctor gruffly.
+
+"I have been watching his symptoms carefully."
+
+"Very good of you," said the Doctor gruffly. "I've been watching your
+manoeuvres too."
+
+This was meant for a sarcastic retort, but the Colonel paid no heed, and
+went on:
+
+"That poor fellow has the bullet still in the wound."
+
+"No, he has not," retorted the Doctor.
+
+"Then there is something else?"
+
+"Tell me something I don't know," said the Doctor gruffly.
+
+"You think there is, then?"
+
+"I know there is," replied the Doctor. "Do you think, sir, I don't
+understand my profession?"
+
+"Don't be pettish, Morton. I don't wish to interfere; but I am
+extremely anxious about poor Bracy."
+
+"Can't be more so than I am, sir."
+
+"Tell me what you feel is wrong."
+
+"Bit of iron, I expect, close up to the vertebrae. The abominable
+missile broke up, and part remained behind."
+
+"Then, in the name of all that's sensible, why don't you extract it?"
+
+"Because, in the name of all that's sensible, I don't want to see the
+poor fellow die of _tetanus_--lockjaw, as you call it."
+
+"You dare not extract it?"
+
+"That's it, sir. The piece--a mere scrap, I dare say--keeps his nerves
+in a horrible state of tension, but it is beyond my reach. Are you
+satisfied now?"
+
+"Perfectly; but can nothing be done?"
+
+"Nothing but leave it to Nature. She may do what I can't."
+
+"Danger?"
+
+"Of being a cripple; not of anything fatal."
+
+"Poor fellow!" said the Colonel sadly.
+
+"Yes, poor fellow!" said the Doctor. "I'm doing all I know, and must be
+off now, for you keep me very busy."
+
+Roberts had been sitting with the patient that same afternoon, and
+towards evening the Major dropped in, glass in eye, and sat talking for
+a bit, with Bracy fighting hard to keep down his irritability, for the
+Major was a bad visitor in his way.
+
+"You ought to be up and about, Bracy," he said.
+
+"Yes; I long to be."
+
+"Then why don't you try to brace yourself up--be bracy by nature as well
+as by name--eh? Ha, ha! Don't you see?"
+
+"Because I am so weak, sir," replied the patient grimly.
+
+"Ah, that's what you think, my dear boy," said the Major, yawning, and
+shooting his glass out of his eye. "That's what you think. Now, if you
+were to pull yourself together and make up your mind to get well you'd
+soon master that weakness."
+
+"Do you think I'm shamming, then, sir?"
+
+"Well, no, my dear boy," said the Major, stretching the string of his
+eyeglass as he picked it up, and then giving the latter a polish with
+his handkerchief before proceeding to stick it into its place; "I don't
+think you are shamming, but that you are in a weak state, and
+consequently have become hypochon--what you may call it. If you were
+to--"
+
+Flick! and a sudden jump of the Major to his feet, as he turned sharply
+to look down at Bracy.
+
+"Confound you, sir! What do you mean by that?"
+
+"Mean by--mean by what?" stammered Bracy, who lay perfectly motionless,
+with his arms by his sides.
+
+"Mean by what, sir? Why, by striking at my eyeglass and sending it
+flying."
+
+"No, Major; no, I assure you I--"
+
+"Don't prevaricate with me, sir. There's the string broken, and there's
+the glass yonder. I--I can forgive a certain amount of irritability in
+a sick man; but this is impish mischief, sir--the action of a demented
+boy. How dare you, sir? What the dickens do you mean?"
+
+"Major, I assure you I wouldn't do such a thing," cried Bracy wildly.
+
+"Don't tell me," muttered the Major, striding across to where his glass
+lay, and picking it up. "Cracked, sir, cracked."
+
+"Indeed, no, Major; I am sure I am quite--"
+
+"I didn't say you were, sir: but my glass. The last I have, and not a
+chance of replacing it. How am I to go on duty? Why, you must be mad,
+sir. You might have struck me."
+
+The Major's words were so loud and excited that they brought Mrs Gee to
+the door, to glance in and hurry away, with the result that directly
+after the Doctor appeared.
+
+"What's the matter?" he cried. "Bracy worse?"
+
+"Worse, sir?" cried the Major, who was now in a towering rage, the
+broken glass, a part of which had come out of the frame into his hand,
+having completely overset his equanimity. "Worse, sir? Look at that."
+
+"Broken your eyeglass?" said the Doctor angrily, "and a good job too.
+You can see right enough, for we tested your eyes. Only a piece of
+confounded puppyism, of which you ought to be ashamed."
+
+"Doctor Morton," cried the Major, puffing out his cheeks, his red face
+growing mottled in his anger. "How dare you!"
+
+"How dare I, sir?" cried the Doctor, who was quite as angry. "How dare
+you come here, disturbing my patients, and turning the place into a
+bear-garden just because you have dropped your idiotic eyeglass and
+broken it? Do you know I have poor fellows in the next room in a
+precarious state?"
+
+"What! Dropped my eyeglass, sir? I tell you, this lunatic here struck
+at me, sir, and knocked the glass flying."
+
+"What!" cried the Doctor. "Did you do that, Bracy?"
+
+"No, no, Doctor," stammered the young man; "I assure you I--I--"
+
+"I--I--I!" roared the Major. "How dare you deny it, sir! He did,
+Doctor. The fellow's stark staring mad, and ought to be in a
+strait-waistcoat. He isn't safe. He might have blinded me. I came in
+here quite out of sympathy, to sit with him a little while, and this is
+the treatment I received. Suppose I had lost my sight."
+
+"Look here, Major," said the Doctor, turning to him, after stepping to
+the bed and laying his hand upon Bracy's forehead; "the poor fellow is
+as weak as a babe, and could no more have done what you say than flown
+out of the window and across the valley. You are exaggerating, and--Oh,
+my gracious!"
+
+The Major had just time to hop aside and avoid the Doctor's head, for
+all at once a tremendous kick was delivered from the bed, and the
+receiver was propelled as if from a catapult across the room, to bring
+himself up against the wall. Here he turned sharply, to see Bracy lying
+perfectly still upon the bed, staring at him wildly, and the Major
+holding his sides, his always prominent eyes threatening to start from
+his head, while his cheeks became purple as he choked with laughter and
+stamped about, trying hard to catch his breath.
+
+"Ho, ho, ho! Ho, ho, ho!" he laughed hoarsely. "Oh Doctor! you'll be
+the death of me. This is too rich--this is too rich--this is too rich!"
+
+"Too rich? Be the death of you? I wish it would," panted the Doctor,
+turning to the bed to shake his fist at Bracy, but keeping well out of
+reach of his leg, "You treacherous young scoundrel! How dare you play
+me such a trick as this?"
+
+Bracy's lips moved, but no sound was heard, and his eyes looked wildly
+pathetic in their expression.
+
+"I didn't give you credit for such monkey-tricks; but I've done with you
+now. You've been imposing upon me--you're shamming--malingering, so as
+to keep out of going on duty again. You might have injured me for
+life."
+
+"Don't bully the poor fellow, Doctor," cried the Major, wiping his eyes,
+and picking up one piece of his glass which he had dropped. "I don't
+think he's shamming, he's off his head. Look how his eyes roll. Poor
+lad! Give him a dose of something to quiet him, for he's as mad as a
+March hare."
+
+"Mad as a March hare!" snarled the Doctor, rubbing himself. "I told you
+it's all a trick."
+
+"I--I--I--d-d-don't care what it is," stammered the Major; "but I
+wouldn't have missed it for a hundred eyeglasses. Ho, ho, ho! Ho, ho,
+ho! I can't stop myself. I never laughed so much in my life.--Ha!" he
+added as he sank into a chair and wiped his eyes; "I feel better now."
+
+"Better!" cried the Doctor. "You may as well let me give you something,
+or you'll be disgracing yourself before the men."
+
+That was enough. The Major sprang to his feet, to look threateningly at
+the Doctor.
+
+"Disgrace myself, sir?" he cried furiously.
+
+"Bah!" cried the Doctor, and he bounced out of the room, and, forgetting
+his patients in the ward near, banged the door.
+
+"There, you've done it now, Bracy!" cried the Major, calming down, and
+going up to the bedside. "No more of those games, sir, or I shall hit
+out too. What's the matter with you? Are you shamming, or are you off
+your head?"
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," said Gedge, entering the room; "the Doctor's sent me
+to keep watch by Mr Bracy, sir; and he has given me orders that no one
+is to be near him till he has decided what is to be done."
+
+"What! Order me to go?" said the Major fiercely. "You go back to
+Doctor Morton, and tell him never to dare to send me such a message as
+that again."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Gedge, saluting.
+
+"No; stop. This is his own ground," said the Major. "Here, go on with
+your duty, my lad, and keep a sharp eye on Mr Bracy. He is... or--er--
+not quite so well to-day. You needn't tell the Doctor what I said."
+
+"No, sir; cert'n'y not, sir," replied Gedge, and he held the door open,
+standing like a sentry till the Major had passed out, closed it, and I
+hen stood looking down at Bracy, who lay gazing at him despairingly for
+some moments before raising his hand cautiously and doubtingly towards
+his lips.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SIXTEEN.
+
+LOW SPIRITS.
+
+"Drink o' water, sir? Yus, sir--there you are."
+
+Gedge gently raised Bracy's head and, all the time on the watch, hit him
+drink with avidity: but lowered his burden quickly the next instant, for
+with a sudden jerk the remainder of the water in the brass cup presented
+was jerked over his face, and the lotah went flying with a bell-like
+ring.
+
+"I was on the lookout for that, sir," said Gedge good-humouredly, "but
+you was too quick for me. I say, sir, don't you say you ain't getting
+better no more."
+
+"Better, Gedge?" said Bracy pitifully. "I am horribly worse."
+
+"Not you, sir, when you can play games like that."
+
+"Oh, my lad--my lad, I could not help it!" Gedge grinned as he looked
+at him, and shook his head.
+
+"You don't believe me," said Bracy sadly. "Well, you see, sir, I can't
+very well after that. I couldn't quite take it in when the Doctor told
+me what you'd done to him, and how you'd served the Major."
+
+"What did he say?" asked Bracy eagerly.
+
+"Said you'd broke out, sir, and was playing all kinds o' games; and that
+you had been cheating him and everybody else."
+
+"Anything else?"
+
+"Yus, sir; that it was a reg'lar case o' malingering, on'y I don't think
+he quite meant it. He was cross because he said you kicked him. Did
+you, sir?"
+
+"Yes--no--my leg jerked out at him, suddenly, Gedge."
+
+"Same thing, sir. Said you'd knocked the Major's eyeglass off and broke
+it. Did you do that, sir?"
+
+"My arm jerked out and came in contact with his glass, Gedge."
+
+"Same thing, sir, on'y we call it hitting out."
+
+Bracy made a weary gesture with his head, and then, in despairing tones,
+asked for more water.
+
+"All right, sir; but no larks this time."
+
+"What?"
+
+"Don't get chucking it in my face, sir, unless it does you a lot o'
+good. If it do I won't mind, for I should like to see you full o' fun
+again."
+
+"Fun!" groaned Bracy. "Give me the water. It is no fun, but a horror
+that is upon me, my lad."
+
+"Sorry to hear that, sir," said Gedge, filling the brass cup again from
+a tall metal bottle. "Still, it do seem rather comic. What makes you
+do it, sir?"
+
+"I can't help it, my lad," groaned Bracy, who once more drank thirstily
+and emptied the cup; Gedge, who had been watching him sharply, ready to
+dodge the water if it were thrown, managing to get it away this time
+without receiving a drop.
+
+"Now you'll be better, sir."
+
+"Thank you, my lad. I wish I could think so."
+
+"Well, do think so, sir. You ought to, for you must be an awful deal
+stronger."
+
+"No, no; I am weaker than ever."
+
+"Are yer, sir?"
+
+"Yes, my lad. I was a little like this the other day."
+
+"Yus, sir, I know."
+
+"And it has been getting worst; and worse."
+
+"Better and better, sir. It's a sign the nat'ral larkiness in yer's
+coming back."
+
+"No, no, my lad. The Doctor noticed it when my arm twitched, and told
+me it was involuntary action of the nerves, caused by the injury from
+the bullet."
+
+"Well, sir, he ought to know: and I dare say it's all right. But I say,
+sir--I don't, mind, and I won't say a word--you did it o' purpose."
+
+"No, Gedge; indeed no."
+
+"But really, sir, do you mean to tell me that when your arm was laid
+acrost your chest you couldn't get it away?"
+
+"Yes, of course I do."
+
+"And that you hit out and kick at people like that without being able to
+help it?"
+
+"Yes; it is quite true, my lad, and it is horrible."
+
+"Well, I dunno about being horrible, sir. Things like that can't last,
+no more than a fellow being off his head and talking all kinds o' stuff
+for a bit."
+
+"You can't grasp it, Gedge," sighed Bracy.
+
+"No, sir; wish I could."
+
+"What!"
+
+"Only wish you had my shot in the back, and I'd got yours."
+
+"You don't know what you're talking about, my lad."
+
+"Oh, don't I, sir? I just do. Voluntary action, don't you call it? I
+just seem to see myself lying in yonder with old Gee coming to see me,
+and with a leg and a arm ready to go off as yours seem to do. My word,
+the times I've felt like giving old Gee one, but dursen't, because it's
+striking your sooperior officer. Just think of it, sir; knocking him
+right over all innercent like, and not being able to help it. Why, I'd
+give anything to have your complaint."
+
+"Nonsense, nonsense! You are talking folly."
+
+"Can't help that, sir. It'd be worth months o' pain to see old Gee's
+face, and to hear him asking yer what yer meant by that."
+
+"No, no; it's horrible--and it means, I'm afraid, becoming a hopeless
+cripple."
+
+"There, you're getting down in the mouth again. Don't you get thinking
+that. But even if you did, we'd make the best of it."
+
+"The best of it, man!" groaned Bracy.
+
+"O' course, sir. You could get me my discharge, I dessay, and I'd come
+and carry yer or push yer in one o' them pramblater things as gents sets
+in and steers themselves. Then yer could ride o' horseback, or I could
+drive yer in a shay; and then there's boats as you could be rowed about
+in or have sails. It don't matter much about being a 'opeless cripple,
+so long as you're a gentleman and don't have to work for your living.
+Then, as to them two spring limbs, I could soon get used to them, sir,
+and learn to dodge 'em; and if I was too late sometimes, it wouldn't
+matter. All be in the day's work, sir. So don't you be down."
+
+Bracy was silent for a few minutes; and seeing that he wished to think,
+Gedge moved silently about the room, sponging up the water, that had
+been spilled, taking down Bracy's sword and giving it a polish,
+rearranging his clothes upon a stool, and whistling softly, though he
+was in a good deal of pain, till he began chuckling to himself, and
+Bracy turned his head.
+
+"What are you laughing at?" he said.
+
+"Only thinking about old Gee, sir. He 'listed just at the same time as
+me, sir; and then, all along of his bumptiousness and liking to bully
+everybody, while I was always easy-going and friends with every one, he
+gets first his corp'ral's stripes, and then his sergeant's, and begins
+to play Jack-in-office, till his uniform's always ready to crack at the
+seams. Just fancy, sir, being able to give him a floorer without
+helping it. Ho, my!"
+
+Gedge had to wipe his eyes with the backs of his hands, so full of mirth
+seemed the thought of discomfiting the tyrant who had hectored over him
+so long; and Bracy lay looking at him till he calmed down again.
+
+"You don't believe in all this being involuntary, Gedge?" he said at
+last.
+
+"Didn't at first, sir. I thought it was your larks, or else you were
+off your head. But I believe it all now, every bit, and I can't get
+over it. Just to be able to hit your sooperior officer, and no
+court-martial. Then the Doctor. Just to be able to make him feel a
+bit, after what he has made us squirm over."
+
+"Then you do believe me now?"
+
+"Of course, sir. And I tell yer it's grand to have a complaint like
+that. I mean for such as me. No punishment-drill, no lines, no prison,
+no nothing at all, for bowling your sooperior officer over like a
+skittle."
+
+Bracy turned his head wearily.
+
+"Ah, Gedge, you can't realise what it all means, to be a hopeless
+cripple, always in pain."
+
+"Wuth it, sir, every twinge; and as to being a hopeless cripple, what's
+that so long as there's plenty o' crutches to be had? Pst! Some un
+coming, sir."
+
+Gedge was right, for directly after the Doctor entered the room, signed
+to Gedge to go, and then detained him.
+
+"How has Mr Bracy been?" he said sharply.
+
+"Bit low-sperrited, sir."
+
+"Yes; but has he exhibited any of those peculiar phenomena?"
+
+Gedge passed his hand over his chin and stared.
+
+"Bah! Has he kicked at you, or struck you, or done anything of that
+kind?"
+
+"No, sir; not a bit."
+
+"That's right. Well, Bracy, you quite startled me, my lad; I was taken
+by surprise, and I looked at it from the commonplace point of view.
+I've had time to think of it now from the scientific side. Tell me, can
+you control yourself when those fits come on? I mean, this involuntary
+nerve and muscular action!"
+
+"Do you think that I should let it go on if I could, Doctor?" said Bracy
+sadly.
+
+"No, of course not, my dear fellow. Pardon me for asking you."
+
+"Tell me, then: can you cure it? Can you stop these terrible
+contractions?"
+
+"Yes, with Nature's help, my dear boy."
+
+"Ha!" sighed Bracy: "then may it come. But why is it? I never heard of
+such a thing before."
+
+"Naturally; and I never encountered such a case. It is all due to the
+irritation of the spinal nerves, and until we can get rid of the cause
+we cannot arrive at the cure."
+
+"But, Doctor--"
+
+"Patience, my dear boy--patience."
+
+"Can you give me some?" said Bracy sadly.
+
+"I hope so, for I am going to appeal to your manliness, your strength of
+mind. You must try to bear your sufferings, and I will help you by
+means of sedatives."
+
+"Thanks, Doctor. If you could only get me to be strong enough to act in
+some way."
+
+"Go out with the men and help them to shoot a few of the enemy--eh!"
+
+"Yes," cried Bracy eagerly. "It would keep me from thinking so, and
+wearing myself out with dread of my helpless future."
+
+"Well, listen to reason," said the Doctor cheerily. "Your helpless
+future, in which you see yourself a miserable cripple, old before your
+time, and utterly useless--"
+
+"Yes, yes," cried Bracy eagerly; "it is all that which keeps me back."
+
+"Of course; and what is all that but a kind of waking ill-dream, which
+you invent and build up for yourself? Come, you must own that."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy, with a sigh; "but I am very bad, Doctor."
+
+"Were."
+
+"I am still; but I will and can fight harder--"
+
+"No, no; not as you did this morning," said the Doctor, smiling.
+
+"I say, I can fight harder if you tell me that I may recover from these
+terrible fits."
+
+"I tell you, then, that you may and will. There, you've talked enough.
+Shake hands, and I'll go."
+
+He held out his hand, but there was no response, for Bracy's right arm
+lay motionless by his side, and a look of misery crossed the poor
+fellow's face.
+
+"Never mind," said the Doctor quietly; and he took Bracy's hand in his,
+when the fingers contracted over his in a tremendous pressure, which he
+had hard work to hear without wincing. But he stood smiling down at his
+patient till the contraction of the muscles ceased, and Bracy did not
+know till afterwards the pain that his grip had caused.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER SEVENTEEN.
+
+ON THE BALANCE.
+
+The enemy had been very quiet for some days. The weather had been bad.
+Heavy rains had changed the rills and streams which ran along the
+gullies and ravines into fierce torrents, which leaped and bounded
+downward, foaming and tearing at the rocks which blocked their way, till
+with a tremendous plunge they joined the river in the valley, which kept
+up one deep, thunder-like boom, echoing from the mountains round.
+
+Before the rain came the sun had seemed to beat down with double force,
+and the valley had become intolerable during the day, the perpendicular
+rocks sending back the heat till the fort felt like an oven, and the
+poor fellows lying wounded under the doctor's care suffered terribly,
+panting in the great heat as they did, feeling the pangs of Tantalus,
+for there, always glittering before their eyes in the pure air, were the
+mountain-peaks draped in fold upon fold of the purest ice and snow.
+
+"We should lose 'em all, poor fellows!" the Doctor said, "if it were not
+for these glorious evenings and perfect nights. It wouldn't matter so
+much if we could get a few mule-loads of the ice from up yonder. Can't
+be done, I suppose?"
+
+"No," said Colonel Graves sadly. "Plenty of men would volunteer, but,
+much as every one is suffering--the ladies almost as bad as your
+wounded, Morton--I dare not send them, for they would never get back
+with their loads. Many of the brave fellows would straggle back, of
+course, but instead of bringing ice, Doctor, they would be bearing their
+wounded and dead comrades."
+
+"Yes, that's what I feel," sighed the Doctor, "and, Heaven knows, we
+don't want any more patients. Must be content with what coolness we get
+at night."
+
+"And that's glorious," said the Major, wiping his wet brow.
+
+"Delightful," added Captain Roberts. "It's the making of poor old
+Bracy. He seems to hang his head and droop more and more every day,
+till the sun goes down, and to begin to pick up again with the first
+breath that comes down from between the two big peaks there--what do
+they call them--Erpah and Brum?"
+
+"Ha! wish it was coming now," said the Doctor; "iced and pure air, to
+sweep right down the valley and clear away all the hot air, while it
+cools the sides of the precipices."
+
+"Why don't you let me go, Colonel!" said Drummond suddenly. "I want to
+get some ice badly for poor old Bracy. Six mules, six drivers, and a
+dozen of our boys. Oh, I could do it. Let me go, sir."
+
+The Colonel shook his head, and every day at the hottest time Drummond
+proposed the same thing; till on the last day, after gradually growing
+weaker in his determination, urged as he was on all sides by the
+sufferers in hospital, the wan looks of the ladies, and the longings of
+the men, the Colonel said:
+
+"Well, Mr Drummond, I'll sleep on it to-night, and if I come to a
+determination favourable to the proposition, you shall go; but not
+alone. One of my officers must go with you."
+
+"Glad to have him, sir," cried the subaltern eagerly. "Whom will you
+send, sir?"
+
+"I'll volunteer, sir," said Roberts quietly.
+
+"Good," said the Colonel; "so it will be as well for you and Drummond
+here to quietly select your men and the mules with their drivers, plus
+tools for cutting out the ice-like compressed snow. If I decide against
+it there will be no harm done."
+
+"Better make our plans, then, as to which way to go. Study it all by
+daylight with our glasses."
+
+"Needn't do that," said Drummond eagerly. "I know. We'll go straight
+up the steep gully that I followed when I went after the bears, it's
+awfully rough, but it's the best way, for the niggers never camp there;
+it's too wet for them."
+
+"Very well," said the Colonel; and the two young officers went straight
+through the scorching sunshine, which turned the great court of the fort
+into an oven, to where Bracy lay panting with the heat, with Gedge doing
+his best to make life bearable by applying freshly wrung-out towels to
+his aching brow.
+
+"News for you, old chap," said Drummond in a whisper. "But send that
+fellow of yours away."
+
+"There is no need," said Bracy faintly. "I can't spare him, and he's
+better worth trusting than I am."
+
+"Oh yes, we can trust Gedge," said Roberts in a low tone, while the lad
+was fetching a fresh bucket of water from the great well-like hole in
+the court, through which an underground duct from the river ran, always
+keeping it full of clear water fresh from the mountains, but in these
+days heated by the sun as it flamed down.
+
+The news was imparted by Drummond, and Bracy shook his head.
+
+"It would be glorious," he said; "but you ought not to go. Graves
+mustn't let a dozen men run such risks for the sake of us poor fellows.
+It would be madness. We must wait for the cool nights."
+
+"He will let us go," said Drummond; "and we can do it."
+
+"No," said Bracy, speaking with more energy, and he turned his head to
+Roberts. "I beg you will not think of such a thing, old lad," he said
+earnestly.
+
+"Well, we shall see."
+
+"Ready for another, sir?" said Gedge, coming in with the bucket.
+
+"Yes, yes, as soon as you can," said Bracy. "This one feels boiling
+hot."
+
+The fresh, cool, wet cloth was laid across his forehead; and, rousing up
+from the disappointment he felt at Bracy taking so decided a view
+against an expedition which the young subaltern had proposed to make
+almost solely in his friend's interest, and moved by the boyish spirit
+of mischief within him, Drummond suddenly exclaimed:
+
+"Look out, Gedge, or he'll bowl you over!--Oh, I beg your pardon, Bracy,
+old chap. I didn't mean to hurt your feelings. Knock me over, Roberts.
+I deserve it."
+
+For Bracy had winced sharply, and a look as of one suffering mental
+agony came into his eyes.
+
+"It does not matter," he said, smiling faintly and holding out his hand,
+which Drummond caught in his.
+
+"Ain't no fear, sir," said Gedge, who was soaking the hot cloth. "The
+guv'nor ain't had a touch now for a week."
+
+"Quiet!" whispered Roberts to the man.
+
+"He is quite right, Roberts, old fellow," sighed Bracy; "I am certainly
+better. But if I could only get rid of that constant pain!"
+
+"That must go soon," said Drummond cheerily. "I wish I could take your
+agony-duty for a few hours everyday. Honour bright, I would."
+
+"I know you would, old chap," said Bracy, smiling at him; "but I shall
+beg Graves not to let you go."
+
+"Nonsense! Don't say a word," cried Drummond. "If you do, hang me if
+ever I confide in you again!"
+
+Bracy laughed softly.
+
+"I am pretty free from scepticism," he said; "but I can't believe that.
+Now you fellows must go. The dragon will be here to start you if you
+stay any longer. Serve him right, though, Roberts, to let him go on
+this mad foray, for he'd get wounded, and be brought back and placed
+under Dame Gee's hands."
+
+"Oh, hang it! no; I couldn't stand that," cried the young officer; and a
+few minutes later they left the room, for Drummond to begin grumbling.
+
+"I don't care," he said. "If the Colonel gives us leave we must go.
+You won't back out, will you?"
+
+"No; for it would be the saving of some of the poor fellows. But we
+shall see."
+
+They did that very night, for, instead of the regular cool wind coming
+down the upper valley, a fierce hot gust roared from the other direction
+like a furnaces-blast from the plains; and at midnight down came the
+most furious storm the most travelled of the officers had ever
+encountered. The lightning flashed as if it were splintering the peaks
+which pierced the clouds, and the peals of thunder which followed
+sounded like the falling together of the shattered mountains, while
+amidst the intense darkness the sentries on the walls could hear the
+hiss and seething of the rain as it tore by on the rushing winds which
+swept through gorge and valley.
+
+The next morning the storm broke dark and gloomy, with the rain falling
+heavily and the river rolling along thick and turbulent, while one of
+the first things the sentries had to report was the fact that one of the
+hostile camps--the one nearest to the fort--was being struck.
+
+By night the tribe in another of the side valleys was withdrawn, and
+during the days which followed one by one the little camps of
+white-robed tribes-men melted away like the snow upon the lower hills,
+till not a man of the investing forces remained, and the long-harassed
+defenders looked in vain from the highest tower of the fort for their
+foes.
+
+The falling rain had effected in a few days that which the brave;
+defenders had been unable; to compass in as many weeks; while the
+alteration from the insufferable heat to the soft, cool, moist air had a
+wonderful effect upon the wounded, and made Doctor Morton chuckle and
+rub his hands as he rejoiced over the change.
+
+And still the rain went, on falling; the valley seemed surrounded by
+cascades, the streams rushed and thundered down, and the main river
+swept by the walls of the fort with a sullen roar; while, as if dejected
+and utterly out of heart, the British flag, which had flaunted out so
+bravely from the flagstaff, as if bidding defiance to the whole
+hill-country and all its swarthy tribes, hung down and clung and wrapped
+itself about the flagstaff, the halyard singing a dolefully weird strain
+in a minor key, while the wind whistled by it on its way down towards
+the plains.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER EIGHTEEN.
+
+UNCOOKED MUTTON.
+
+Two days passed--two of about the wettest and most dismal days
+imaginable. There was no sign of the enemy, and the scouts sent out
+came back dripping, and always with the same news--that the hill-men had
+given up the siege in disgust, and were right away making for their
+homes in the valleys at the foot of the mountain-slopes.
+
+There was no relaxation in the watchfulness of the garrison, however,
+the treacherous nature of the tribes being too well-known. Hence it was
+that the sentries in their heavy greatcoats stood in such shelter as
+they possessed, keeping watch and ward, with the valley stretched out
+dark and gloomy, and the booming and roaring river dimly-seen through
+the gloom of the night, as it foamed and tossed itself in spray against
+the various obstacles it encountered on its way towards the lower gorge
+whence Colonel Graves's regiment had made its appearance when it first
+came to the assistance of the beleaguered in Ghittah Fort.
+
+The rain had ceased and given place to a thick mist, so peculiar in its
+appearance that one of two officers going the rounds, both nearly
+invisible in their long overcoats, said softly to the other:
+
+"Might fancy we were at home after one of our muggy days."
+
+"Yes; just like a London suburban fog, old fellow."
+
+Then there was silence for a minute, as they walked on along the
+terraced wall, before the one who had just spoken said in a quick
+whisper:
+
+"I say, Roberts, oughtn't there to be a sentry here?"
+
+"I was just thinking so," was the reply. "I hope to goodness he isn't
+asleep, for I hate having to report a man for neglect."
+
+He had hardly whispered the words when there was the click of a rifle, a
+voice challenged them, and they gave the customary response.
+
+"This is not your place, my man," said Roberts then.
+
+"No, sir; twenty yards farther that way. But there's something down
+below then; that I can't quite make out. It seemed to come past and on
+this way."
+
+"What! up on the ramparts?" said Drummond quickly.
+
+"No, no, sir; right down below the face of the wall, and I come on a bit
+so as to follow and look down. I didn't like to give the alarm."
+
+"Why?" said Roberts sharply.
+
+"Because it might be a false one, sir."
+
+"Better give a dozen false alarms, my lad, than miss a real danger.
+Now, then, what did you see?"
+
+"Well, sir, if we was at home I should say it was a drove o' sheep or a
+herd o' pigs; but these hill-niggers are so artful and ready to be down
+upon us that I fancied it might be men."
+
+"Men haven't four legs," said Drummond, laughing softly.
+
+"No, sir; but these Dwats don't think anything o' going down on
+all-fours."
+
+"But there have been none about lately," said Drummond; "the rain seemed
+to be too much for them."
+
+"Yes, sir; but ain't they the more likely to come down on us when they
+think we believe we're safe?--Change guard, sir."
+
+For steps were heard, and a party of men came up smartly, were
+challenged, and the non-commissioned officer in charge answered.
+
+"That you, Gee?" said Roberts.
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Come here. The sentry thinks there are people below there. Come and
+have a look."
+
+"The sentry I've just relieved thought the same, sir," replied Gee
+sharply, "and I had a good look. They're sheep driven down from the
+hills by the bad weather. I was going to report to the Colonel, sir,
+and ask whether he'd order a sally from the gate to drive them in. Be
+useful, sir."
+
+"To be sure. You'd better do it. Let's have a look over first."
+
+They stepped together to the embattled wall, and peered down into the
+darkness; but nothing was visible now, and Roberts was about to give the
+matter up as all a mistake, when, from where the mist was most dense,
+there was the pattering of hoofs in the wet mud, followed by the
+peculiarly human cough of one of the sheep of the district.
+
+"No mistake about what they are, sir," said Sergeant Gee softly.
+"They've come down to the low grounds on account of the storm."
+
+"Yes," said Roberts, "and because there are none of the Dwats to keep
+them back. Why, Gee, we're in luck. We must have the men out and the
+flock driven in."
+
+"Not much room for them in the court, sir," said the Sergeant.
+
+"No; but to-morrow we must have something in the way of hurdles to shut
+them in close under the wall, and they can be driven out to pasture
+every day by some of the men, with a guard to watch over them. You try
+and keep them under your eye now while I go and tell the Colonel."
+
+The two young men peered down at where the pattering of hoofs could be
+heard through the mist twenty feet below them; though nothing was
+visible but a dimly-seen moving mass.
+
+A few minutes later they announced the find to the Colonel.
+
+"This is good news, gentlemen," he said; "such a store of fresh
+provisions will be a treasure. Order out your company, Roberts, and you
+had better get five-and-twenty or thirty of your men, Mr Drummond."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the subaltern, smiling.
+
+"What's that you're thinking--rather absurd to get out two companies to
+drive in a flock of sheep?"
+
+"Well, sir, I was thinking something of the sort," said the young man,
+colouring.
+
+"I want them to strengthen the guard," said the Colonel quietly. "A
+dozen of the native servants can be sent round the flock to head the
+sheep toward the open gates. There is nothing like being on your guard
+when dealing with a venturesome as well as a treacherous enemy."
+
+"You think the enemy may make a rush, sir, as soon as the gates are
+open?"
+
+"No, Roberts," said the Colonel, laying his hand on the young man's
+shoulder. "I think the enemy might make a rush if they were near; but,
+happily, I do not believe there are any of the hill-men for many miles
+round. The last reports are that they are heading homewards, and I
+begin to hope that the breaking-up of the weather has set us at
+liberty."
+
+The arrangements were soon made, everything being done quietly and
+without any display of lights. The Fusiliers and the draft of Colonel
+Wrayford's regiment were stationed on either side of the gates, and
+about twenty of the native servants, under the guidance of a couple of
+the friendly hill-men, accustomed to look after the camp live-stock,
+were detailed with their orders to divide as soon as the gates were
+opened, and steal cautiously round to the far side of the flock before
+trying to head them in.
+
+Strict orders had been given to keep the court still and dark, so that
+the sheep might not take fright upon reaching the gates; while the news
+spread very rapidly, and the men turned out of their rough quarters,
+seeking the walls, so as to try and see something of what was going on.
+
+At last, all being ready, the Colonel gave the order for the guard
+occupying the two towers which commanded the gales to report the state
+of affairs. Sergeant Gee had taken his place there, and he came down to
+announce that the sheep were in a very large flock, apparently huddled
+together about a hundred yards from the gate. But they were quite
+invisible, and their position could only be made out by their fidgety
+movements.
+
+"Sounds to me, sir, as if they'd got wolves hanging about them, or maybe
+a bear."
+
+"Then they'll be all the more ready to come into shelter," said the
+Colonel, who then gave the word. The great leaves of the entrance were
+drawn inward, and, each party under his leader, the native servants
+slipped silently out in Indian file, turned to right and left, and
+disappeared in the darkness, the mist seeming to swallow them up after
+their third step.
+
+"Quite a bit of sport, old fellow," whispered Drummond, who had charge
+of the men on one side, Roberts being on the other, while the regular
+guard manned the tower and adjacent wall in strength, so as to see the
+fun, as they dubbed it.
+
+All was silent now, and the only lights visible were those of the
+windows in the officers' quarters, so that it was hard to imagine that
+many hundred men, for the most part unarmed, were listening eagerly for
+the first approach of the unsuspecting sheep.
+
+The listeners were not kept in suspense as to whether plenty of roast
+mutton was to supersede the short commons of the past. There was what
+seemed to be a long period of silence and darkness, during which a cloud
+of dense mist floated in through the gateway to fill the court; and
+during this time of waiting the watchers, by other senses rather than
+sight, pictured the dark scouts playing the same part as falls to the
+lot of a collie dog at home, doubling round the great flock, whose
+restless trampling they could hear in the soft, wet soil. But at last
+there was the sound of many pattering feet, telling that the flock was
+in motion; and the suspense deepened, for the question was, "Would the
+men be able to head the sheep in, or would they dash off to right or
+left, avoiding the big opening through the gates as the mouth of a
+trap?"
+
+"Will they--won't they?" muttered Drummond; and Roberts, like the men in
+the angle hidden by the tower on the side, held his breath.
+
+The minutes seemed long drawn out now, as the pent-up excitement
+increased; and Gedge, who was at the open window of the hospital
+quarters, reached out as far as he could, his heart beating hard as he
+listened, hearing the pattering quite plainly, and reporting progress to
+his officer, stretched upon his pallet. For the news had penetrated to
+where they were. Gedge had heard it from an ambulance sergeant, and
+hurried in to Bracy.
+
+"Hoo-roar, sir!" he said excitedly, panting hard the while. "Tell yer
+direckly. It's wonderful how soon I gets out o' breath since I had my
+last wound,"--the knock-down from the stone in the pass was always "my
+first wound."--"The boys have captured a flock o' sheep, sir, and it's
+going to be cuts out o' roast legs and hot mutton-chops for us every
+day."
+
+Bracy sighed on hearing this.
+
+"Ah, you go like that, sir," said Gedge; "but just you wait till you
+smell one o' them chops, frizzled as I'll do it, and peppered and
+salted--wonder whether there is a bit o' pepper to be got."
+
+Gedge did not get the news till the arrangements were well in progress,
+and a pang of disappointment shot, through him, mingled with a longing
+to go and join in the fun. But he kept his thoughts to himself, and set
+to work to make his invalid participate as much as was possible by
+listening and reporting all he could hear.
+
+"Just you hark, sir; can't hear a whisper, and it's as black as can be,"
+he said softly. "Hope; those chaps as they've sent won't muff it and
+let the sheep get away to the mountains."
+
+"They most likely will," sighed Bracy, who was more low-spirited than
+usual that night.
+
+"That's what I'm afraid on, sir. Can't hear nothing, sir," he said
+mournfully. "Yes, I can; just a soft sort o' sound as is getting
+louder. It's pitter-patter o' little feet in the mud. Yes, that's it,
+sir. They're a-coming nigher and nigher. Oh! don't I wish I was out
+behind 'em with a couple of those grey dogs without any tails the
+drovers uses. I'd have 'em in through the gates in no time, without
+losing one."
+
+"Are they going to drive the flock into the courtyard?" said Bracy
+wearily.
+
+"Why, I telled him they were just now," muttered Gedge; and then aloud,
+"Yes, sir, that's it; and here they come, and--I can't see, but I can
+hear--they're a-getting quite near. And of course, as soon as they're
+all in, bing-bang our chaps'll swing them great gates to and make 'em
+fast, and there, you are. What a glorious grab, and won't the niggers
+be wild! Say, Mr Bracy, sir."
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Don't you feel as if you want to shout?"
+
+"No, Gedge, no."
+
+"I do, sir. I say, sir, if I was you I'd give me orders to see the
+butchers, and buy four o' the sheepskins. I could dress 'em, and you
+could have 'em made up into a rug, or let the tailor line your greatcoat
+with 'em. For if we're going to be shut up here all the winter, every
+one of them skins 'll be better for you than two ton o' coals."
+
+"Buy six for me, my lad," said Bracy, "and have three to line your own
+coat."
+
+"Oh, thank ye, sir; but--"
+
+"No, no; three will do, my lad, for I shall be lying asleep under the
+turf before the winter comes."
+
+"Mr Bracy, sir!" cried Gedge in a husky voice. "Oh, sir, plee, sir,
+don't go and talk like that, sir! Oh, blow the sheep, and the mutton,
+and the skins!" he muttered; "what do I care about 'em now?"
+
+He was turning away, when, regretting what he had said, Bracy raised
+himself a little on one elbow, and said softly, and with his voice
+sounding stronger:
+
+"Why don't you go on telling me, my lad! Is the flock coming nearer?"
+
+Gedge thrust his head out again, and then partly withdrew it.
+
+"Yes, sir--close in, sir. You can hear 'em now; they must be coming in
+at the gates. Oh, do be careful!" he whispered to nobody, once more
+full of excitement, and imagining everything in the darkness. "Steady,
+steady! Mind, you nigger to the left. Yah! don't get waving your arms
+like that; you'll scare one o' them old rams. Can't you see him tossing
+his head about? He'll bolt directly, and if he does the whole flock 'll
+be after him and off and away to the hills."
+
+"Can you see them, Gedge?" said Bracy, beginning to take interest in the
+capture now for his lad's sake, for deep down in his breast there was a
+well-spring of gratitude for all the poor, rough, coarse fellow had
+done.
+
+"See 'em, sir? No; it's as black as the inside of a tar-barrel: but I
+can hear and fancy it all, and I've helped drive many a flock out
+Whitechapel way when I was a small boy. Here they come, though, patter,
+patter, and the chaps have done it splendid; they haven't made a sound.
+Here they come; they must be half in by now. There's some on 'em close
+under the winder, sir. Hear 'em puffing and breathing?"
+
+"Yes, yes; I can hear them there quite plainly, Gedge. I hope they will
+secure them now, for every one's sake."
+
+"So do I, sir; but they're not caught till they're all in and the gates
+is shut. Our sheep in London's wild enough when they take fright, while
+these things is more like goats, and you know how they can run up among
+the rocks. Oh, steady, steady, out there; look sharp and shut those
+gates," whispered the listener. "Oh, do mind! If I sees all them legs
+o' mutton cutting their sticks off to the mountains I shall go mad."
+
+"What's that?" cried Bracy, as in the wild flush of excitement that
+flashed through his brain it seemed as if he had received a galvanic
+shock, and he sat right up in his bed, to keep in that position, gazing
+wildly towards the darkened window.
+
+Gedge doubtless replied, but his voice was drowned by the wild, warlike
+yell of triumph which rose from the court--a yell which told its own
+tale of the success of a _ruse_. The sheep had been driven into the
+court through the mist and darkness--a great flock; but with them fully
+a hundred tulwar and knife armed Dwats in their winter sheepskin-coats,
+who had crept in with the quiet sheep on all-fours, the placid animals
+having doubtless been accustomed to the manoeuvre, thought out and
+practised for weeks past, with a so far perfectly successful result.
+
+The yell was answered by the Colonel's voice shouting clearly the order
+for the gates to be shut; but the massacre had begun, the mad Mussulman
+fanatics who had undertaken the forlorn hope being ready to do or die;
+and, as the rattle of the moving gates began, an answering war-cry came
+from not far away, the rush of a large body of men making for the
+opening being plainly heard.
+
+"Taken by surprise!" shouted Bracy wildly as he realised the horror.
+"Gedge, it means the slaughter of the poor women and our wounded
+comrades in the ward. Here, quick, my sword! my revolver! Quick! get
+one yourself."
+
+"I've got yours, sir, here," cried Gedge excitedly as he snatched them
+from where they hung. "Don't--don't move, sir; you're too weak and bad,
+and I'll keep the window and the door, sir. They shan't come near yer
+while I'm alive. After that--here, ketch hold, sir--your pistol, sir--
+after that you must lie still and shoot."
+
+The light had been extinguished, so that the sheep should not be scared
+by a glare from the window; and in the darkness, amidst the howls,
+yells, and shouts in the courtyard, Gedge felt for the bed so as to
+thrust the loaded revolver into Bracy's hand. But, to his astonishment,
+a strong hand was laid upon his shoulder, and the sword was snatched
+from his grasp, while Bracy cried in a voice the lad hardly knew:
+
+"Keep the pistol, close that door and window, and come on. Gedge, lad,
+we must try and keep the ward, before these savages get in."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER NINETEEN.
+
+GHAZIS AND CUNNING.
+
+As Bracy, closely followed by Gedge, made for the door, the noise and
+confusion in the darkness were horrible. There were nearly a score of
+sick and wounded in the two rows of beds, some of whom were groaning and
+appealing for help; but the majority were making brave efforts to get on
+some clothes, and one man was shouting for the nurse to go to the
+armoury and bring as many rifles and bayonets as she could carry. But
+there was no answer to their appeals, as Bracy, tottering at first, but
+growing stronger as he passed between the two rows of beds, struggled
+for the door at the end, and passed through into a little lobby, from
+which another door led at once into the court, a mere slit of a window
+at the side admitting a few faint rays of light.
+
+"Ha!" ejaculated Bracy in a tone of thankfulness. "The door's fast,
+Gedge, lad, and we must defend it to the last. We can do no good
+outside."
+
+"Who's this?" cried a harsh, sharp voice. "Bracy, my dear boy, you
+here?" cried the Doctor almost simultaneously.
+
+"Nurse!--Doctor!" panted the young officer.
+
+"Yes, here we are, my boy, on duty; and bless this woman! she's as
+plucky as half-a-dozen men."
+
+"Nonsense!" said Mrs Gee harshly. "You don't suppose I was going to
+stand still and let the wretches massycree my patients--do you, Doctor?"
+
+"No, my dear, I don't think anything of the kind, and certainly I won't.
+Have you got plenty of cartridges?"
+
+"A dozen packets, and there's four rifles with fixed bayonets behind the
+door."
+
+"I'll have one, my lass. I was afraid I should have to take to my
+surgical instruments. But, look here, Bracy, my boy, you can do no
+good, so go back to bed and send that scoundrel Gedge here. He's hiding
+under one of the beds. He could load for nurse, here, and me, while we
+fired."
+
+"If you warn't like one o' my sooperior officers," snarled Gedge, "I'd
+say something nasty to you, Doctor. Give us one of them rifles, old
+lady; I'm better with them and a bay'net than with this popgun. You
+take your pistol, Mr Bracy, sir."
+
+"No, no--yes, yes," said the Doctor hurriedly. "You may want it, my
+boy. Now, then, go back to your bed. You'll be in the way here."
+
+"In the way of some of these yelling fiends, I hope, Doctor," said
+Bracy, thrusting the revolver into the waistband of his hurriedly
+dragged on trousers. "Now, then, where will they try to break in?"
+
+"The first window they can reach, when they fail at this door. You,
+Gedge, watch that window. No one can get in, but some one is sure to
+try."
+
+The keen point of a bayonet was held within a few inches of the opening
+the next moment, and then the little party, awaiting the attack, stood
+listening to the terrible sounds from without. It was hard work to
+distinguish one from the other, for the confusion was now dreadful; but,
+from time to time, Bracy, as he stood quivering there as if a strange
+thrill of reserved force was running through every vein, nerve, and
+muscle, made out something of what was going on, and primarily he
+grasped the fact, from the loud clanging, that the great gates had been
+closed and barred against the entrance of those who were rushing forward
+to the support of the fanatical Ghazis who had been so successful in
+their _ruse_.
+
+Then came other sounds which sent a ray of hope through the confusion;
+first one or two shots rang out, then there was a ragged volley, and a
+more or less steady fire was being kept up from the towers and walls.
+But this was doubtless outward, begun by the sentries, and aided by the
+two companies that rapidly mounted to their side by the orders of their
+officers, who felt that it would be madness to begin firing in the dark
+upon the Ghazis raging about the court, for fear of hitting their
+unarmed friends.
+
+It was some minutes before the Colonel could reach the guard-room, which
+was held by the relief, and he had a couple of narrow escapes from cuts
+aimed at him; but he reached the place at last, in company with about a
+dozen unarmed men, and in a few minutes there was one nucleus here ready
+with fixed bayonets to follow his orders. Other men made a rush for
+their quarters from the walls where they had flocked, unarmed, to be
+spectators of the capture; but to reach them and their rifles and
+ammunition they had to cross the court, which was now one tossing chaos
+of cutting and slashing fiends in human form, rushing here and there,
+and stumbling over the frightened sheep, which plunged and leaped
+wildly, adding greatly to the din by their piteous bleating, many to
+fall, wounded, dying, and struggling madly, beneath the sword-cuts
+intended for the garrison. These were flying unarmed seeking for
+refuge, and often finding none, but turning in their despair upon their
+assailants, many of whom went down, to be trampled under foot by those
+whom they sought to slay.
+
+The firing now began to rapidly increase, the flashings of the rifles
+seeming to cut through the dense mist, now growing thicker with the
+smoke, which, instead of rising, hung in a heavy cloud, mingling with
+the fog, and making the efforts of the defenders more difficult as it
+increased. For some time every one seemed to have lost his head, as, in
+spite of the efforts of the officers, the panic was on the increase, and
+the Ghazis had everything their own way. Colonel Graves, as soon as he
+had got his little force together, gave the word for a rush with the
+bayonet, and led the way, his men following bravely, but the
+difficulties they encountered were intense. It was almost impossible to
+form in line, and when at last this was roughly achieved in the
+darkness, and the order to advance was given, it was upon a mass of
+struggling sheep mingled with the yelling fiends; and, to the horror of
+the line of sturdy men, they found that to fire, or advance with the
+bayonet, would be to the destruction of friend as well as foe.
+
+To add to the horror, the wild and piteous shrieks of women arose now
+from the portion of the fort containing the officers' quarters; and at
+this Roberts, who was firing with his men down into the seething mass of
+fresh assailants swarming at the gates and striving, so far vainly, to
+mount the walls, gave a sharp order.
+
+"Here, cease firing, my lads," he yelled. "Drummond--Drummond! Where's
+Mr Drummond?"
+
+"Gone, sir," came from one of the men.
+
+"What! down?" cried Roberts.
+
+"No, sir; he said something about go on firing, and hooked it off along
+the ramp."
+
+An angry groan arose, and Roberts muttered something about his friend
+before shouting again.
+
+"Sergeant," he cried, "take the command of your men, and keep these dogs
+from mounting the gate. I am going to lead my company to the officers'
+quarters. Ready, my lads? No firing. The bayonet. We must save those
+women, or die."
+
+A loud, sharp, snapping hurrah rang out, seeming to cut through the
+mist, and then at Roberts's "Forward!" they dashed after him at the
+double, to reach the next descent into the court, which meant right
+among the yelling Ghazis, but at the opposite end to that where Colonel
+Graves and the Major--who had reached them now with a couple of dozen
+men, mostly armed with the Indians' tulwars--had managed to struggle
+into line.
+
+Very few minutes elapsed before the shouting of Captain Roberts's men,
+as they dashed down, two abreast, cutting into the mass below, added to
+the wild confusion, and for a time it seemed as if the struggle would
+become hopeless, as the brave fellows' strength began to yield to
+exhaustion, for the power to combine seemed gone, and the _melee_ grew
+more a hand-to-hand fight, in which the savage Ghazis had the advantage
+with their keen swords, their adversaries wanting room to use their
+bayonets after a few fierce and telling thrusts.
+
+"This is useless, Graham," panted the Colonel at last; "these sheep
+hamper every movement. We can do nothing in this horrible darkness. I
+am going to give the order for every man to make for the walls, where we
+must defend ourselves with the bayonet as the fellows attack us. We
+must wait for morning, and then shoot them down."
+
+"And by then they will have slaughtered every woman and non-combatant in
+the fort," growled the Major savagely.
+
+"No; we must each lead a company or two for the quarters. You take as
+many as you can collect straight for the ladies' rooms."
+
+"Roberts has gone ten minutes ago, and is fighting his way across."
+
+"Go round by the walls on the other side and get in behind. I am going
+to rush for the hospital. Bracy and all those poor fellows must be
+saved."
+
+"Too late," said the Major bitterly. "Two of the men here left a score
+of the hounds fighting their way into the ward. Oh, if we only had a
+light!"
+
+Strange things occur when least expected, and there are times when, as
+if by a miracle, the asked-for gift is bestowed.
+
+"God bless you, Graves!" whispered the Major; "if we don't meet again,
+I'll do all that man can do."
+
+"I know it, Graham. You'll save the women, I'm sure. Ah! what's that?"
+
+"Fire--fire!" shouted a voice, and a yell of triumph rose from the
+Ghazis, to be echoed by the seething mob of fanatics outside the gates,
+who burst forth with their war-cry of "Allah! Allah--uh!"
+
+"We're done, Graves," said the Major in an awestricken, whisper. "It's
+the fodder-store, and it will attack our quarters soon. It's all of
+wood."
+
+"If it does we shall see how to die fighting," said the Colonel
+hoarsely, as a wreath of flame and sparks rolled out of a two-story
+building at the far end of the court, lighting up the whole place and
+revealing all the horrors of the scene.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY.
+
+NON-COMBATANTS.
+
+Meanwhile, completely cut off by the enemy from the rest of the
+garrison, the occupants of the hospital made such preparations as they
+could to strengthen their defences. Little enough they were, consisting
+as they did of three or four pieces of wood placed like stays from the
+floor to the cross-pieces of the roughly-made door; and when it was done
+the Doctor said sadly:
+
+"It's of no use. If they come with a rush they will drive that in as if
+it were so much cardboard."
+
+"Let them," said Bracy. "They will find three bayonets and a
+sword-point ready for them to fall upon."
+
+"Yes; and then?" said the Doctor bitterly. "There will be four bodies
+lying in front of us between our breasts and the men who come on, and so
+again and again till we have made a rampart of the wretched bodies."
+
+"Very well in theory, my good patient," said the Doctor sadly; "but I'm
+afraid we shall have made part of the breastwork ourselves. These
+Ghazis not only know how to fight, but they do fight as if there were no
+such thing as fear."
+
+"There's not much of that in British soldiers when they are at bay,"
+said Bracy proudly. "But it's of no use to talk, Doctor; we must defend
+this door to the last, and then retreat into the ward, barricading that
+next."
+
+"And after that?"
+
+"There are my quarters: but we must carry the helpless in there first."
+
+"And lastly?"
+
+"Never mind that," said Bracy coldly; "let us get through firstly and
+secondly; a dozen things may happen before then."
+
+"Hist!" whispered Mrs Gee. "Some one is coming."
+
+All listened, and heard a swift movement like a hand being passed over
+the rough door as if feeling for the fastening. Then there were several
+hard thrusts, and directly after a quick whispering, a scratching as of
+feet against the wall, and then a slight change in the appearance of the
+window, the darkness growing a little deeper. In an instant there was
+the loud rattle of a rifle being thrown out to the full extent of its
+holder's arms, the bayonet darting through the narrow slit; there was a
+savage yell, the dull thud of some one falling, and with a fierce shout
+of rage two or three of the enemy flung themselves at the door,
+repeating the act again and again, but without result.
+
+"Can't some of us come and help, sir?" said a feeble voice.
+
+"Yes; there's six of us, sir," said another; "and we've all got rifles."
+
+"Back to your beds directly," cried the Doctor. "What's the use of me
+trying to save your lives, and--Well, it's very good of you, my lads,"
+he said, breaking off suddenly. "Fix bayonets, and stand outside the
+ward ready to help if we, the first line, are driven in."
+
+There was a sharp crackety-crack as the metal sockets of the bayonets
+rattled on the muzzles of the rifles, and the six invalids took their
+places on either side of the ward-door, where the rest of the sufferers
+lay in silence listening to the yelling outside and the firing now going
+vigorously on.
+
+There was another crash against the outer door, but still it did not
+yield, though it sounded as if it was being dashed from its fastenings,
+and then a shuffling, scraping sound told that another attempt was being
+made by one of the mad fanatics to get in by the slit of a window. But
+again there was the peculiar rattling sound of a thrust being made with
+a rifle thrown right forward and grazing the sides of the opening. A
+wild shriek followed, and Gedge withdrew his piece, panting heavily and
+trembling from weakness.
+
+"Did you get home?" whispered the Doctor.
+
+"Yes, sir, clean," whispered back Gedge; "and oh, if that only was the
+chap as shot Mr Bracy that day!"
+
+There was a crash at the door now, as if a mass of stone had been hurled
+at it; a couple of boards were driven out, and a strange animal odour
+floated in, with a yell of triumph, heard above the piteous bleating of
+sheep and the sharp rattle of the rifles.
+
+"Give me room, Doctor; I can do it. My man taught me," said the nurse,
+standing with Gedge, friendly for the first time in their lives; and
+they delivered rapidly thrust after thrust with their full strength, one
+of the savage Ghazis going down at each.
+
+It was too dark to do much, and Bracy felt his helplessness, after
+trying to parry a cut or two delivered by one of the enemy; so, drawing
+his revolver, he fired slowly shot after shot as the enemy reached in to
+cut at the defenders, their blows mostly falling upon the sides of the
+broken door.
+
+"It's of no use to try and hold this place longer, Doctor," he said,
+bringing now to bear his military knowledge. "We have to bear the full
+rush of these men."
+
+"But it's like giving up to them," panted the Doctor.
+
+"Never mind; let's retire into the ward. You see, the door is at
+right-angles to this, and when they press in they can only fill this
+little place, and we shall have to contend with four or five instead of
+fifty."
+
+"That's good talk," said the Doctor. "I'm not a soldier. Very well,
+then, back in, and I'll cover you."
+
+"No; you retire with the nurse and Gedge, and I will hold them at bay
+till you get in. Make the men present their bayonets as soon as we are
+in. Just give the word, and they will know. It will check the wretches
+while we try to get the door closed."
+
+"No," cried the Sergeant's wife through her teeth. "Bill Gedge and I
+will keep them off till you are in and tell us to fall back."
+
+"Right," said the Doctor; "don't stop to parley, Bracy, my lad. Ah,
+what does that mean?" he cried sharply, for Mrs Gee and Gedge both
+thrust and then thrust again.
+
+"Means a roosh, gentlemen," said Gedge hoarsely. "In with you; we can't
+hold 'em back any longer."
+
+"Back in," said Bracy hoarsely. "We must do it, Doctor; they're mad for
+our blood."
+
+The Doctor stepped through the inner door, and Bracy followed.
+
+"Right and left," he said sharply; "cover the advance as they fall
+back."
+
+A low hissing sound accompanied a quick movement, and then, after
+delivering a couple more thrusts, Gedge whispered:
+
+"In with you, nurse."
+
+"You first, boy," she answered, as she thrust fiercely again, a sharp
+cry following her delivery.
+
+"I don't go afore a woman," said Gedge bluntly, as he delivered point
+once more.
+
+"Nor I before my patient," said Mrs Gee, following his example, and
+feeling the bayonet strike flesh.
+
+"Back, you two, at once," cried Bracy sternly; and as the strangely
+assorted couple took a step or two back and darted into the ward, a
+hedge of bayonets dropped down breast-high, in time to meet the rush of
+Ghazis who dashed forward with upraised swords.
+
+Then, to the surprise of all, there was the crackle of a little volley,
+and the faces of the fierce warriors were for a moment illumined,
+efforts being made to strengthen the position by dragging a charpoy
+across, planting a second upon the first, and heaping thereon everything
+that could be seized upon in the darkness. There was a fresh burst of
+yelling, the Ghazis raging in their disappointment and at the losses
+that had befallen them, just, too, when they believed that an entry had
+been made.
+
+The Doctor took advantage of the pause in the attack to order every
+invalid who could move by his own efforts to seek refuge in the
+officers' ward, and with groans and sighs they obeyed, one helping the
+other, and in many instances having to be helped in turn, while several
+by slow degrees managed to crawl. A pause in the attack did not give
+time for all this, the enemy coming fiercely on again before the ward
+was half clear; but the bristling array of bayonets presented at the
+narrow doorway kept them from gaining an entrance, each stroke of their
+tulwars being received on the rifle-barrels, and several going down as
+deadly thrusts were made.
+
+It was evident enough to Bracy and the Doctor that their defence could
+not last, much longer. A party of able-bodied men, dividing and taking
+their duty in turn, might have kept the whole body of the hill-men at
+bay for an indefinite time; but the efforts of Gedge and Mrs Gee were
+growing weaker, and at last it was all that the invalids could do to
+keep their bayonets from being beaten down.
+
+"We must make for our last refuge, Doctor," said Bracy at last.
+
+"Yes, and none too soon," was his reply; "but first of all let's have as
+much of the bedding as we can get taken to the other room to form a
+breastwork. Half you men retire and carry mattresses and blankets till
+you are ordered to cease."
+
+This was done, and then the order was given, just as the enemy was
+making one of its most savage attacks, the men pressing on with all
+their might, till a volley was fired which made them recoil. It was
+only to recover themselves and pour fiercely in through the dense smoke,
+to begin yelling with rage as they found by degrees that the long ward
+was empty, and a fresh barrier of bayonets bristling ready for them at
+the farther door, where a couple of charpoys had been hastily thrown
+across one upon the other, and piled on the top was all the bedding,
+principally rough straw mattresses and blankets--a slight enough
+breastwork, but impervious to sword-cuts, while to reach over in order
+to make a blow was to expose whoever struck to a deadly bayonet-thrust.
+Here the defence was gallantly maintained again, the attack as fiercely
+made, till the floor became wet with blood, and several of the
+carnage-seeking enemy slipped and fell, either to crawl or be dragged
+away by their companions.
+
+"It's getting to be a matter of minutes now," said the Doctor in a
+whisper to Bracy. "This is the last of it."
+
+"The window," said Bracy, calmly enough now. "Take Mrs Gee and help
+her out. Then you and Gedge climb out, and drop down; you may make your
+escape in the darkness. You hear, Mrs Gee?"
+
+"Yes, sir, I hear," said the woman in her sourest tones; "but my man
+told me I was to stick to my patients, no matter what happened."
+
+"And I order you to escape."
+
+"Yes, sir; but I'm not one of your men," said the woman, with a
+triumphant masterful ring in her words, "and under your orders; but you
+are my patient and under mine. So you go and get as many of the poor
+boys away with you as you can. Off with you, Gedge; you're as bad as
+any of them, in spite of your brag. Then you others follow, one at a
+time; me and the Doctor can't leave, the rest, and we're going to stay."
+
+"Go!" said Gedge sharply. "Go and leave my comrades and my orficer as
+can't help theirselves. Not me!"
+
+There was a low murmur at this, and then a cessation of all words in the
+desperate defence forced upon the little party; for, as if maddened by
+the long resistance, and utterly reckless of the losses they had
+suffered, the Ghazis came on, howling and bounding to the door, leaping
+up and reaching in to strike downward with all their force, and
+generally paying the penalty of death; for even with their swords
+extended to the full extent of the holders' arms, not once was a
+damaging cut inflicted.
+
+The result of this last rush was that, horrible to relate, the
+breastwork was raised by the bodies of three fatally wounded Ghazis, who
+in their dying moments sought to revenue their deaths by cutting
+savagely at their foes as they lay.
+
+"I can't bay'net chaps who are down," muttered Gedge, shrinking back;
+while at the same moment Mrs Gee uttered a wild cry, for one of the
+dying men had inflicted a horrible upward cut, which, as she was leaning
+forward, took effect upon her chin.
+
+This movement on the part, of two of the strongest of the defenders
+seemed to be fatal. A weak place in their defence was displayed, and
+with a fierce yell the enemy crowded on in a final attack. This would
+have been fatal but for the bravery of the tottering invalids, who met
+the rush with a sharp volley from half-a-dozen pieces, and the flash and
+smoke were followed by a sudden burst of light, which flooded the ward,
+showing the enemy retiring a little, startled by the unexpected volley
+and wondering at the glare. This gave time for reloading, and another
+volley was fired as the enemy came on again.
+
+This volley was followed by the commencement of a rolling fire outside,
+mingled with yells of rage, imprecations, loud orders, and the hoarse
+commands of officers. For the light given by the burning building was
+the opportunity required; and minute by minute the firing increased from
+the walls, as the scattered soldiery, many of whom had remained unarmed,
+found their way into their quarters to obtain rifles and bayonets, and
+joined their companions on the wall, able, and willing too, to take aim
+down into the seething mob of savages in the court, without risking
+destruction to a comrade or friend.
+
+Three times over Colonel Graves summoned the enemy to surrender, and
+twice over native attendants were dragged forth to yell down to the
+Ghazis that their lives would be spared. All was in vain; the
+announcements were received with shouts of defiance, yells of hatred at
+the Christian dogs, and savage rushes were made at the steps leading up
+to the ramparts, in each case for the venturers to be partly shot down,
+the residue being hurled back from the point of the bayonet.
+
+"It's of no use, Graves--Roberts," cried the Major; "it's their lives or
+ours. Fire, my lads, fire!"
+
+And by the increasing light of the flaming building, whose ruddy rays
+illumined the horrible scene of carnage, the fight went on, till the
+courtyard was dotted with the bodies of the wounded and slain, the
+survivors of the great flock of sheep cowering together close to the
+main gate, while others lay trampled down amongst the fallen, their
+thick fleeces having protected many from the cuts of the Ghazis' swords.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY ONE.
+
+A PAUSE.
+
+The moment the court could be crossed, a rush was made for the hospital,
+where the fight was still going on; but the mingled company of excited
+men were checked twice over by wounded and shamming Ghazis springing up
+to foot or knee to deliver one final blow at their hated Christian
+conquerors, and several of the soldiers were badly wounded by the deadly
+razor-edged tulwars before the wielder was borne to the earth by
+bayonets, struggling fiercely still, though riddled with wounds.
+
+Then the entrance to the hospital was reached, and the wild cheer of a
+dozen men sent a reviving thrill of hope through the fast-falling
+defenders, and they held their _chevaux-de-frise_ of bayonets once more
+now, though with trembling, unnerved hands.
+
+A minute before it seemed to them that their last blow had been struck,
+and that there was nothing else to do but die with their face to the
+dead and living enemy. But that wild British cheer sent a thrill
+through them; the massacre of the wounded was after all to be stayed,
+and they stood firmly there in the brightly illumined room, witnesses of
+the bayoneting, till the last savage lay dying on the floor.
+
+Roberts had headed his party, and was the first to return to try and
+save his friend and comrade; and it was into his arms Bracy fell and was
+carried out, while the men crowded in now to bear out Mrs Gee, the
+Doctor, Gedge, and the rest, those outside cheering madly as first one
+and then another bloodstained, ghastly object was borne into the light;
+while, in the interval between two of the outbursts, poor Gedge, who was
+being cheered by his comrades, seemed drunk with excitement, as he
+contrived with failing arm to wave his rifle above his head and shout:
+
+"Three cheers for Mr Bracy; three cheers for the Doctor and old Mother
+Gee! Three cheers for us all!"
+
+There was a tremendous roar at this, heard loudly above the crackling
+fire kept up on the enemy still striving to force a way in from beyond
+the walls.
+
+"Three more," cried Gedge. "Cripples, all on us, but we held our own,
+and hip--hip--hip--hoo--"
+
+Gedge did not finish his cheer, for half-way through the last word he
+fell forward, utterly exhausted, fainting dead away.
+
+It was just then that an officer with blackened face and sword in hand
+suddenly made his appearance high up in the golden light of the fire,
+and the moment he appeared a howl of execration was raised, which ran
+through the crowd of soldiery, while the officers scowled and turned
+away.
+
+The tall, thin figure stopped short in front of the burning building, to
+gaze down wonderingly.
+
+"Drummond--Scotch coward!" roared a voice, and a yell of execration
+burst forth.
+
+Just at that moment, from behind an angle of the building, four of the
+Ghazis, who had lain hidden there and escaped the deadly fire, rushed
+forth yelling and waving their swords as they made for the figure
+standing apparently beyond the reach of help.
+
+"Quick, some one--fire, fire!" shouted Roberts.
+
+The figure heard the cry, and turned just in time to face his enemies,
+two of whom reached him together, cutting at him with all their might.
+But, active as a cat, the tall, lithe youth avoided one of his foes by
+leaping aside, ran the other man through, and swinging round, with a
+tremendous cut severed the wrist of the wretch he had avoided, when
+coming at him for a second blow.
+
+The other two did not reach him, for half-a-dozen shots rang out, and
+the true firing of the boy-regiment was again proved, the two Ghazis
+leaping high in the air, and falling backward on to the bayonets of the
+men below. There was another cheer at this, but it was dominated
+directly after by a renewal of the howl of execration which had broken
+out before.
+
+The hearer looked for a moment or two puzzled, and hesitated to advance;
+but the next minute he turned half-face, doubled along the rampart to
+the steps, and descended to the court, passing coolly among the men
+where Colonel Graves was standing giving orders.
+
+"Mr Drummond," he said, "I am told that you left your men in a way that
+disgraces a British officer."
+
+"That I didn't," cried the young man indignantly. "I heard you say that
+if we only had light we could see to fire, or something of that sort."
+
+"Yes, sir, I did," said the Colonel sternly.
+
+"Well, sir, I ran along the ramp and climbed up three times before I
+could get to the store, and then set fire to the fodder; but it was ever
+so long before I could get it to burn, and then I couldn't get out."
+
+"You did that?" cried the Colonel.
+
+"To be sure I did, sir. Wasn't it right? Oh, I see now; the men
+thought I went and hid to get out of the light."
+
+"My dear boy," cried the Colonel; "of course."
+
+"Oh," cried Drummond, "what jolly fools the lads can be! But I say,
+sir, who's hurt? and was old Bracy safe?"
+
+A minute later the men cheered even louder than before, as they watched
+Drummond--a hero now in their midst--place a bag of powder to blow down
+the burning building and save the place from risk of the fire spreading.
+
+That was soon done. It was a risky task, but bravely set about; and, as
+the place went up in a rush of flames and sparks, the assault from
+outside ceased, the enemy drawing off under cover of the mist; and an
+hour later silence fell upon the horrible scene of carnage, not even a
+bleat arising from the sheep.
+
+But the fort was safe, the dim morning light showing the British flag,
+wet and clinging, but still hanging in its place upon the flagstaff;
+while by that time all save the doubled sentries upon the walls and the
+suffering wounded lay plunged in a heavy sleep wherever a place could be
+found roomy enough for the poor fellows' aching limbs.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY TWO.
+
+BRACY'S NURSE.
+
+"Bracy, my dear old man!"
+
+"My dear old chap!" These were the salutations of Drummond and Roberts
+later on in the morning, when they sought him out, to find him with
+Gedge in a portion of the soldiers' quarters which had been temporarily
+turned into a hospital.
+
+"Ah, Roberts," sighed Bracy drowsily as he raised himself on one arm.
+"Not hurt, I hope?"
+
+"Not a scratch. But you--you? Morton tells me you fought like a lion
+all through that horrible attack."
+
+"Like a very weak lion," said Bracy, smiling faintly.
+
+"But how are you?"
+
+"Oh, so much better," said the young officer, with a sigh. "I feel so
+restful, and as if I could do nothing but sleep."
+
+"Thank Heaven! But what a change in you!"
+
+"And you, Drummond? But your face--blackened. Were you in that
+explosion I heard?"
+
+"Yes; I helped to pop off the powder."
+
+"Helped!" cried Roberts. "Why, you placed the powder-bag and fired the
+fuse."
+
+"Well, what of that? Some one had to do it. I wasn't hurt there,
+though, old man. It was in setting fire to the store and coaxing it
+into a blaze, for the blessed wood refused to burn. Spoiled my lovely
+looks a bit--eh? But I say--it's harder work than you would think for
+to burn a--I say! Bracy, old chap!--Why, he's asleep!"
+
+"Fast," said Roberts, looking wonderingly at their friend, who had sunk
+back on his rough pillow, formed of a doubled-up greatcoat, and was
+breathing deeply, with his face looking peaceful and calm.
+
+"Here, I say, you, Bill Gedge," cried Drummond; "this can't be right.
+Go and fetch the Doctor."
+
+"No, sir; it's all right, sir. The Doctor was here half-an-hour ago.
+He was fast as a top then; but he heard the Doctor speaking to me, and
+roused up while he had his wounds looked at. What d'yer think o' that,
+sir?"
+
+He drew a small, ragged scrap of something from his pocket, and held it
+out before the two officers.
+
+"Nothing," said Roberts shortly; "but I don't like Mr Bracy's looks.
+This can't be right."
+
+"Doctor says it is, sir, and that it's exhorschon. He's to sleep as
+much as he can. You see, he had a horful night of it, sir, just when he
+wasn't fit."
+
+"But how in the world could he fight like the Doctor says he did?"
+
+"I dunno, sir," replied Gedge, grinning. "Doctor says it was the
+excitement set him going, and then he couldn't stop hisself. You know
+how he was a bit ago, gentlemen, when he hit out and kicked, and
+couldn't help it."
+
+Roberts nodded.
+
+"And he did fight wonderful, and never got a scratch. That's what the
+Doctor said it was, and when he zamined his bandages he found this here
+under his back."
+
+"That! What is it?" said Drummond, now taking the object and examining
+it curiously.
+
+"His complaint, sir, that kept him bad so long. The bit of iron the
+Doctor said he dursen't try to get out. It worked out last night in the
+fight. He's going to get well now."
+
+It was Roberts's turn now to examine the little ragged scrap of
+discoloured iron.
+
+"Seems wonderful," he said, "that so trifling a thing as that should
+cause so much agony, and bring a man so low."
+
+"Oh, I dunno, sir," said Gedge respectfully. "I had a horful toe once
+as got bigger and bigger and sorer till I couldn't get a boot on, only
+the sole; and when my leg got as big as a Dan'l Lambert's, some un says,
+`Why don't you go to the orspital?' he says, sir; and so I did, and as
+soon as I got there I began to wish I hadn't gone, for there was a lot
+o' doctors looked at it, and they said my leg must come off half-way up
+my thigh, but they'd wait a day or two first, and they did; but only the
+next morning one of 'em has another good look, and he gets out
+something--just a teeny bit of a nail as had gone into my toe out of my
+boot."
+
+"Humph!" said Roberts rather contemptuously.
+
+"Lor' bless yer, gentlemen, I was 'nother sort o' feller that night, and
+was just like Mr Bracy here; hadn't had no proper sleep for weeks, and
+there I was at it like one o'clock, going to sleep as you may say all
+over the place. Shouldn't ha' been here if it hadn't been for that
+there doctor. Wouldn't have had a one-legged un in the ridgiment, sir--
+would yer?"
+
+"No," said Roberts, who was leaning over and gazing at his sleeping
+comrade curiously. "Yes, he is sleeping as peacefully as a child. And
+what about you, Gedge?"
+
+"Me, sir? Oh, I'm all right, sir. Bit stiff in the arms with all that
+bay'net exercise, and got the skin off one elber with ketching it agen
+the wall. Yer see, we'd no room."
+
+"We've been there this morning," said Roberts, with a slight shudder.
+"The woodwork is chipped and cut into splinters, and the sight is
+horrible."
+
+"Well, yus, I s'pose so, sir. It was horrible work, but we was obliged
+to do it; they'd have cut us all to pieces. Reg'lar butchers--that they
+are--and deserved it. Coming on like that at a lot o' poor cripples and
+a woman, besides the nong-combytant. Savages they are to try and cut
+down a doctor who's ready to 'tend to everybody, either side, and tie or
+sew them up."
+
+"You're right, Gedge, my lad; they are savages," said Drummond, patting
+the speaker on the shoulder.
+
+"Hff! gently, please, sir," said Gedge, flinching.
+
+"I beg your pardon. Are you hurt there?" cried Drummond hastily.
+
+"Oh, all right, sir," said the lad, grinning; "but you said, `Hurt
+there.' Why, it's all over, sir. There aren't a place as I've found
+yet where you could put a finger on without making me squirm. Doctor
+made me yell like a great calf. But there's nothing broke or cracked,
+and no fresh holes nowhere."
+
+"That's a comfort," said Drummond.
+
+"Yus; but it aren't very comf'table yet, sir. He says I shall soon be
+better, though."
+
+"Yes, Gedge, you must regularly lie up till the pain has gone."
+
+"I mean to, sir, all the time that I can get from tending Mr Bracy
+here. I must tend him."
+
+"You can stay with him; but someone else ought to be sent in."
+
+"No, sir, please; I can manage. It wouldn't be fair, sir, for some un
+else to come in now the gov'nor's getting better. Doctor says I've
+saved his life so fur, and I wants to go on and save his life so
+further. See?"
+
+"Yes, of course," said Roberts, smiling. "It would not be fair for you
+to be robbed of the credit of what you have done."
+
+"Thank ye, sir. That does a chap good, sir. But I beg your pardon,
+Captain: you see, I'm noo to sojering and fighting. I thought we'd had
+it tidy 'ot in the coming up along o' the stone-throwing. Then it was a
+bit warm when Mr Bracy was shot down and I got my bullet. But that was
+all like playing skretch-cradle to our set-to last night in the dark.
+Shall we have it much worse by-and-by?"
+
+"Worse? No," cried the Captain sharply. "Nothing could be worse than
+last night's work."
+
+"Oh, come, I'm glad o' that, sir; for arterward, when I begun to cool
+down, it seemed to me that if it could be much worse I should begin to
+think as sojering might get to be a little bit too strong."
+
+It was just then that Doctor Morton came in, and for the moment he
+frowned; but the angry look passed off after a glance at Bracy.
+
+"I was afraid you would disturb him," he said; "but there is no need to
+mind; he will sleep a great deal for days, till this state of exhaustion
+has passed off. My dear boys, what a night we had! I wonder that any
+of us are alive."
+
+"There were some narrow escapes, Doctor," said Roberts.
+
+"Awful, awful; and what a morning for me! I feel as if I could do as
+Bracy is doing--sleep for days; but here I am with a terrible load of
+fresh cases on my hands, and my chief nurse turned into a patient--Gee's
+wife. What a woman! what a woman! She must have descended from the
+Amazons of old. But there, I must go; I only wanted to see that poor
+Bracy was all right."
+
+"And you do think he is, Doctor?" said Roberts.
+
+"Sure of it, sir. He'll be back with his company before long."
+
+He nodded sharply, and after a word or two with Gedge, who looked ten
+years older for his night's work, the room was left for sleep, and the
+young officers hurried off to their several duties. For there was ample
+work for every one of the defenders, whose loss had, however, been
+wonderfully small, the Ghazis having been comparatively helpless after
+their successful entry, their attacks being repulsed by the bayonet, and
+the soldiery for the most part having the advantage of the walls, while
+their fanatical foes were raging about the court, repulsed at every
+attempt to get on close quarters with the infidels they sought to
+destroy.
+
+As the morning wore on, and the horrible traces of the deadly fray were
+rapidly removed by the fatigue-parties set to work, a soft breeze from
+the mountains waited away the heavy clouds of mist, the sun came out,
+and with it the horrors of the night faded away so rapidly that, had it
+not been for the blackened ruins of the fodder-store, it would have been
+hard to realise the fact that such a night had been passed.
+
+Scouting parties went, out in different directions, and returned all
+with the same report--that the enemy had disappeared, not a trace of
+them being visible, not even one of the dead or wounded, though their
+losses must have been considerable. That evening a time of perfect rest
+seemed to have descended upon Ghittah, which, by the light of the
+sinking sun, looked, with its magnificent surroundings of dazzling
+snow-peak, verdant hill, forest, and falling water, orange, golden, and
+sparkling in the reflections from the glorified sky.
+
+"Yes, lovely, lovely," said Colonel Graves sadly, "if one could only
+feel that we might lie down and sleep in peace."
+
+"Well, can't we?" said one of the younger officers. "Surely, sir, this
+has been such a lesson as the enemy will not forget."
+
+"Quite right," said the Colonel; "they will not forget it, nor rest till
+they have had revenge."
+
+"But look at their losses last night," said the Major.
+
+"I do," replied the Colonel; "but men are plentiful up here in the
+hills, and they all belong to a fighting race. If they were not
+fighting with us they would be among themselves, and it is the education
+of their boys: being taught to fight."
+
+"Then you think they'll renew their attacks, sir?" said Roberts.
+
+"I feel sure of it, and they must find us more upon the _qui vive_ next
+time. I feel ashamed for allowing myself to be such an easy victim to
+their cunning _ruse_."
+
+"Never mind now," said the Major; "it has furnished us with a fine
+supply of fresh meat."
+
+"Yes," said the Colonel sadly; "but at a heavy cost of wounded men."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY THREE.
+
+AFTER A REST.
+
+The Colonel was right; there were plenty of men in the hills, and they
+all belonged to fighting tribes-men who, whether Moslem or of the
+various sects which inhabited the vast tracts of mountainous countries,
+looked upon it as a religious duty to cut off every one who believed
+differently, as an infidel or a dog. Many days, then, had not elapsed
+before there was another gathering of the fierce tribes, whose object
+was to secure the fort, with its wealth of arms and ammunition. But
+during the week of respite Colonel Graves and his officers were busy
+enough. The country round was foraged for stores; and, partly in fear,
+but as much for the sake of cheating good customers and making
+everything possible out of the people whom they might be helping to
+slaughter the very next day, a couple of the tribes brought in grain,
+fodder, and other necessaries largely.
+
+So the loss incurred by the burning of the store was soon made up, and
+the fort was better provisioned than ever, even to being prepared to
+stand the stern winter when it should leave the hills and descend to the
+valleys and plains.
+
+No despatches had reached the fort for some time past; but the last, in
+answer to the Colonel's report of his having relieved the fort, where
+all was well, and that he had no doubt of being able to hold it as long
+as was necessary, bade him go on holding it at any cost, and wait for
+further orders. But if he found reinforcements necessary to give the
+tribes a severe lesson, he was to communicate with the station in the
+Ghil Valley, whence a Ghoorkha regiment would be immediately despatched
+to his help.
+
+A little council of war was held, in which Colonel Wrayford managed to
+take part; and, after due consideration, it was decided that the help
+was not required, for the unanimous opinion was that the Ghittah force
+could hold its own, and that they did not need any regiment to come in
+and carry off part of the laurels they wished to keep for themselves.
+
+Doctor Morton had probably been the busiest man at the station; for,
+after the repulse of the night attack, every hospital-bed had been
+occupied, and an additional ward provided; but he had hardly a loss, and
+he went about, as Gedge said, "looking as proud as a two-tailed peacock
+in a 'logical garden."
+
+Certainly he chuckled and rubbed his hands a great deal over his
+patients; and one evening at the mess dinner, when the topic had arisen
+of the number of men he had sent back to duty cured, and all were
+rejoicing in the fact, that Bracy--looking thin and careworn, but now
+wonderfully well--was back in his place, the Doctor, who was pleased and
+flattered, became exceedingly confidential, and talked more freely than
+was his wont.
+
+"There, dear boys," he said: "I won't be a sham. I've worked hard among
+my cripples, of course, and I'm proud of what I've done. If you want an
+example of the powers of surgery, there you are--look at Bracy. He's a
+better man than ever now. Look at his condition--hard as a nail. Got
+rid of all that superfluous fat."
+
+"Here, gently, Doctor," cried Bracy, flushing. "What superfluous fat?"
+
+"All that you got rid of, sir."
+
+"Why, I've always been thin."
+
+"You leave me to judge best what you have always been, sir. I know.
+Come, you'll own that you're well as ever now?"
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"Be satisfied, then. Well, as I was saying, my dear boys, I'll be quite
+open with you all. I've been wonderfully successful with all my cases--
+have I not?"
+
+"Wonderfully," came in a chorus.
+
+"And frightfully modest," whispered Drummond.
+
+"Eh! what is that, Mr Drummond?" cried the Doctor. "I heard what you
+said. Don't you offend me, for you may come under my care some day.
+Now, then, all of you--wonderfully successful. Yes, Mr Drummond, and
+modest too, as you'll own if you'll let me finish my remarks before you
+stick yourself up as a judge. For I'm going to let the cat out of the
+bag."
+
+"Let's have her, Doctor," cried the younger men merrily.
+
+"Here she is, then," said the Doctor. "My colleague. She has done ten
+times as much for the wounded as I have."
+
+"He means Mrs Gee," said Bracy quietly. "Well, she is a splendid
+nurse."
+
+"Ha! what a woman!" said the Colonel. "She is quite well now, Doctor--
+is she not?"
+
+"Always is," said the Doctor. "Absolutely perfect."
+
+"I don't understand you, Doctor. The poor woman suffered a great deal
+in her daring defence of her patients."
+
+"Hah! we're playing at cross purposes," said the Doctor importantly.
+"You're talking about Mrs Gee."
+
+"Of course. Weren't you?"
+
+"Pish! Poo! Bah! No. I meant my great help and patroness Dame
+Nature."
+
+"Oh!" ran round the table, in disappointed tones.
+
+"Yes, gentlemen," repeated the Doctor; "Dame Nature. She has set all my
+wounded right again, and put it to my credit. Why, if the poor fellows
+had been in stuffy barracks down in the hot plains they'd have died like
+flies. But up here, in this wonderfully pure mountain air, all I have
+to do is to see that the wounds are carefully bandaged, and cuts and
+bullet-holes grow up and together again in no time. As for the
+hill-men, their surgeon seems to be the next man, who operates with a
+bit of rag."
+
+"And kills or cures at once," said Roberts, smiling.
+
+"Exactly," said the Doctor good-humouredly; "but really it's wonderful
+how Nature does nearly all the work. Well, any news, Colonel?"
+
+"About the enemy?"
+
+"Yes; you've been doing nothing lately, and my last bed was vacated
+to-day."
+
+"I am very sorry that you should be in so low a condition, Doctor," said
+the Colonel coldly; "but you must understand that I shall do my best to
+keep you so."
+
+"Why, of course," cried the Doctor. "You don't suppose I want to have
+the poor fellows cut or shot down to keep me busy--do you?"
+
+"You spoke as if you did?"
+
+"Then I spoke clumsily," cried the Doctor. "But tell me--the Dwats are
+collecting again--are they not?"
+
+"Yes; they mean to give us no rest."
+
+"So much the better for the men. Keep 'em active. You boys had any
+sport to-day?"
+
+"Yes; we got six mountain sheep," said Roberts.
+
+"Safe into camp?" said the Doctor eagerly.
+
+"Oh yes. It was hard work, though; for three of them fell right down
+into one of the deepest gorges from the snow-slope on which we shot
+them--splendid shots Drummond made after our stalk, he killed with right
+and left barrels. My one dropped at the first shot, but sprang up and
+was going off again till my second barrel stopped him."
+
+"Had an awful job to get them out of the gorge and home; but the hunters
+fetched them out, and we got all safe into quarters."
+
+"Ha!" cried the Doctor; "I'm glad of that. Splendid gamy meat, that
+mountain mutton. Glorious stuff for convalescents. It gives me the
+heartache when I hear of you leaving lost ones to the wolves and
+vultures."
+
+"I quite agree with the Doctor about the quality of the mutton," said
+the Colonel gravely; "but I'm getting anxious about these
+shooting-trips, gentlemen. Your guides belong to one or other of the
+tribes."
+
+"Yes, I suppose they do, sir," said Roberts carelessly.
+
+"Well, what is to prevent them from leading you some day into a trap,
+and, instead of the news coming into mess of there being an extra supply
+for the larder, I hear that I am minus two or three of my best
+officers?"
+
+"I don't know about best officers, sir," said Roberts, laughing; "but I
+don't think there is anything to fear. These hill-shikarees are very
+genuine fellows, and their intense love of the sport will keep them
+honest and true to us. You cannot think how proud they are of leading
+us to the quarry if we are successful."
+
+"I grant all that," said the Colonel, "knowing as I do what a
+freemasonry there is in sport, and how clever hunters have a feeling of
+fellowship for men of their own tastes, whatever their religion; but you
+must not forget that the hill-tribes are completely under the thumb of
+their Mullahs, and that the will of these priests is the law which they
+must obey. Supposing one of these Mullahs to give them orders in the
+interest of their tribe, they would lead you into an ambush for a
+certainty."
+
+"Oh, Colonel Graves," cried Drummond, "this is spoiling the only
+pleasure we have!"
+
+"I hope not," said the Colonel, smiling gravely. "Set it down to
+interest in my officers' welfare. I only ask you to be careful--well on
+your guard--and not to do anything rash."
+
+"Just as if it was likely that we should do anything rash," said
+Drummond pettishly later on. "I'm sure I'm always as careful as can
+be."
+
+"Always!" said Roberts, laughing, and giving Bracy a peculiar look.
+
+"Here, I say--what does that mean? You two are chaffing me again."
+
+"Oh dear, no," said Bracy. "Our consciences are smiting us for being so
+reckless, and we're making up our minds to be more careful in future."
+
+"Yes, as the Colonel suggests," chimed in Roberts, "and take friend
+Drummond o' that ilk for our example."
+
+"Here! Yes, you are chaffing me," cried Drummond anxiously. "I say,
+old chaps, though--you don't think I am rash, do you?"
+
+"Rather," said Roberts.
+
+"Bosh with your rather! Chaff, because I'm so tall and thin. Bracy,
+you're not half such a boy as the Captain. You don't think I'm wild and
+harum-scarum, do you--regularly rash?"
+
+"Well, to speak frankly,"--began Bracy.
+
+"Of course I want you to be frank," cried Drummond hastily. "That's why
+I like you chaps."
+
+"Well, then, my dear boy," said Bracy, "I do think you are about the
+most rash fellow I ever met."
+
+"Oh!" cried Drummond, with a look of distrust.
+
+"You do things that no thoughtful fellow would ever think of doing."
+
+"I? Come now; when?"
+
+"Over those sheep, then, to-day. I felt quite sick to see you walk
+along that shelf of snow, when the slightest slip would have sent you
+down headlong a thousand feet on to the jagged rocks below."
+
+"Yes, it was horrible," said Roberts.
+
+Drummond exploded into a tremendous burst of laughter, and sat at last
+wiping his eyes.
+
+"Oh, I say, come. That is good. I like that. Dangerous--made one of
+you feel sick and the other think it was horrible!"
+
+"Well, it's the truth," said Bracy.
+
+"And you both came along it afterwards, and we got that magnificent
+sport."
+
+"I came along it after you had set the example," said Bracy quietly.
+
+"But you are a couple of years older than I am, and ought to know
+better."
+
+"I was not going to show the white feather after what you had done."
+
+"Same here," said Roberts sharply.
+
+"Oh, that was it--eh? I was a boy to you, and you wouldn't let me think
+you daren't."
+
+"Something of that kind," said Bracy.
+
+"Humph!" said Drummond thoughtfully. "I suppose it was dangerous."
+
+"Of course it was," replied Bracy. "You saw that the guide wouldn't
+venture."
+
+"Yes; but that made me determined to do it. We can't afford to let
+those chaps think we're afraid to go anywhere. Come now--didn't you two
+think something of that kind too?"
+
+"Probably," said Bracy.
+
+"But it didn't seem dangerous when I was doing it," cried Drummond. "I
+never thought about toppling down, only about getting right across and
+after those moufflons."
+
+"Same here," said Roberts.
+
+"Well, I did look down once and think of what might happen," said Bracy.
+
+"Ah, that's where you were wrong. Never do that, lad. Keep perfectly
+cool, and you can get almost anywhere up yonder in the snow. I've got
+to be quite a climber since I've been here."
+
+"Well, I gave myself the credit of being pretty good on ice and snow
+to-day," said Bracy, smiling. "I mean pretty well for a cripple. I
+wish I had done as well over the shooting. That was a miserable show of
+mine. Thanks for not exposing me at the mess."
+
+"Rubbish!" said Drummond. "Who's going to tell tales out of school? I
+say, though, that ice-climbing in the mountains is splendid--isn't it?
+The more one does the easier it seems. It feels quite cool and
+comfortable."
+
+"Which one can't help feeling on the ice," said Bracy, laughing. "But
+seriously, we are getting pretty good at it up yonder in the snow."
+
+"Regular climbers," said Drummond; "and I vote that we do as much of it
+as we can while our shoes are good. There, don't look at a fellow like
+that--your shoes, then, that you gave me. But I didn't mean shoes
+literally. I mean before the old man puts a stop to our hunting and
+climbing."
+
+"He soon will, you may depend upon that," said Roberts. "He's getting
+nervous about us all."
+
+"Because we are such splendid officers," put in Bracy merrily.
+
+"Well, we are what he has; and, judging from the way we are shut in and
+left by the authorities, he is not likely to get a fresh supply if he
+loses us."
+
+"What about the messengers he has sent, Bracy? Think they get through
+with the despatches? I feel sure they do not. Either they are killed
+or so scared by the dangers they run that they destroy their despatches
+and dare not show their faces again."
+
+"Well, I hope that's not the case," said Bracy. "I don't want to give
+the poor fellows the credit of being treacherous."
+
+"Like enough it is that, treacherous as we deem it; but they are so much
+accustomed to the tricks and cunning amongst which they have been
+brought up that they look upon such a thing as being very venial--a kind
+of cleverness by which we, their conquerors are bested."
+
+"Here, I say, don't get into a dissertation upon the moral character of
+the natives," cried Drummond, "because there is no end to that. Here, I
+say--"
+
+"Say away," said the others.
+
+"I've been thinking about what old Graves said as to the shikarees
+selling us to the enemy. They won't."
+
+"I hope not," said Bracy, laying his hand upon his chest.
+
+"Hullo! What's the matter? Wound hurt?"
+
+"Gives me a stab like that sometimes when the weather is going to
+change. We shall have rain, I think."
+
+"Ha! and that means snow higher up. Hoo-roar! as the lads say. A nice
+light coating of fresh snow, and every bear footprint showing clearly.
+We mustn't miss one. Bear ham is good, and then there are the skins.
+We shall want 'em in the winter for warm rugs."
+
+"You mean to stay the winter, then?" said Bracy, laughing.
+
+"We shall have to; see if we don't."
+
+"We shall get no bearskins," said Roberts. "The Colonel will stop our
+going on account of his uneasiness. I heard him say that we should be
+running upon some prowling body of the enemy one of these times, and
+never be heard of any more."
+
+"He doesn't know what he's talking about. Just as if it were likely.
+They sneak along in the lowest valleys; they never go up among the
+snowfields. No one does but the hunters. It's the same as it was in
+Switzerland; you never caught the people climbing the mountains till the
+English taught them, and bribed them to come as carriers. They'd never
+have made the ascent of any of their mountains. I tell you that in our
+shooting-trips up yonder we're as safe as we are here. Safer, for the
+beggars keep away from there, while here they're lying up in every hole
+and corner all around."
+
+"He's about right," said Roberts thoughtfully; "and, now you're strong
+enough again, I don't like to lose our trips. We don't get much
+pleasure up here. Let's make our hay while the sun shines."
+
+"Even if it is in the snow," said Bracy. "Very well; I'm glad enough to
+go, for the mountain air seems to send fresh vigour through me every
+time I climb."
+
+The result of this was that whenever the way up into the mountains was
+clear, and the Dwats who acted as guides to the different hills came in
+with news, the young officers had their excursions, and generally
+returned with their men pretty well laden, while the three friends
+became masters of the district among the heights in a way that suggested
+years of active residence in that silver land.
+
+There were plenty of alarms, plenty of little encounters with the
+parties who were always on the lookout to harass the occupants of the
+fort; but a little extra work for the Doctor and excitement for the men,
+to keep off the stagnation which threatened them, was all that ensued.
+
+In the interim the Colonel sent off five more messengers with
+despatches, in the hope that they would get through the enemy and bring
+back letters; but they were seen no more; and the Colonel's face grew
+more serious day by day.
+
+"Thinks the tribes mean to starve us out," said Roberts one evening when
+the Colonel went away from the table looking more depressed and anxious
+than usual.
+
+"And they won't," said Drummond. "Why, there are mountain sheep enough
+up yonder to keep us for years."
+
+"They get more difficult to shoot, though," said Bracy.
+
+"Pooh! not they. A few close by are a bit shy; but, look here, when we
+get right up on the shoulder of that left-hand peak and look north what
+do we see?"
+
+"Mountains," replied Bracy.
+
+"And when we were right up on that farthest peak last week, and looked
+north, what did we see then?"
+
+"More mountains."
+
+"That's it; and you might go on and on for a month, and it would be the
+same--more mountains."
+
+Bracy nodded and looked thoughtful.
+
+"Yes," he said at last; "the world's a long way from being played out
+yet. We can see hundreds of peaks, and the soft blue valleys between
+them, which I suppose have never been traversed by man."
+
+"That's right enough, and that's where the wild sheep and goats are just
+as they always have been, perfectly undisturbed. Thousands--perhaps
+millions, without counting the goats and yaks, which look as if they
+were a vain brood of beast who try to grow tails like a horse."
+
+"I suppose you're correct, Drummond," said Bracy.
+
+"Of course I am; and if we shoot down all the sheep near at hand one
+month, more will come down from the north next month."
+
+"Just the same as when you catch a big trout out of a hole at home,
+another is sure to come within a day or two to take his empty house."
+
+"Why, they do up here, and the little seer in the river too," cried
+Drummond. "I say, I wish this was a bigger and deeper stream, so that
+it held the big forty and fifty pound fish."
+
+"Quite deep and swift enough for us," said Bracy merrily.
+
+"Ah, yes," said Drummond slowly; "I haven't forgotten our going for that
+nice long walk."
+
+"No," said Roberts; "that was a close shave for all of us. How many
+more times are we going to run the gauntlet and not get hit?"
+
+"Hundreds, I hope," replied Drummond; and Bracy, who was very quiet,
+thought, by no means for the first time, of his escapes, and of how it
+would be at home if a letter reached them some day reporting that one of
+the lieutenants had been checked once for all in his career.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY FOUR.
+
+PERIL IN A POSHTIN.
+
+Another fortnight passed, during which the officers had a day's shooting
+as often as they could be spared; and, though the Colonel's face grew
+more and more serious he made no further objection to these excursions
+so long as they were sensibly carried out, for he had realised how
+thoroughly the enemy avoided the higher portions of the mountains, the
+snow-line being rarely crossed; and when they did break through their
+rule, it was only in crossing from one valley to another, and it was
+necessitated by the pass which linked the two being more than usually
+high.
+
+It was a bright, sunny morning, and glasses had been busy in the fort,
+for certain well-known signs suggested that the day would not pass
+without their hearing from the enemy, of whom glances were obtained,
+first in one well-known locality, then in another, which they seemed to
+affect as a matter of course, showing very little disposition to break
+out of their regular routine, while one tribe followed in the steps of
+another so closely that it was generally possible to prognosticate where
+the attack would be made, and make arrangements to foil it.
+
+The officers were chatting together; and in the group where Drummond
+stood with his friends he started a good grumbling discourse, something
+after this fashion:
+
+"It's always the case. So sure as I overlook my tackle, and have a good
+clean up of the rifles ready for a long day amongst the muttons, some of
+these beggars come and plant themselves just in the way we mean to go."
+
+"Mr Bracy," said an orderly, coming up and saluting, "the Colonel
+wishes to see you."
+
+"Ha, ha!" laughed Drummond; "it's to tell you that we are not to attempt
+a shoot to-day. Tell him, Bracy, that we had given it up."
+
+Bracy nodded, and went straight to the Colonel's room, to find him
+busily writing.
+
+He just glanced up and nodded.
+
+"Sit down, Bracy," he said, and he went on writing, his table being a
+couple of bullock-trunks, with a scarlet blanket by way of cover.
+
+"Enemy are out pretty strong this morning."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Ha! yes."
+
+There was a pause, filled up by a good deal of scratching of the pen,
+before the stern-looking officer began again.
+
+"You are quite strong now, Bracy?" he said at last, without looking up.
+
+"Never felt better in my life, sir."
+
+"I said strong, Bracy."
+
+"Nor stronger, sir."
+
+"That's right," said the Colonel, reading over his despatch and crossing
+i's and dotting i's here and there.
+
+"Wound trouble you much still?"
+
+"Gives me a sharp sting, sir, at times, back and front; but I always
+find that it is when we are going to have a change of weather."
+
+The Colonel paid no heed, and Bracy added:
+
+"I dare say it will soon pass off, though."
+
+"It will not," said the Colonel quietly, and to the young man's dismay.
+"You will feel it more or less all your life. Yes," he added, looking
+up and smiling, "a twinge to remind you that you were once a brave
+officer of the Queen."
+
+Bracy coughed, for he felt a little husky, and as if he were standing
+near a fire.
+
+"Now, Bracy, business. I cannot go on sending despatch after despatch,
+none of which reach their destination. Either going or coming, my
+messengers have come to a bad end or been unfaithful."
+
+Bracy made no reply, for none was expected; and the Colonel now looked
+up, and, with his hands resting upon the table, gazed full in the young
+man's eyes.
+
+"I want a messenger whom I can trust," he said, "a man who will
+undertake the task of delivering my despatch as a duty to his country.
+There are plenty of good, trusty lads in the regiment. Whom would you
+select--the best you know?"
+
+Bracy was silent for a few moments before speaking.
+
+"I should be sorry to see him go upon so dangerous a mission, sir; but
+if I had to select a lad in whom I should have perfect confidence, I
+should choose Private Gedge."
+
+"A very good selection, Bracy; but I want an officer."
+
+The young man stalled, and drew his breath hard.
+
+"There is Andrews, or Elder, or Morrison," continued the Colonel, "or
+Drummond, of Wrayford's; but he is too volatile. Roberts would be a
+splendid fellow for the task, for, like Drummond, he is strong amongst
+ice and snow, and my messenger will have to take to the snow nearly all
+the way to save being stopped."
+
+"A wise plan, sir," said Bracy eagerly; "one that should succeed."
+
+"I think it will; but my messenger will be face to face with death from
+the hour he starts, doubly facing it--from nature as well as man. But I
+cannot spare Roberts. Do you understand me?"
+
+"Yes, sir; you wish me to volunteer."
+
+"Yes, Bracy," said the Colonel, holding out his hand, which Bracy caught
+in both his. "God bless and protect you, my dear boy! I do."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the young man firmly. "I'll go."
+
+"Not alone. Take that man Gedge with you; he has had little to do
+amongst the snow, but--"
+
+"Yes, sir; he'll learn anything. When am I to start?"
+
+"As soon as you can be ready. Then, I will clear the way for you by
+making a feint, so that you can make at once for the upper ground."
+
+"Not by the mountains above the Gor Pass, sir?"
+
+"No; the other direction entirely. You are to make for the Ghil Valley,
+and bring back the Ghoorkas, Bracy. It is time that we took the
+offensive; the enemy must be driven back before the autumn closes in.
+No; you are going upon an extremely dangerous mission, Bracy; I tell you
+so frankly. I will be quite open with you. I am sending you upon this
+horribly risky journey; but it is as a soldier to risk your life to save
+ours."
+
+"To save yours, sir?" said Bracy wonderingly.
+
+"Surely the fort is quite safe if you act on the defensive."
+
+"It would be, my dear boy, if we had an ample supply of ammunition."
+
+Bracy started, and gazed wide-eyed at his Colonel, who had leaned across
+the table and said these last words almost in a whisper.
+
+"I am speaking quite openly to you, Bracy--telling you what must be a
+secret between us two; and I tell you because it is just to one sent
+upon such a perilous enterprise that he should feel satisfied as to the
+urgency of the need."
+
+Bracy made a gesture, but the Colonel checked him.
+
+"Yes; I know what you would say," he continued: "that dangerous or no,
+you would do your duty. I know you would. I have perfect faith in my
+officers; but this is a matter of conscience on my side. Bracy, I find
+that our ammunition will not last a month. Once that is gone, we are no
+longer the superiors of the enemy. The bayonet is a splendid weapon;
+but these hill-tribes are magnificent swordsmen, and when, many times
+outnumbering us as they do, they come on to a hand-to-hand fight, adding
+their reckless religious fervour to their natural bravery, they must
+master us in the end; and that means taking the fort, and--you know what
+would follow."
+
+Bracy bowed his head; he could not speak.
+
+"An indiscriminate massacres a horrible death to every man and woman in
+the place."
+
+"Horrible, sir," cried Bracy excitedly. "Oh, Colonel Graves, surely
+things are not so bad as you think!"
+
+The Colonel smiled.
+
+"You ought to know me by this time, Bracy," he said quietly. "I don't
+think I am a man likely to raise bugbears."
+
+"No, no, sir! I beg your pardon."
+
+"That will do," said the Colonel quietly. "When you leave me, be
+prepared to start. You must not confide in your nearest friend; go
+about your work cheerfully, and as if only to bear a despatch, but
+conscious the while that our lives here depend upon your success. You
+understand?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy gravely, "I understand; and if I do not bring the
+help, sir, it is because--"
+
+"You have died trying to do your duty to your friends. I know. There,
+we need no more words, Bracy. Look here."
+
+He took the despatch from the table and tore it up into bits.
+
+"Your appearance before the Ghoorka Colonel will be sufficient, and you
+will have no alarming announcement upon you if you are taken prisoner.
+Certainly it would be by people similar to those who are besieging us;
+but one never knows what soldiers of fortune may be among them, ready to
+be summoned by a chief to interpret the message."
+
+"I understand, sir."
+
+"Once you are well on the road you must make your companion fully
+understand the importance of the mission, so that if you go down there
+may still be the chance left to us of this man carrying on the news of
+our urgent need."
+
+Bracy nodded shortly and drew a deep breath, waiting for the Colonel to
+speak again.
+
+"As to preparations," said Colonel Graves at last, "go as you are; but
+you will each need a _poshtin_ [long sheepskin coat] to cover your
+Kharkee uniforms, for concealment and warmth. You will be a great deal
+among the snow and rocks, and nothing can be less likely to attract
+attention. You will take sword, revolver, rifle, and bayonet. See that
+Gedge carries the same weapons. In addition, take as much simple
+provisions and ammunition as you can carry."
+
+"And rob you all at such a time of need, sir?"
+
+"The amount you two can carry away in cartridges will not be missed if
+it comes to the worst, Bracy," said the Colonel, smiling. "Once more,
+are you quite satisfied that you have selected the right lad?"
+
+"A man who will carry his wounded officer, with the enemy firing down at
+him from both sides of a rocky defile, cannot be bettered, sir," said
+the young officer quietly.
+
+"Right, Bracy," cried the Colonel. "He is the man. Ha! here comes
+Roberts to announce the advance of the enemy. I could hear the
+war-cries.--Yes, Roberts--the rascals worrying us again?"
+
+"Yes, sir; coming down the right gully in strong numbers. Will you come
+and look?"
+
+The Colonel picked up his glass and held out his hand.
+
+"I shall lead the men to-day, Bracy," he said, "for a change. Major
+Graham will be in command here. I shall tell him of your mission.
+Within an hour I shall depend upon you making your start."
+
+"Within an hour, sir," said Bracy, as Roberts looked on in wonder.
+
+"I have been thinking that a mule would help your journey at the first.
+What do you think?"
+
+"I think not, sir," said Bracy quietly. "We should be better free to
+climb anywhere. A baggage animal would tie us down to tracks."
+
+"Quite right. Go as we arranged.--Roberts," he continued, turning to
+the Captain, "Bracy is going to take a despatch for me. He starts
+directly."
+
+"Directly, sir?" said Roberts, looking aghast.
+
+"Yes; he has his instructions. You can have half-an-hour with him
+before he starts; but you will ask no questions, only help him in any
+way you can to start without delay, while I am keeping the enemy well
+employed at this end of the valley."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"After Bracy has started you can bring your company along the upper
+track to act as a reserve, and cover us if it is necessary when we
+retire. That will do."
+
+The two officers left the Colonel's quarters and hurried out.
+
+"My dear boy," cried Roberts excitedly, "this is horribly sudden. Had
+you any idea of it before this morning?"
+
+"Not the slightest," said Bracy gravely.
+
+"Glad of it, for I should have been hurt if you had not told me."
+
+"But you will not be hurt now? You heard what Graves said."
+
+"I was not to question you? Yes. Still, you have some confidences to
+make?"
+
+"Not one, old fellow."
+
+"But surely--it is such a risky thing. Oh! it is preposterous; he ought
+not to have sent you. It is like sending a good man and true to his
+death."
+
+"The Colonel thinks it best, and I agree with him. As to the risk--is
+it not risk enough to stay?"
+
+"But Bracy, old fellow, if--"
+
+"If," said the young man calmly. "Soldiers should not talk to one
+another about the `if.' Let that be."
+
+"Tell me this, though: are you satisfied to go?"
+
+"Quite. Help me to get off--"
+
+"I will; but--"
+
+"By being silent, and then putting everything in one good grip of the
+hand."
+
+"I see," he said, accompanying Bracy to his quarters. "Now, what can I
+do?"
+
+"Send for Gedge."
+
+"What for? Surely you have not chosen him for your companion?"
+
+"I have. The Colonel said he could not spare you."
+
+"Ha! That's better, old fellow. I was beginning to feel horribly set
+aside."
+
+"I was to have one of the men for my companion. Can you suggest a
+better?"
+
+"No," said Roberts, and he hurried out to seek the lad, who was standing
+in line with his fellows of the company, looking gloomy and
+discontented, for the sally-party to follow the Colonel, who was to lead
+them himself, did not include "Roberts's lot," as they were termed.
+
+"Fall out, Private Gedge," said Roberts sharply.
+
+"Didn't hear what I said, did he?" muttered the lad, with an anxious
+look, for he had been growling at what he called the favouritism served
+out to some of the companies in choosing them to go out and have the
+first chance of being shot; and this, he told himself, was mutinous.
+
+But he pulled himself together and stood as erect as a ramrod, waiting
+for the next order, which came directly:
+
+"Right face; march!"
+
+And he marched after his Captain, with heart beating heavily, and then
+sinking deeper and deeper, as he found himself led to the officers'
+quarters.
+
+"It's court-martial for a threep'ny-bit," he muttered. "Next thing 'll
+be `Disarm!' and all because I wanted to go and fight. Oh! they are
+jolly 'ard on us chaps in the ranks."
+
+"Come in, my lad," said Roberts, stooping to enter the low door, and
+Gedge's heart went down to its lowest point as he found himself face to
+face with Bracy.
+
+"Them two to drop on me!" he thought. "Wouldn't ha' keared if it had
+been the Major."
+
+The next moment poor Gedge's heavily plumping heart jumped, as he
+afterwards expressed it from his boots right up to his throat.
+
+"Gedge," said Bracy coldly and quietly, "I am going on a very dangerous
+mission."
+
+"Oh, sir, please don't go without me!"
+
+"I have sent for you to say that I have selected you for my companion."
+
+"Hoo--beg pardon, sir," cried the lad, turning scarlet.
+
+"No cheering, no nonsense, no boy's tricks, my lad. This is desperate
+men's work. I have chosen you to go with me on a journey of many days,
+during which we shall suffer terrible hardships."
+
+"That's right, sir; used to it ever since I was--"
+
+"Silence, man!" said Bracy sternly. "We shall go with our lives in our
+hands, and probably never get to our journey's end; but we shall have to
+try. Now then, if you feel the slightest qualm, speak out honestly, and
+I will choose some one else."
+
+"Don't do that, sir, please; but I will speak out honest. I must, when
+you axes me to."
+
+"Ah!" cried Bracy.
+
+"I'm strong as a horse again, sir; but sometimes I do get a sorter dig
+in the back, just as if a red-hot iron rod were touching up my wound
+when the bit o' iron--"
+
+"No, no, man," cried Bracy, laughing. "I mean qualm of dread, or
+shrinking about running the risk."
+
+"Oh, that, sir? Not me. Ain't I just as likely to be shot if I stop
+quiet here? They're allus trying to do it. I gets more sniping than
+any chap in the company."
+
+"Then you will go with me?"
+
+"I just will, sir. Anywheres."
+
+"Thank you, Gedge. I'll say no more, for I know that you will stick to
+me like a man."
+
+"Ha!" ejaculated Gedge, exhaling an enormous amount of pent-up emotion,
+and drawing his arm across his thickly perspiring brow, while a
+pleasant, contented smile lit up his plain features, as he drew himself
+up more stiffly to attention, waiting for orders.
+
+"Well done, Gedge!" said Roberts softly.--"You've picked the right lad,
+Bracy."
+
+Gedge did not move a muscle, but stood as upright as the rifle at his
+side, and looking as inanimate, but quite as dangerous, while his two
+officers said a few words in a low tone. The next moment Roberts went
+out of the room, and Bracy turned to the lad.
+
+"We have to carry everything ourselves, and we must take all we can
+without overloading, my lad, for we shall have to climb a great deal
+amongst the snow. Now, mind this: we have just three-quarters of an
+hour for preparation. Then we must pass out of the gate."
+
+Gedge did not move, but stood as if carved out of a block of hardened
+putty by the hand of an artistic drill-sergeant; listening, though, with
+his ears, which looked preternaturally large from the closeness of the
+regimental barber's efforts, and seeming to gape. Then he left his
+rifle in a corner, and was off.
+
+The result was that, with five minutes to spare, officer and man,
+strangely transformed by their thick, woolly overcoats, stood ready in
+that room. Haversacks of provisions hung from their broad leather
+bands; revolvers balanced dagger-bay'nets from their belts; as much
+ammunition as they could carry was in their pockets, and necessary odds
+and ends were bestowed in satchels.
+
+"All ready?" said Roberts at last.
+
+"All ready. Nothing forgotten that I can think of."
+
+"Then you will start at once. I have warned the men that you are to be
+allowed to slip out quietly, or they would have cheered you."
+
+"Thanks," said Bracy.--"You hear that, Gedge?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"You will follow me without a word."
+
+Gedge's face now looked as if if had been carved in oil-stone, it was so
+hard, and he made no reply. But mentally he was discoursing vigorously
+in his wild state of excitement, for he could judge of his own
+appearance by that of his officer.
+
+"Just like a couple o' second-hand Robinson Crusoes out of a pantymime,
+and bound for the North Pole. Talk about a lark. Oh, don't I wish my
+poor old mother could see her bee-u-tiful boy!--Poor old chaps! Poor
+old pardners! Won't they be waxy when they knows I'm gone! Here,
+blessed if I can get, at my clean pocket-'ankychy, and I wants to shed a
+purlin' tear for poor old Sergeant Gee."
+
+"Ready!" came to check the flow of Gedge's thoughts, and, picking up his
+rifle, the fellow to that placed ready for Bracy, he stepped out into
+the court, to find all the men left in the fort gathered to see them
+start, for the news was every one's property now; and as they marched
+towards the gates there was a low murmur, but no man stirred.
+
+It was different, though, with the women; though here, too, all was done
+in silence. Officers' wives stepped forward to press Bracy's hands,
+with the tears standing in their eyes, and many a "God-speed!" was
+murmured in the ears of both.
+
+"But no one shakes a hand with me," said Gedge sadly to himself; and
+then, "Well, I'm blessed!"
+
+For Sergeant Gee was on one side of him to lay a hand upon his shoulder.
+
+"Good-bye, Gedge," he said in his harsh, uncompromising way; "you'll
+stick to your officer like a brave lad, I know."
+
+"Thank ye, Sergeant; and same to you," growled Gedge; and then the tears
+stood in his eyes, for Mrs Gee had hold of his unoccupied hand, to
+press it hard, with a grip, in fact, like a man's.
+
+"Here," she said, taking a small, flat, black packet from her breast,
+and Gedge saw that it was envelope-shaped, but home-made in oil-skin,
+and instead of being adhesive; there was a neat button and buttonhole.
+"Put that in your breast-pocket, my boy," she said, "and never part with
+it. Bandages, oiled silk, needles and thread, and a pair o' scissors.
+And mind this: plug a bullet-hole directly; and whatever you do, clean
+water, and lots of it, for all wounds."
+
+"Thank ye, missus."
+
+"For you and Mr Bracy too. There, Bill Gedge, you're a brave lad, and
+I'll kiss you for your mother's sake, in case you don't come back; and
+if ever I return to England I'll write and tell the Queen how her brave
+boys are always ready to do or die, though I know she won't get my
+letter if I do."
+
+The men nearly disobeyed orders when Mrs Gee took hold of Gedge by his
+woolly _poshtin_ and gave him a sounding kiss first on one cheek and
+then on the other, but they forbore; and the brave lad's eyes very
+nearly brimmed over the next moment, for, leaving Bracy, now on his way
+to the gate, the officers' ladies crowded round Gedge and shook hands,
+two dying to thrust upon him packages of what would have been luxuries
+to them in nights to come; but he was obliged to shake his head, for he
+was already laden to the fullest extent.
+
+"Now, Gedge!" came from the gate, and the next minute it had been opened
+and closed after two bulky, stooping figures, who, with rifles at the
+trail, started off in Indian file along the track by the river-side,
+making for the upper portion of the valley, but without uttering a word.
+
+Their ears were listening, though, to the sounds of firing in the
+distance, the reports of many pieces coming reverberating out of the
+chasm-like rift leading south. Their eyes, too, were as much upon the
+alert as those of some timid animal whose life depends upon its
+watchfulness from day to day, existing, as it does, in the midst of
+numberless enemies, who look upon it as their natural prey.
+
+But though their rolling eyes scanned every spot familiar, from long
+experience, as the lurking-place; of an enemy, there was not a glimpse
+of a white coat nor the gleam of a polished weapon to be seen. At the
+same time, careful watch was kept upon the track they traversed every
+time it opened out sufficiently for a forward glance of any extent, and
+the heavy, matter-of-fact, hill-country-looking pair had nearly reached
+a spot from whence a good view of the fort could be obtained before a
+word was spoken.
+
+Then the silence was broken by Bracy, who said abruptly:
+
+"Don't look back, my lad."
+
+"No, sir," came promptly from the front.
+
+"Our lookout is forward from this hour till the time we bring back help
+to those we leave behind."
+
+Gedge was silent, and kept on the watch, as, with rounded shoulders and
+camelled back, he planted his puttee-bandaged legs in the safest parts
+of the rugged track.
+
+"Well, don't you want to know where we're going?"
+
+"Yus, sir; 'orrid."
+
+"Over the mountains to bring back a Ghoorka regiment, my lad."
+
+"Right, sir."
+
+"And by the hardest way we can find."
+
+"Something like them ways over the snow, like you goes for the bears and
+sheep, sir?"
+
+"Yes: and harder ways still, Gedge: for to meet any of the people may
+mean--"
+
+Bracy paused, and Gedge waited for him to end his sentence. But he
+waited in vain, till he was tired, and then finished it to himself, and
+in the way he liked best.
+
+"May mean," he said, and then paused--"having to put bullets through
+some o' these savage savages, for I'm blest if I'm going to let 'em have
+the first shot at us. Yes," he added, "savages; that's what's about
+their size. I never see such beasts. Yes, that's what they are--wild
+beasts. I don't call such things men. The best of it is, they thinks
+they're so precious religious, and sticks theirselves up to pray every
+morning and every night, I'm blest!--praying!--and often as not with
+their knives and swords! Ugh! and phew! My word! it's warm walking in
+these here coats. Wish I hadn't got mine."
+
+Is thought electric, or magnetic, or telepathic, or scientific, some way
+or another, that so often it is communicated from one person to another
+free of cost, and without a form, or boy to leave it, and wait for an
+answer? Certainly it was in that, clear mountain air, which blew softly
+among the cedars in the valley, coming off the clear ice and dazzling
+snow from one side, getting warmed in hot sunshine, and then rising up
+the mighty slopes on the other side, to grow from pure transparency, in
+its vast distance and extent, to be of a wonderfully delicious
+amethystine blue.
+
+Anyhow, Gedge had no sooner given himself his opinions about the heat
+engendered by walking in a thick, sheepskin coat than Bracy said:
+
+"Find the _poshtin_ hot, Gedge?"
+
+"'Ot ain't the word for it, sir," was the reply. "I ain't quite sure
+whether it's me, or whether they didn't scrape the fat off proper when
+they tanned the skin, sir; but something's running."
+
+"Steady down, then. It is very warm here among the cedars; but they
+hide us from the enemy, my lad. As soon as we begin to climb we shall
+be getting out of summer into winter; and by the time it's dark, and we
+lie down to sleep, we shall think it would be pleasanter if we had two
+apiece."
+
+"Shall us, sir? Well, you know, sir; but all this caps me. Here we
+are, as you say, in summer, and we've on'y got to climb up one o' them
+mountains and there we are in winter. They say it freezes there every
+night."
+
+"Quite right, Gedge."
+
+"But all the snow melts away some time in the year?"
+
+"Never, my lad. Up there before you, where the sun shines on those
+glorious peaks, it is eternal winter, only that there is so much melting
+in the hottest parts of the day."
+
+"To make the rivers, sir?"
+
+"Of course!"
+
+"And the rain helps when they're all in the clouds up there, I suppose,
+sir?"
+
+"Rain!" said Bracy, laughing; "there is no rain there, my lad; when the
+clouds discharge their burden it is in the form of snow. But now,
+silence once more. The less we talk the better till we are among the
+snow, for at any moment we may be walking into a trap."
+
+"Like we did, sir, when you three gentlemen come and whistled us from
+the side o' them falls?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Well, we don't want none o' that sort o' thing, sir, or we shall never
+be bringing that ridgement back."
+
+"Right. Now you see the necessity for taking to the snow where the
+hill-men rarely climb."
+
+"Yus, sir, going; but what about coming back?"
+
+"The same, or a nearer way."
+
+"But with a ridgement, sir?"
+
+"Oh yes; the Ghoorkhas will go anywhere if they are told."
+
+"So'll us," said Gedge to himself; and then, with a word or two at times
+from behind, he trudged on and on towards the mighty snowfields, but
+ever with his eyes on the lookout for the danger--keen knife, tulwar,
+matchlock, ball, or spear--invisible so far, but which at any moment
+might be so near.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY FIVE.
+
+FIRST CHECKS.
+
+The last echoes of the distant firing had quite died out; the windings
+of the river valley had long enough hidden away the mountainous hills
+which surrounded the fort; and far below where they slowly toiled along
+the faintly-marked track, worn where there was pasture by the feet of
+the mountain sheep, the river rushed, torrent-like, along in a greatly
+narrowed bed, whose perpendicular shrub and fern decked sides hid its
+leaping and tearing waters from the travellers' gaze. At rare intervals
+the river made a plunge over some mighty rock and flashed into sight,
+though its position was often revealed by a cloud of spray, which rose
+like steam into the sunshine, to become brilliant with an iris which,
+rainbow-like, spanned the falls.
+
+The ascent had been gradual but marked, for, though trees were in
+abundance, rising in clumps of spires, their tops were well below the
+adventurers, while, where they trod, the forest was dwarfed and
+scrub-like, but thick enough to greatly hinder their advance.
+
+Hardly a word had been spoken for hours, during which the watchfulness
+observed had been painful, especially when they had crept along under
+cover by three lateral valleys, familiar to both as the roads by which
+the enemy had approached for their attacks, one to the east being that
+made unenviable by the terrible adventure when they had received their
+wounds.
+
+The passing of the mouths of these gorges was a crucial task, from its
+being almost a certainty that part of one or the other of the tribes
+would be, stationed there. But the slow approaches and all the caution
+exercised, as far as Bracy could judge, were waste of energy: not an
+enemy was seen, and when, twice over, rifles were brought to the ready,
+and their bearers stood prepared to fire at the foe rustling along among
+the low growth and tangle, it was to find, to their great relief, that
+the alarm was caused in the first instance by goat-like sheep, and in
+the other by a bear, which had been feasting upon the berries growing
+low down the cliff towards the hidden torrent.
+
+The sun was long past the meridian, and, in spite, of the height, their
+shut-in position made the breathless valley seem hotter than ever, while
+the thorny nature of the low growth hindered them so much that at last
+Bracy had hard work to force his way through a tangled mass, whose
+thorny hooks clung to the _poshtin_ he was wearing, and kept on robbing
+it of its wool. This brought them to a standstill, and Gedge, who had
+just freed himself from similar hindrances, stepped back, with his
+dagger-like bayonet in his hand, with which he delivered a few sharp
+cuts, and Bracy struggled out.
+
+"Ha!" he said; "that's better."
+
+"Yus, sir; these are handier tools than the old-fashioned bay'nets; but
+what we ought to have had was a couple o' those pretty, bill-hooky
+blades the Ghoorkha boys use. They'd make short work of briars and
+brambles and things. Toothpicks, our lads calls 'em; and the little
+fellows the Toothpick Brigade.--Tired, sir?"
+
+"Terribly!" said Bracy. "This is awful going; but we shall be out of
+the wood before many hours have passed. We might have avoided this by
+striking up to the left, but I felt that it was not safe. Better be
+slow and sure. Look, my lad, it is more open yonder, and seems like a
+way down to the torrent. We've earned a rest, and we must have one.
+Let's get down to where we can reach water, and lighten our load by
+making a meal."
+
+Gedge's eyes sparkled, and he led on at once, reaching at the end of
+some hundred paces a sharp slope, which showed traces of the moss and
+ferns having been trampled down, while twigs were broken here and there,
+some being left hanging, and others snapped sharp off!
+
+"People been along here, Gedge," said Bracy, taking suspicious notice of
+the signs around.
+
+"No, sir, I think not," said the lad, whose keen eyes were busy. "I
+should say it was only goats. Pst!"
+
+Gedge had been speaking in a low tone, but the "Pst!" was sharply
+distinct, and had its effect. For in an instant there was a rush, and
+something brown came into sight, making the adventurers present their
+rifles in the full belief that they were about to be face to face with
+an enemy. But the next moment the object rose up to peer over the
+bushes and all around, proving to be a great brown bear, whose little,
+pig-like eyes flashed and glistened as it scanned the place, looking
+wonderfully human in its actions as it balanced itself upon its
+hind-legs, its fore-legs hanging half raised on either side, till it
+caught sight of the disturbers of its solitude, when it uttered a
+growling grunt, dropped down on all-fours again, and dashed up the slope
+towards the mountains.
+
+"Might easily have shot him, sir," said Gedge as the sounds of the
+breaking twigs died out.
+
+"Easily," said Bracy; "but we have as much as we can carry now, and--
+Hark!"
+
+Gedge was already listening, for, from up in the direction taken by the
+bear--which, unfortunately, was the continuation of their route--the
+report of a gun rang out, followed by another and another. Then there
+was a burst of exultant shouts, and the pair drew back more into
+shelter.
+
+"They've hit him, whoever they are, sir," whispered Gedge excitedly:
+"and they'll be along here direckly. Which way will you go, sir? We
+can't go that."
+
+"Away towards the water, my lad," said Bracy, quickly. "They're coming
+down to reach the fort."
+
+He led the way himself now, following the easier portions of the slope,
+and when close to where the now narrow river came thundering down, he
+plunged in amongst a chaos of creeper and fern hung rocks, down in a
+hollow of which they sank into a kneeling position, crouching low and
+waiting.
+
+"Well hidden, are we not, Gedge?" whispered Bracy.
+
+"Splendid, sir. Couldn't see us 'less they was close to, and if we kept
+our heads down they'd take us then for sheep."
+
+"And fire at us."
+
+"They'd better not!" growled Gedge. "But, say, sir, as we're resting
+mightn't we just as well have a bite?"
+
+"Could you eat now?" whispered Bracy.
+
+"Could I eat now, sir?" said the lad wonderingly. "It's couldn't I eat!
+My! If you only knew what I've been feeling ever since dinner-time you
+wouldn't ask that."
+
+"Go on, then," said Bracy, and as he listened he saw his companion take
+a packet of bread and meat from his haversack and begin to munch, when
+the sight of the food so woke him up to the state of his own appetite
+that he opened his wallet, drew out some hastily-cut mutton and
+bread-cake sandwiches, and went on eating till there was the sound of
+voices close at hand, followed by the rustling of leaf and twig, with
+the dull tramp of soft feet telling that a large body of men were
+passing in Indian file, talking loudly; but the hidden pair were well
+concealed and satisfied that they were perfectly safe, till all at once
+a voice was raised, and they heard the word "Water" uttered in the Dwat
+dialect.
+
+There was an eager buzz of voices at this, and instead of continuing
+their course the party clustered together, and, to Bracy's horror, began
+to descend the sharp slope as if coming right upon their hiding-place,
+but turning off by one of the bigger rocks, and rapidly crushing through
+the thin shrubs and ferns so close that Bracy, as he lay there, could
+have touched one man by stretching out the barrel of his rifle.
+
+For the next ten minutes the position was agonising, the men coming and
+going, and even the noise they made in drinking just below was plainly
+heard; while Bracy, as he cowered down among the ferns, felt that it was
+impossible for them to escape the observation of the keen-eyed
+mountaineers.
+
+But still the discovery was deferred; and, as the drinking went on, a
+gleam or two of hope illumined the position, but only to be damped
+again, and Bracy held his revolver ready, for there was a sudden
+movement on the part of one of the men, whose sword and shield seemed to
+be of a superior type, like his cotton clothes and the turban he wore.
+
+It was as if this man had just caught sight of them, and, his curiosity
+being excited, he came straight on, drawing his keen tulwar and striking
+with if to right and left so as to clear the way towards the rocks, his
+eyes seeming to be fixed upon those of Bracy, who slightly raised the
+muzzle of his revolver, his finger resting upon the trigger.
+
+Probably never was man nearer to his death, for the slightest additional
+pressure of the young officer's finger would have sent a bullet crashing
+through the man's breast, as he came on till almost within touch, when
+he suddenly turned round, and seated himself upon a mossy rock just in
+front, his broad back, in its loose while cotton garb, effectually
+hiding the fugitives from the men going up and down.
+
+Bracy felt as if he would have given anything to have been able to utter
+a low "Hah!" of relief, as he breathed long and heavily, instead of
+crouching there nearly suffocated by holding it back; for he knew that
+the slightest movement, the faintest sound, must result in the man,
+evidently the leader, turning sharply, sword in hand, to discover the
+pair lying so close.
+
+"I should have a bullet through him 'fore he could lift his sword," said
+Gedge to himself; "but what's the good o' that? Twenty or thirty would
+be upon us before we could get away, and a nice condition we're in for
+that! Why, I feel like a fat sheep at Christmas. Couldn't run if I
+wanted to, and I don't, 'less he runs fust, and he won't, I know. Know
+him too well."
+
+Bracy's thoughts were many as he crouched there. He wanted to feel
+decisive; but the weary walk, heavily-laden as he was, had dulled his
+brain a little, and he could not come to a conclusion as to whether it
+would not be best to take the initiative and attack at once, trusting to
+their sudden appearance and the shots they could be creating a panic;
+for it was not likely that the enemy would imagine such an attack would
+be made unless by a force at least equal to their own.
+
+The idea was tempting; but, on the other hand, it seemed madness to make
+so wild a venture; and he was giving it up, when they were both startled
+by half-a-dozen of the party who were going and coming stopping short
+just in front of their leader, to begin taking out some blackish-looking
+cakes. Then others beginning to join them, they looked round, and a
+couple of the party pointed to the rocks behind which Bracy and Gedge
+were hidden.
+
+That was fatal, and from the movement which followed it was evident that
+they were about to make this their resting-place.
+
+At the same moment Gedge's hand stole forward and touched his leader's
+arm, when Bracy softly turned his head, to see his follower holding his
+revolver in his right hand, signing as if asking should he use it.
+
+Bracy did not delay his silent reply, for, quick as lightning, he had
+realised that in another few moments they would be forced to fight in
+defence, and that it was far better to take the initiative and make the
+enemy believe that they had fallen into an ambuscade. He gave a short
+nod, raised his own revolver, glanced at Gedge to see that he was ready,
+and then roared at the top of his voice:
+
+"Fire!"
+
+Gedge's shot followed his sharply, and then in rapid succession they
+fired again and again till a dozen bullets had gone hurtling over their
+sheltering rock amongst the trees, and then, springing up, they fixed
+bayonets with a rattle, and stood ready to fire again; but not an enemy
+was visible to charge or be shot down.
+
+For at the word "Fire!" the chief had made a sudden bound from the
+stone, upon which he had sat, and rushed at his men, who turned and fled
+at full speed away in the direction from which our adventurers had come:
+and for the next few minutes Bracy and Gedge stood listening as they
+recharged their revolvers, hearing the distant crackling and rustling of
+leaf and twig till all was still.
+
+"Think they'll rally, Gedge?" said Bracy at last.
+
+"Not them, sir: it was too much of a scare, and so sudden. It's hard
+work to start these beggars running, but once you do get 'em on the move
+it's twice as hard to stop 'em."
+
+"You are right," said Bracy quietly.
+
+"They'll go on till they come upon the next lot o' their pardners, and
+then they'll tell 'em they were attacked by two whole ridgements, and
+show their wounds, if they've got any. Don't think I hit one, sir. Did
+you?"
+
+"I did not even try to," said Bracy. "I only thought of firing as
+quickly as I could. Now, then, a drink of water apiece, and forward.
+We can't stop to rest, but must eat as we go."
+
+They hurried down in turn to where the tribes-men had refreshed
+themselves, each watching while the other drank hastily, and remounted
+to the track; after which, food in hand, they were about to recommence
+their journey, when Gedge started.
+
+"What is it?" said Bracy quickly.
+
+"One on 'em down, sir. Didn't think we had hit any of 'em, but yonder's
+one lying among the bushes."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy; "perfectly still. I saw and covered him while you
+were drinking, and was going to see if he is dead as we went by, in case
+he might be only wounded, and dangerous."
+
+"Pouf!"
+
+"What is it?" said Bracy wonderingly, for Gedge had broken into a quiet
+little laugh.
+
+"It's the bear they shot, sir, and brought into camp with 'em. Won't
+come back to fetch it--will they?"
+
+"We will not stop to see," said Bracy quietly. "Now, forward once
+more."
+
+Their path took them by the dead bear, whose paws were bound together
+with twigs, and a freshly-cut pole was thrust through, showing how the
+trophy had been borne so far. The next minute the pair were steadily
+climbing again, and finding by degrees that, though the slope increased,
+the way was less cumbered with dense growth, so that the advance was
+easier; while as the sun sank lower a gentle breeze sprang up to refresh
+them, making Gedge stretch out and increase the pace, in spite of the
+path growing more steep.
+
+"Don't think they're after us--do you, sir?" said the lad at last, as
+they trudged on, watching the gradual ascent of a shadow on one of the
+hills in front.
+
+"No; I think we succeeded in our scare."
+
+"Because it makes a lot o' difference, sir."
+
+"I don't understand you," said Bracy.
+
+"We've a lot to do to-morrow, sir; and while it's dark I s'pose you'll
+bivvywack."
+
+"I shall keep on till it's too dark to see, my lad," said Bracy, "and
+then we must sleep till it is light enough to see, and go on again. I
+want to get twenty-four hours' walking between us and the fort."
+
+"Exactly, sir. Be safer then."
+
+"Perhaps," said Bracy, smiling grimly.
+
+"O' course, sir," said Gedge sharply; "but I was thinking about
+to-night. Is it to be watch and watch, sir--one on dooty, t'other off."
+
+"No; our work will be too hard for that, Gedge," replied Bracy. "We
+must have as many hours' heavy sleep as we can, or we shall never get to
+the Ghil Valley. The work to-day has been play to some of the climbing
+we shall have."
+
+"Yus, sir; I s'pose so," said Gedge cheerily; "lot o' uphill, o'
+course."
+
+"Up mountain, my lad."
+
+"Yus, sir; only got in the way o' calling all these snow-pynts hills;
+but it'll be very fine; and after getting up one there must be some
+downhill on the other side. Do you know, sir, I've been reg'lar
+longing, like, ever since we come here, to go up a mountain--a reg'lar
+big one; but I didn't think I should ever have the chance, and here it
+is come."
+
+Instead of rapidly growing darker a glorious sunset lit up cloud and
+mountain, till the peaks literally blazed and flashed with the colours
+of the various precious stones, wondrously magnified, till the
+ever-changing scene rose higher, fading rapidly, and only a few points
+burned as before. Then, in a minute, all was grey, and a peculiar sense
+of cold tempered the climbers' brows.
+
+"We shall just have time to reach that great patch of firs, Gedge," said
+Bracy; "yonder, this side of the snow."
+
+"Right, sir, I see; but it's a good two mile away."
+
+"Surely not," said Bracy sceptically.
+
+"'Tis, sir," persisted the man. "Distances is precious deceiving."
+
+They kept on, with the gloom darkening rapidly now in the valleys, and
+the peaks in the distance standing up of a ghastly grey; while Gedge
+shook his head and said to himself:
+
+"Gov'nor ought to know; but it 'll be dark 'fore we get there."
+
+The next minute Gedge was looking in wonder at the peculiar rosy glow
+which suddenly began to suffuse the great mountain. The chilly grey
+died out and the ruddy glow grew richer and brighter for a time, while
+the sky in the west seemed to be blazing and as if the glow were being
+dragged backward, to aid the weary messengers till they could reach the
+fir-tree forest that was to form their camp.
+
+"Think there's a tremenjus fire somewhere, sir?" said Gedge at last.
+
+"No; it is only what people call the Alpenglow," said Bracy softly, for
+the wondrous beauty of the scene impressed him. "It will soon die out
+again, but it will help us on our way: for you were right, Gedge; that
+patch of trees was fully two miles from where we stood, and we have all
+our work cut out to reach it before dark. If we cannot we must shelter
+beneath the first wind-screen of rock we can find. What about your
+sheepskin coat? Is it too hot?"
+
+"Not a bit, sir; I'm cooling down fast; and, I say, there goes the last
+of the light. Shall we get to the wood?"
+
+"I'm afraid not," said Bracy. "Look to the left, and I'll look to the
+right. We'll stop at the most likely spot we see."
+
+"Don't, sir. I can keep my eye on that tall tree that goes up like a
+spike, and hit it if it gets twice as dark. Wind feels cool now;
+by-and-by it'll be like ice up here. Hadn't we better get right, into
+shelter?"
+
+"Go on, then, my lad. I was thinking of you."
+
+"Then don't, please, sir; I can keep on as long as you."
+
+The next minute--it seemed so close--the stars were shining brightly out
+of the deep purple sky, and it was as if their coming brought on a
+cooler breath of wind, which Gedge suggested had a sniff of frost in it.
+But they had no time for conversation; and, making a final effort to
+overcome their weariness, they pressed on till it had grown so dark that
+they felt that it would be hopeless to persevere, for the forest could
+not be readied. The next minute the darkness was profound; they were no
+longer stumbling along a stony way, but passing silently over a thick
+carpet of fir-needles; the sky was blotted out as if by a dense black
+cloud; and there was a strange humming overhead as of the sea upon the
+shore. For they had unwittingly reached and plunged into the forest
+when giving it up in despair.
+
+"Mind the trees, sir," said Gedge warningly. "I've just ketched myself
+an awful rap."
+
+"Feel your way with your rifle," said Bracy hoarsely. "We need only go
+a little farther, so as to be well in shelter."
+
+So, after cautiously advancing about a hundred yards, feeling their way
+from trunk to trunk, they stopped short beneath one of the largest
+trees, and sank down amongst the fir-needles.
+
+"Shall I make a fire, sir?" said Gedge; "here's heaps of wood as 'll
+burn like hoorrah."
+
+"Fire! Are you mad?" cried Bracy.
+
+"No, sir; but I was feared you'd be cold."
+
+"No fire, and no watch, my lad," said Bracy. "It would be impossible
+for any one to find us here. Make the best meal you can in the dark;
+then take out your revolver, and lie down with it in your hand, as I
+shall. You must sleep as hard as you like till daybreak. Think you
+can?"
+
+Gedge said something indistinctly, for he had begun eating, but ten
+minutes later his voice sounded clear again.
+
+"Likely to be any bears, sir?" he said.
+
+"Very likely," replied Bracy. "If one comes supper-hunting he'll wake
+us by pawing us about and sniffing. Use your revolver then, only make
+sure of his head. Good-night, my lad."
+
+"Good-night, sir," said Gedge, snuggling himself as close as he could,
+and nestling among the fir-needles. "Here," he muttered; "and I was
+grumbling because I had to carry this here coat. Why, it's a patent
+feather-bed, wool mattress, and blankets, all in one. Scrumptious!--How
+my trotters aches!--And if one comes supper-hunting he'll wake us by
+pawing us about and sniffing. `Use your revolver then, only make sure
+of his head,' he says. Just as if I was going to fire at his tail! I
+say, though, have bears got tails? I never see one at the 'Logical
+Gardens as had--and it don't matter now. Well, this here is a change,
+and--and--"
+
+The next muttered word somehow stretched itself out thin, and into a
+long deep-sighing breath, which seemed to be the echo of another close
+at hand, and to have nothing to do with the cool breeze which rushed
+through the pines, making that soft peculiar sound as of the sea
+breaking upon a sandy shore; for the two adventurers, relieved of their
+loads, and tightly buttoned up in their _poshtins_, were sleeping the
+sleep of the weary through that long night, undisturbed by enemy, wild
+beast, or dream.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY SIX.
+
+HUMAN STALKING.
+
+"Eh? Yes, sir. All right, sir? I'm awake. Didn't know it was my turn
+to-night."
+
+"It is morning, Gedge," said Bracy as he bent over his companion, whose
+face was just visible in the faint grey light which seemed to be
+creeping in beneath the fir-boughs.
+
+"My word, sir, so it is! I thought I was being called for sentry-go.
+Nights seems precious short up here in the hills." Bracy laughed.
+
+"Oh no," he said; "we've had a good long rest. Now, then. We must have
+our wash at the first stream we come to. Let's get on at once."
+
+"Ready in a jiffy, sir. Seems a pity, though, not to have our
+breakfast, first."
+
+"Why?" said Bracy sharply as he slung on his haversack.
+
+"Such a nice lot o' dry wood to make a fire, sir."
+
+"To make tea or coffee, or to boil eggs, my lad?" said Bracy.
+
+"Think o' that, now! I forgot, sir. Seemed to come nat'ral for me to
+get your breakfast ready, sir. Think o' that."
+
+In two minutes Gedge was as ready as his officer, and he finished off by
+shaking and beating the fir-needles off his _poshtin_, and stroking his
+very short hair down first with one hand and then with the other, so as
+to look as respectable and smart as he could when going on what he
+called parade.
+
+"Forward!" said Bracy suddenly. "We'll halt at the edge of the forest,
+and have a good reconnoitre, though it is not light enough for us to see
+far."
+
+Bracy was quite right; for as they cautiously advanced to the open they
+could see very little but the tall pyramidal peaks here and there, one
+of which stood out more clearly than the others, and served as a
+familiar landmark by which to steer for that day's journey, another
+which Bracy had noted on the previous evening being set down as to be
+somewhere about the end of their second day's march; but it was not
+visible yet, a pile of clouds in its direction being all that could be
+seen.
+
+"Right. Forward!" said Bracy as he finished his careful look round.
+"Two hours' good walk in this cool air, and then breakfast. To-morrow
+we must begin to look out for anything that will serve for our future
+meals, and use our rifles."
+
+"Not try at any of the villages?"
+
+"Villages!" said Bracy, smiling. "By that time we shall be far above
+any villages, and up amongst the snow."
+
+"Right, sir; all the same to me. I love a bit o' sport, though I never
+got no farther at home than rats."
+
+"Talk lower," said Bracy. "Sound travels far when everything is so
+still."
+
+Striking to the right now, and keeping near the deep gully along which
+the river ran, Bracy sought for a spot where they could cross to the far
+side, and before long they came upon a rock-strewn part opposite to
+where another of the several streams joined it from the east. Here,
+with a little careful balancing and stepping from stone to stone, they
+had not much difficulty in crossing to the other side; where, the minor
+affluent being also crossed, their course was directed up its right bank
+to the north and east. The side of the little ravine being surmounted,
+a far wider scope of view was obtained, the mountain before hidden in
+clouds now showing its crest in the coming sun; and, satisfied as to the
+course he was to take, and marking it down by the little pocket-compass
+he carried, Bracy pointed to a sheltered spot amongst some scrub pine,
+and a halt was made for a short time for the promised breakfast.
+
+Nothing could have been more simple, nothing more delicious. For the
+glorious mountain air gave a wonderful zest to everything; and in about
+a quarter of an hour they were ready to resume their journey, refreshed,
+in high spirits, and with their task in the bright morning sunshine,
+which glorified the wondrous panorama of snow-peaks, seeming to assume
+the aspect of a holiday trip.
+
+"I'll take one look round first," said Bracy, "in case our friends of
+yesterday are anywhere upon our track;" and, before exposing himself, he
+drew out the little glass he had brought, and swept the sides of the
+valley they had ascended, then slowly turned his glass upon the ridge
+they had gained, following it to where it joined the main valley, and
+afterwards turned from the varied panorama of grassy upland forest and
+rock, over the boundary-line to where to his right all was snow--pure
+white snow, which looked deliciously soft, and sparked with a million
+rays.
+
+"All seems clear, Gedge," he said at last. "So let us start. That is
+to be our resting-place to-night, or as near to it as we can get."
+
+"That mountain with a big point and a little un, sir?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Don't seem half a day's journey, sir. Everything's so clear that
+things look close to yer. But I know better now. Ready, sir?"
+
+"We'll keep a little to the left, so as to get nearer to the snow, and
+where it seems easy walking we'll take to it; but for the most part I
+shall keep to the division-line between the snow and the scrubby growth.
+It will be rough travelling; but we shall not have to cut our way
+through briars. I'll lead now. Forward!"
+
+They started at once, and soon found the journeying far more rough than
+either could have imagined, for what had looked in the distance a pebbly
+track was a slope burdened with blocks of shaley rock, which yielded to
+their tread, and slipped and rattled to such an extent that Bracy was
+glad to strike off higher still, towards the snow, which ran up in a
+beautiful curve towards one of the nearest mountains, round whose
+shoulder they could make a cut which would bring them out miles nearer
+their goal.
+
+At the end of a couple of miles the bottom of the snow-slope was
+reached, and the line of demarcation was boldly marked, the flattened,
+broken stones ending at once, so that the leader stepped directly upon
+the dazzling crystals, which filled in all the little rifts and hollows,
+and treacherously promised smooth, easy going for miles. But Bracy was
+undeceived at the first step, for he plunged his leg to the knee in
+granular snow, as yielding and incoherent as so much sand. Withdrawing
+it, he walked on a few steps and tried again, to find the frozen
+particles just as yielding; while Gedge had the same experience.
+
+"Not much chance o' sliding and skating over this stuff, sir," he cried.
+
+"No. It is impossible. We should be done up at the end of a mile. We
+must keep to the rocks and stones."
+
+Bracy was looking wistfully at the soft, tempting-looking expanse, when
+a quick movement on Gedge's part took his attention.
+
+"What is it?" he asked.
+
+"Didn't you say we must soon be thinking of shooting something for
+rations?"
+
+"Yes. But it is too soon yet. We don't want anything more to carry.
+But what can you see?"
+
+"Looks like a drove o' somethings, sir--goats, I think--right across the
+snow yonder, where there's a dark mark like rocks. I can't quite make
+'em out; for I dessay it's a couple o' miles away; but it's moving."
+
+"Wait a moment," said Bracy; and he got out his glass, set the butt of
+his rifle on a stone, and rested the glass on the muzzle, so as to get a
+steady look.
+
+"I see nothing," he said--"nothing but field after field of snow, with a
+few rocky ridges; and beyond them, rocks again, a long slope, and--Yes,
+I see now. Why, Gedge, man, there must be a couple of hundred."
+
+"Well, sir, we don't want 'em," said Gedge, on the fox and grapes
+principle; "and goat's meat's awful strong, no matter how you cook it."
+
+"Goats? Nonsense! Armed men, Gedge, for I could see the flashing of
+the sunshine off their weapons."
+
+"Phee-ew!" whistled Gedge. "See us, sir?"
+
+"I hope not. But they are going in a direction which will take them
+right across our road just at the same time as we reach the spot."
+
+"That's awk'ard, sir. But I thought we'd been getting high up here
+because there'd be no people to hinder us."
+
+"So I thought, my lad; but this is an exception. These people are
+crossing the mountain-passes, possibly to join the tribes besieging the
+fort."
+
+"And what about them yonder?" said Gedge, nodding to the right.
+
+"What! You don't mean to say that you can see more in that direction?"
+
+As Bracy spoke he snatched out the glass he was replacing, and held it
+half-way to his eyes, for he did not need it. The object seen was too
+plain against the sky-line, where a few tiny figures could be seen, and
+trailing down a slope from them towards the east was a long, white,
+irregular line, which the glass directly after proved to be a strong
+body of followers.
+
+"Same sort, sir?" said Gedge coolly.
+
+"Yes; going as if to cut us off. Gedge, we must start back into the
+little valley, and follow it up, so as to get into another. It means
+miles more to tramp; but we can do nothing in this direction."
+
+"Right, sir. When you're ready."
+
+"But we can't walk right away, for these last would see us. We must
+crawl for a few yards to those rocks below there."
+
+The next minute they were on all-fours, crawling from stone to stone--a
+laborious task, laden as they were; but, short as the distance was, they
+had not half-covered it before Bracy whispered sharply:
+
+"Flat down. Perhaps they have not seen us."
+
+"Not they, sir. They were too far off."
+
+"Hush! Don't you see--right in front, four or five hundred yards away--
+those four men stalking us? Why, Gedge, they see our coats as we crawl,
+and are taking us for sheep."
+
+"Ah-h!" ejaculated Gedge, as for the first time he realised the fresh
+danger threatening them, in the shape of a little party, evidently
+coming from the direction of their last night's resting-place. As he
+saw that one of them had thrown himself down, and, dragging his gun
+after him, was making for a heap of stones, from whence he evidently
+intended to fire, Gedge prepared to meet the shot in military fashion.
+
+"Trying to stalk us, sir. You're right; that's it. Give me the word,
+and I'll open fire. He'll think he never stalked such a sheep as me
+before."
+
+"It was my fancy, Gedge," said Bracy. "They belong to the party whom we
+scattered yesterday, and they've been following on our track. Quick! we
+must have first fire."
+
+The last words had not quitted his lips when Gedge's rifle cracked, and
+the danger was averted, for the man's long gun dropped from his hands as
+he sprang up, crawling though he was, into a curious position on
+all-fours, rolled over on to his side, and them back again, to spring to
+his feet, and run as hard as he could after his companions, who had
+already taken to their heels.
+
+"That's a bad shot, and no mistake, sir," said Gedge.
+
+"The best you ever made, Gedge," cried Bracy; "for it has done all we
+required."
+
+"Took him in the arm, sir, and spoiled his shooting for a month, I know.
+As good as killing him, I s'pose."
+
+"Better," said Bracy. "We don't want the poor wretch's life; only to
+save our own. Now, what next? We'd better lie still for a bit to see
+if they rally and come on again."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Gedge, watching the retreating party, and fiddling with
+the sighting of his rifle--"five hundred yards--six--eight,"--and last
+of all "thousand. I think I could send a bullet among their legs, sir.
+Shall I? Let 'em see that they'd better keep their distance."
+
+"Try and scatter the stones close to them," replied Bracy. And as he
+lay upon his chest, with his feet raised and legs crossed, Gedge took a
+long and careful aim, pressed the trigger gently, and the next moment
+the retreating party bounded apart, scattering, and running swiftly on.
+
+"Another good shot," said Bracy; "though I could not see where it
+struck; it is evident that it did strike close to their feet."
+
+The glass was in the young officer's hand, and he followed the enemy's
+movements with it, seeing the little party close up again, and then make
+for a ridge in the distance--one which threatened to conceal them as
+soon as it was passed; but there was something else to see, for all at
+once the solitude of the elevation was broken by a figure springing into
+sight, to be followed by a large group, who began to descend slowly to
+meet the retreating four; and of their movements Bracy kept his
+companion aware with a word or two at intervals, without changing his
+position or removing his glass from his eye.
+
+"They're close together now--the last man has joined them--they're
+looking in this direction--they've turned round, and are going up the
+slope again. Ha! the last man has passed over--gone."
+
+"Would you mind having a look at the other two lots now, sir, to see
+what they're doing?" said Gedge quietly.
+
+The little glass was slowed round on the instant, and Bracy examined the
+party to the right, and then, turning to the left, made a long
+examination of the danger there, before closing the glass again.
+
+"They are keeping steadily on along those slopes, Gedge, as if to
+converge some miles farther on."
+
+"Hadn't we better play the same game, sir?" said Gedge quietly.
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"Do a bit o' converging, sir, whatever it is."
+
+"I don't set; how we can at present," replied Bracy, laughing sadly.
+"No. It seems as if the only thing left for us to do is to lie still
+here till the coast is clear--I mean, the enemy out of sight; then keep
+on cautiously, and trust to getting beyond them in the darkness. It is
+terribly unfortunate, Gedge."
+
+"'Tis, sir, and wastes so much time. Think they have seen us?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Nor those chaps as was stalking us?"
+
+"The distance is too great unless they have powerful glasses."
+
+"That's good, sir. Then all we've got to mind is those chaps we've been
+skirmishing with. They'll be like the rest of 'em, I expect--hanging
+after us till they can get a shot."
+
+"Yes; and I'm afraid that they will descend into yon little side valley
+to try and get ahead of us, so as to lie in wait, farther on."
+
+"Like as not, sir. Just the sort of mean thing they would do, never
+stopping to think as we could easily have shot their chief in the back
+when we were in ambush, just as I could have dropped that chap in his
+tracks just now. I don't want to brag, sir; but I could."
+
+"It is not boasting, my lad," said Bracy. "You have your marks for good
+shooting. But we must countermarch those fellows. We have nearly a
+mile the start of them, and I don't suppose those two bodies of men are
+likely to take any notice of such a pair of rough-looking objects as we
+are; so come along."
+
+"Which way, sir?"
+
+"Straight for our mountain yonder. What we want is a deep gully into
+which we could plunge, and then we could walk fast or run part of the
+way."
+
+"And hide again, sir? Well, it'll be strange if in all this great
+mountainy place we can't puzzle those fellows behind."
+
+"We can, Gedge," said Bracy, "if once we get out of their sight."
+
+"So we are now, sir."
+
+"We don't know that. Several pairs of keen eyes may be watching our
+movements, for I dare say as soon as we stand up our figures will show
+plainly against the snow. But we must risk all that. There, we must
+chance it now, so let's get on our way."
+
+Bracy took another good look round with his glass from where he lay upon
+his chest among the stones; and though the enemy looked distant, the
+mountain he had marked down seemed to have doubled its remoteness, and
+the snowy passes and peaks which moved slowly across the field of his
+glass raised themselves up like so many terrible impediments to the
+mission he had set himself to carry through. Only a brief inspection,
+but there was time enough for a rush of thoughts to sweep to his brain,
+all of which looked dim and confused in the cloud of doubt which arose
+as to the possibility of reaching the Ghil Valley.
+
+It was horrible, for he could see in imagination the scene at the fort,
+where all were gathered to see him off, and every eye was brightened
+with the hope its owner felt; each countenance looked full of trust in
+one who, they felt sure, would bring back success, and save the fort in
+its terrible time of need. While now a cold chill seemed to be stealing
+through him, and failure was staring him in the face.
+
+A quick mental and bodily effort, a blush of shame suffusing his face,
+and he was himself again--the young soldier ready for any emergency; and
+the next minute he was biting his lip with vexation at his momentary
+weakness. For there was Gedge watching him patiently, his follower who
+looked up to him for help and guidance--his man ready to obey him to the
+death, but, on the other hand, who looked for the payment of being cared
+for and protected, and not having his services misused by the cowardly
+action of a superior.
+
+"It is just as I felt that day when I was swimming a mile from shore,"
+he said to himself. "I felt that same chill, and thought that there was
+nothing for me to do but give up and drown. Then the same feeling of
+shame at my cowardice attacked me, and I struck out quietly, and went on
+and on to land. The fort is my land this time, and I'm going to reach
+it again by being cool. Oh, what a brain and power of self-control a
+General must possess to master all his awful responsibilities! but he
+does, and leads his men to victory against tremendous odds; while here I
+have but my one man to lead, and am staggered at a difficulty that may
+dissolve like a mist. Gedge!"
+
+"Sir?"
+
+"Forward for that patch of rocks a quarter of a mile away in front,
+without hesitation or turning to look back."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Once there, I'll bring the glass to bear again on our rear. Make a
+bee-line for it, as if you were going to take up new ground for your
+company. Once there, we can make for another and another, and if we are
+pursued each clump of rocks will make us breastworks or rifle-pits. Up!
+Forward!"
+
+Gedge started on the instant, talking to himself, as he felt that he
+ought still to maintain a soldierly silence.
+
+"Quarter of a mile--eh? That's a good half, or I've failed in judging
+distance, after all, and turned out a reg'lar duller. Cheeky, though,
+to think I know better than my orficer. Dunno, though; I've done twice
+as much of it as he have.--Wonder whether them beggars have begun
+stalking us again. Dessay they have. Sure to. My! how I should like
+to look back! That's the worst o' being a swaddy on dooty. Your soul
+even don't seem to be your own. Never mind; orders is orders, and I'm
+straight for them rocks; but natur's natur', even if it's in a savage
+nigger with a firework-spark gun and a long knife. If those chaps don't
+come sneaking after us for a shot as soon as they've seen us on the
+move, I'm a Dutchman."
+
+Bill Gedge was not a Dutchman, but East London to the backbone, and
+quite right; for, before he and the officer were a hundred yards on
+their way to take up new ground, first one and then another
+white-clothed figure came cautiously into the wide field of view, quite
+a mile away, but plainly seen in that wonderfully clear air, and came on
+in a half-stooping way, suggesting hungry wolves slinking steadily and
+surely along after their prey.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY SEVEN.
+
+A QUESTION OF HELMETS.
+
+Bracy felt quite sure that they were being tracked, but he did not look
+round till they were well within the shelter of the rocks for which they
+aimed. Then, as soon as he could feel that he was certain of being
+unobserved, he raised his head above one of the blocks, and took his
+glass to read more fully their position. For, in a long line, at
+intervals of some ten yards or so, the enemy was coming on, without a
+sign of haste, but in the quiet, determined way of those who know that
+they are following an absolute certainty, and that it is only a matter
+of time before their prey drops down at their mercy.
+
+The day was gloriously bright, and the vast landscape of rock, forest,
+and gleaming water to their left, and the dazzling stretch of peak,
+snowfield, and glacier, with its many gradations of silver and delicious
+blue, on their right, presented a scene which the mind might have
+revelled in for hours. But Bracy saw nothing of Nature's beauties, for
+his attention was centred in the long line of tribes-men coming slowly
+on, their movements being so full of suggestion and offering themselves
+for easy reading.
+
+Bracy closed his glass, and turned with wrinkled brow to Gedge, who took
+this as an invitation to give his opinion; and he went on at once, as if
+in answer to a few remarks from his officer.
+
+"Yes, sir," he said; "it is a nice game, and no mistake. The cowards!
+Look at 'em, sir. That's what they mean to do--come sneaking along
+after us, waiting for a chance to rush in and take a stroke, and then
+slipping off again before we can get a shot at 'em. That's what they
+think; but they're making the biggest mistake they over made in their
+lives. They don't know yet what one of our rifles can do."
+
+"You think they mean to follow us up, Gedge?"
+
+"That's it, sir. They'll hang about for a chance. These niggers
+haven't got anything to do; so, when they see a chance of doing a bit of
+a job so as to get something, they give theirselves up to it and go on,
+spending days and weeks to get hold of what they could have got honestly
+in half the time. But, look here, sir."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy, nodding, as his companion tapped his rifle. "We
+could keep them off by good shooting, Gedge, while it is light; but what
+about the darkness?"
+
+"Yes; that's what bothers me, sir. They don't try the shooting then,
+but sets their guns on one side, and lakes to those long, sharp knives."
+
+Bracy nodded again, and Gedge drew back, and began to make quick points
+with his rifle, acting as if the bayonet were fixed.
+
+"That'll be it after dark, sir. Bay'net's more than a match for any
+knife in the dark."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy; "but it means one of us to be always awake, and in
+such a journey as ours this will be distressing."
+
+"Never mind, sir. We'll take double allowance of sleep first chance
+afterwards. Yes; I see, sir; that patch o' stones, one of which lies
+over o' one side--to the left."
+
+"Forward!" said Bracy; and the spot indicated was reached, the short
+halt made, and they went on again, after noting that the enemy was
+slowly following on their track.
+
+That seemed a day of days to Bracy, and interminably long and wearisome.
+They kept along as near the edge of the snow as they could, and watched
+the two bodies of men to right and left till they were hidden by the
+inequalities of the ground; but they came into sight again and again.
+About midday the two parties were seen to meet, and then come to a halt,
+about a mile from where Bracy and his companion crouched, as usual, in
+among some loose rocks, in the unenviable position of being between two
+fires, the enemy in the rear halting too, and making no effort to come
+to close quarters after the lesson they had learned about the long,
+thin, pencil-like bullets sent whistling from Gedge's rifle.
+
+"Can you make out what they are doing, sir?" asked Gedge.
+
+"Sitting together, and I think eating."
+
+"That's what you said the others were doing, sir."
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then wouldn't it be a good time for us to be having a refresher, sir?"
+
+"Very good time indeed, Gedge, if you can eat," said Bracy meaningly.
+
+"If I can eat, sir?" said Gedge, turning over his officer's words.
+"Why, sir, I feel famished. Don't you?"
+
+"No," said Bracy sadly. "I suppose the anxiety has taken away my
+appetite."
+
+"But you must eat, sir. Make your load lighter, too. There are times
+when I feel as if I should like to eat all I want, and then chuck all
+the rest away. One don't seem to want anything but cartridges; but
+then, you see, sir, one does, or else the works won't go. I'm wonderful
+like a watch, I am--I want winding up reg'lar, and then I go very tidy;
+but if I'm not wound up to time I runs down and turns faint and queer,
+and about the biggest coward as ever shouldered a rifle. I'm just no
+use at all, not even to run away, for I ain't got no strength. Yes,
+sir, that's how it is: I must be wound up as much as a Waterbury watch,
+and wittles is the key."
+
+"Go on, then," said Bracy, smiling; "wind yourself up, Gedge, and I'll
+do the same."
+
+"Thank ye, sir; that's done me no end o' good," cried the lad,
+brightening up. "You've give me a reg'lar good appetite now."
+
+Gedge proceeded to prove this fact at once, and his words and the
+example set him had the effect of making his leader begin to eat a few
+mouthfuls, these leading to more; and at the end of a minute or two both
+were heartily enjoying their repast, although the prospect before them
+seemed to promise that this would be the last meal of which they would
+partake.
+
+As they watched the enemy in front and rear they could only come to the
+conclusion that it was as impossible to continue their journey as it was
+to retreat. There was the open north to the left of their intended
+course, but as far as they could make out it was impassable. By stern
+endeavour they felt that they might in time wade through the deep snow
+and reach the mountains; but, as far as they could judge, farther
+progress in the way of striking through them, and then turning round to
+their right, was not possible without the aid of ice-axe and rope. And
+again, there was the less mountainous part of the country across the
+side valley they had traversed, and where they might climb the ridge and
+make a circuit to the left; but that course would probably lead them
+more amongst the encampments of the enemy besieging the fort; and they
+had hardly begun discussing this course when Gedge exclaimed:
+
+"Take your spy-glass, sir. There's game or something on the move over
+yonder to the south."
+
+"A strong body of men, Gedge," said Bracy decisively. "The country's
+alive with the wretches, and these are evidently going to join those in
+our valley."
+
+"Hard lines for the two Colonels and our poor lads, sir," said Gedge,
+with his face puckering up. "If it wasn't for orders I wouldn't mind
+them beggars behind; we'd get through them somehow, for it would be far
+better to go at 'em sharp and have it out, so that it might end one way
+or t'other, than keep creeping on here, never knowing when they may make
+a rush."
+
+"I feel the same, Gedge," said Bracy firmly; "but we have our orders,
+and that mountain we must reach by night."
+
+"Right, sir; I'm not grumbling; we're a-going to do it; but don't it
+seem rum? Only the other day the place was empty everywhere, and it was
+just as if the enemy had all been shot and buried theirselves, while
+when you gents went out shooting, and the Colonel sent out little
+parties to scout and cover you coming back, in case the niggers showed,
+we went about over and over again, and never see a soul. And now, just
+because you've got to take word to the Ghoorkha Colonel that we want
+help, all of 'em have turned out so as to send us back to our quarters."
+
+Bracy let his companion chatter on; but he was actively busy the while
+with his glass, which gave him a clear picture in miniature of every
+movement of their pursuers, at the same time convincing him that neither
+the enemy in front, nor those, perfectly plain now on the ridge across
+the little valley, were aware of their presence.
+
+"We must be getting on, Gedge," he said at last; "the enemy behind is on
+the move, and they are opening out to the left."
+
+"That means getting down to the hollow yonder, sir, to come upon our
+flank or cut us off. Oh! don't I wish you could detach a party
+skirmishing, ready to counter upon them and send 'em back; but the force
+aren't strong enough, sir. You see, you want me to form the reserve."
+
+Bracy smiled, and once more they stepped out, making for patch after
+patch of rocks, the more boldly now that they saw the enemy in front was
+crossing their intended track as if to get to the ridge on the other
+side of the valley, and form a junction with the men there.
+
+"Double!" said Bracy suddenly; and they trotted now wherever the ground
+would allow of such a way of progressing, and in the hope of getting
+well forward; but, to their disgust, it was to find that their
+indefatigable pursuers imitated every movement, running when they ran,
+and settling down again to a walk as soon as they slowed.
+
+And so the afternoon wore on, with the position in the rear unchanged,
+but the front clearing as the sun sank lower in the west.
+
+"There's a more hopeful lookout yonder, Gedge," said Bracy, "but these
+scoundrels seem more determined than ever."
+
+"That's right, sir; and the worst of it is they won't come, within shot.
+They're waiting for the dark. That's their game. Couldn't we steal a
+march on 'em somehow, sir? for this is getting a bit stupid."
+
+"We can steal the march as soon as it's dark," replied Bracy. "I have
+been thinking of that; but then there is the difficulty of getting along
+in this rough place, and we may be getting out of the frying-pan into
+the fire."
+
+"Well, I don't know as if would be any hotter, sir. Don't you think
+we'd better lie down behind some of the stones and pick a few of 'em off
+as they come up?"
+
+"It might cheek them, if we could do it; but if you look through the
+glass you will see that they keep sending a couple of men up all the
+high places, who keep watch, and they'd signal to their companions that
+we were in ambush."
+
+"I was afraid so, sir," said Gedge grimly; "that's always the way with
+my plans. There's always a hole in the bottom o' the tub I make 'em in,
+and they run out like sand."
+
+"How would this do?" said Bracy. "Suppose we pick out a good place just
+as it is getting dark, and settle ourselves down to watch."
+
+"That sounds right, sir," said Gedge encouragingly. "Then, as soon as
+they have got used to seeing us there looking over the stones, suppose
+we slip off our 'elmets, and leave them on the rocks, and creep away for
+some distance before we rise, and then go on as fast as we can so as the
+'elmets may keep 'em off for a bit, sir."
+
+"Yes; I see what you mean, but the trick is too old. Remember how the
+men put their helmets or caps above the breastworks to tempt them to
+fire. Depend upon it they would suspect."
+
+"May be, sir, may be not; but we're in a fix, and we must do something."
+
+"But the thing is what?"
+
+"If we wanted to go back, sir--to retreat," began Gedge.
+
+"Which we do not," said Bracy coldly.
+
+"Of course not right away, sir; but to make a fresh start, that dodge
+would do."
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"Why, this, sir; suppose we put our 'elmets on the tops o' two stones
+just as it's getting dark."
+
+"Well, go on," said Bracy impatiently.
+
+"Then we keep our eyes upon our gentlemen to see whether they come in
+nigh enough first so as to give us a shot, and if they don't we wait
+till it's dark enough."
+
+"And then go on as fast as we can, and without our helmets, to be
+exposed to the sun by day, the cold wind and snow by night, if we were
+not overtaken and finished. Bah, my lad! that will not do."
+
+"No, sir; but that ain't the way my story goes," said Gedge, grinning.
+
+"Let's have your way, then," said Bracy impatiently, as he scanned the
+enemy in the distance with his glass.
+
+"I mean this, sir. We puts our 'elmets as 'fore-said on the rocks,
+watches till it's quite dark, and then, instead o' doubling off on our
+journey, we just creeps away to right or left, say a hundred yards, and
+then lies down."
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"Bimeby, one by one, my gentlemen comes creeping up with their long
+knives, ready to cut us up in the dark, supposing that we're there on
+the watch. Dessay dozen of 'em would come, front, right, left, and
+rear; and then, after they've surrounded our 'elmets, they goes right in
+for us, and slashes them instead of us. Next minute there's a reg'lar
+hoo-roar, and most likely, if we're lucky, they've chopped one; another
+awful. But whether they have or not, they've found out we're not there,
+and that they've been done; and on they goes in a passion right away,
+hoping to catch up to us again in the morning to carry on the same game
+of following us and giving us no rest till we're quite done, and the job
+to finish us is as easy as that."
+
+He kissed his hand by way of illustrating the simplicity of the
+business.
+
+"Yes; we should get rid of their hideous, heart-wearing pursuit," said
+Bracy thoughtfully, "and then be able to make a fresh start, of course.
+But what about covering for our heads?"
+
+"Oh, don't you worry about that, sir. I'm on'y a thin un, and there's
+plenty o' spare stuff in this skin coat to spare for a couple o' woolly
+busbies as 'll suit us for this journey far better than 'elmets. The
+niggers at a distance would take us for the real article then. Now the
+spikes on our heads says English to every one as sees 'em."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy thoughtfully; "that might be done if we could make the
+wool hats."
+
+"Don't you worry yourself about that, sir. It's on'y like cutting two
+big long squares to measure, and doubling 'em over sidewise, and sewing
+two edges together. Then you sews the top edges, turns the thing inside
+out, and--"
+
+"Well, and what?" said Bracy, for the lad stopped short and grinned.
+
+"Puts 'em on, sir. That's all."
+
+"And we have scissors and needles and thread and thimbles, of course,"
+said Bracy mockingly.
+
+"That's right, sir. In my pocket. Didn't Mother Gee give me 'em all
+ready for sewing up bandages and seeing to wounds? I'd a deal rather
+make caps with 'em; wouldn't you?"
+
+"Of course, of course, Gedge," Bracy hastened to say. "Here, it's time
+we began to put our plan in action."
+
+"Time to get on a bit farther first, sir. But do you really think that
+dodge would do?"
+
+"I think enough of it to make me say that we'll try it, Gedge; and, if
+it succeeds, I tell you what, hard as it may be, we'll try the snow."
+
+"That's the place to hide in, sir, when we creep away."
+
+"Of course. Capital!"
+
+"Might roll ourselves over in it, and it would stick to our coats, and
+they'd never find us. But I don't know about going on that way, sir."
+
+"We must; I see no other."
+
+"But what about footmarks afterwards, sir? It's like putting down a lot
+o' holes to show 'em the way we've gone."
+
+"Holes that the sun would soon till in, or fresh snow fall to hide. But
+we need not study that. The enemy would go on and never think of coming
+back to make a fresh start. Even if they did, they would never find the
+place again that they went to in the dark."
+
+"Not by the 'elmets, sir?"
+
+"No; they'd make sure of them--carry them off as trophies. But I see a
+terrible difficulty."
+
+"Do yer, sir? I'm very sorry."
+
+"Suppose, while we're lying in the snow, one or two of the ruffians come
+and stumble right over us?"
+
+"I hope they won't, sir," said Gedge, with a grim look in his eyes, as
+he drew his dagger-like bayonet out and touched the point with his
+thumb. "That's pretty sharp, sir, and we should be on the lookout, and
+holding 'em in our hands, as what Sergeant Gee calls a shiver-de-freexe.
+They might tumble on them."
+
+"Gedge, my lad, you're full of resources," said Bracy eagerly. "We'll
+try your plan, exactly as you propose."
+
+"Thank ye, sir," said the lad uneasily; "but I don't want you to think
+I'm cocky and knowing, and like to be thought double cunning."
+
+"That will do," said Bracy, smiling. "Let's think of the task we have
+in hand. It is no time to discuss trifles. This is all part of
+fighting for our lives."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY EIGHT.
+
+IN THE SNOW.
+
+In the tramp which followed, with the hill-men creeping on after them in
+the same slow, untiring way, Gedge had his eyes about him, and drew
+forth a sharp order from his officer when he began to deviate a little
+from the straight course towards a dwarf clump of pines, the highest of
+which was not above six feet.
+
+"What are you going there for?"
+
+"Want 'em, sir, for rifles," was the reply. Bracy nodded; and upon
+reaching the clump, a few sharp strokes from the lad's bayonet cut down
+and trimmed what formed a couple of longish walking-sticks, one of which
+he handed over to his officer, who used his in the latter capacity,
+Gedge soon following suit.
+
+"That's what I want them to think, sir," said Gedge, digging his down at
+every second pace. "Now, sir, what do you say? Don't you think we
+might edge in more towards the snow?"
+
+"Soon," said Bracy, pointing. "There's just the spot we want;" and,
+raising his glass, he stopped to examine a group of blocks of stone some
+fifty yards from the edge of the snowfield, which here sent down a few
+sharp points, giving it the appearance at a distance of a huge, vandyked
+piece of white lace.
+
+"Couldn't find a better place if we tried, sir," said Gedge; "but we
+ain't left ourselves time enough. If we had thought of it sooner, I
+could have cut out and made the busbies."
+
+"We shall have plenty of time for that to-morrow," said Bracy. "We must
+manage by tying on handkerchiefs for to-night, and pulling up the great
+collars as if they were hoods."
+
+A short time after, each with his handkerchief over his head, the pair
+crouched behind two stones, upon which their helmets had been placed;
+and beside them the two sticks were planted, so that at a short distance
+any one would have been deceived and made to believe that a couple of
+men were on the watch for danger.
+
+Two men were on the watch for danger, but in a different way, both lying
+prone, Bracy, with his glass to his eyes, carefully sweeping the
+distance, and keeping it fixed upon the enemy, who looked strangely
+quiet, as they grouped together and seemed to be feasting.
+
+"Looks as if they meant to settle there, then, for the night, sir," said
+Gedge, as Bracy reported to him everything he noted.
+
+"Yes; it looks so."
+
+"But we don't trust 'em, bless yer, sir. That's their artfulness;
+foxing--that's what they're doing. Won't be able to see 'em much
+longer--will you, sir?"
+
+"No; it's getting dark very fast; but I can make them out, I dare say,
+till they begin to move."
+
+"Hope you will, sir," said Gedge softly, and lying with his knees bent,
+kicking his feet about in the air, after the fashion of a boy in a field
+on a sunny day, and looking quite unconscious of the fact that this
+night might be one of the most terrible they had ever been called upon
+to pass.
+
+Some minutes elapsed now in perfect silence, during which a fiery look
+on the topmost peak of one of the mountains died out slowly into cherry
+red, and finally became invisible, a few stars twinkling out as the red
+light died.
+
+"Gedge," said Bracy in a quick whisper, such as he might have uttered
+had the enemy been close upon them, and about to spring, instead of many
+hundred yards away.
+
+"Sir?"
+
+"They are on the move."
+
+"Can't see 'em, sir."
+
+"No; and they cannot see us, but I can dimly make them out with the
+glass. They are separating from their centre, and coming on. Ha! gone.
+I can see no more."
+
+He put away the glass in the darkness, which now seemed to roll down
+upon them like a cloud from the mountains, giving the snowfield a
+ghastly look which made Bracy hesitate.
+
+"I'm afraid it would be better to go off to the left among the stones."
+
+"Don't, sir, pray," said Gedge earnestly.
+
+"But our dark bodies will show against the snow."
+
+"Not they, sir. We'll roll in it, and it'll be darker in half-an-hour.
+They'll be all that before they get here--won't they?"
+
+"Quite. They are sure to come on very slowly, and allow time for part
+of them to get right into our rear."
+
+"Yes, sir; that's right."
+
+"Now, then, are you ready?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+There was again silence, and, but for the ghostly glare of the snow, all
+was very dark.
+
+"We seem to be going into the most dangerous place," whispered Bracy,
+with his breath coming thickly.
+
+"And that's the very place they'll never think we should hide in, sir,
+if they were likely to think we were going to hide. No, sir: their keen
+eyes 'll just make out them two 'elmets, and they'll think o' nothing
+else but driving their long knives into them as wears 'em, from behind.
+I do hope we shall hear 'em blunting the points against, the stones."
+
+"Have you everything?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Then, forward! Go fifty paces slowly over the snow. I shall follow
+close behind you in your steps."
+
+The snow yielded, so that they were knee-deep, but it was still loose
+and so sand-like in its grains that as each foot was withdrawn the icy
+particles flowed together again into each freshly-made hole.
+
+Five minutes later the adventurous pair lay softly down, and rolled over
+and over a few times, before lying prone upon their chests, each with
+his head towards the invisible helmets, and near enough to whisper or
+touch one another with the hand. Their rifles lay by their sides, with
+the cartouche-boxes handy: and, in case of a close attack, their
+revolvers were in the right sides of their belts, half dragged round to
+the back, while each held his dagger-like bayonet in his band.
+
+"Do you feel the cold, Gedge?" whispered Bracy.
+
+"Cold, sir? Why, I'm as hot as hot. This work's too warm for a fellow
+to feel the cold. Do you, sir?"
+
+"No; my face burns as if with fever, and every nerve tingles with
+excitement. There, we must not even whisper again."
+
+"Right, sir."
+
+"The first moment you hear a sound of any one approaching, touch my left
+arm."
+
+"Right, sir; but hadn't I better lie t'other side of you? They'll come
+that way."
+
+"They'll come from all round at once, my lad. There, don't be afraid.
+If we are going to have trouble, I dare say you will get your full
+share. Now, silence; and when they come you must hardly breathe."
+
+Then silence ensued, and seemed to Bracy the most oppressive that he had
+ever encountered in facing danger. For the solemnity of the night in
+the great mountains was brooding over them, out of which at any moment
+death, in the shape of a keen knife, might descend. There was not a
+breath of air, but an icy chill dropped down from above, making the snow
+crystals turn sharp and crisp, crackling softly at the slightest
+movement. But the frosty air had no effect upon them, save to make
+their blood tingle in their veins and a peculiar, pricking sensation
+play about their nostrils as they drew their breath, tiny needles of ice
+twining as they respired, and making a hoar-frost upon Bracy's
+moustache.
+
+The time went on as if the movement of the earth had been checked by the
+frost; but, listen as they would, the silence was profound, and a full
+hour seemed to have passed, though it was not a fourth part of that
+time.
+
+"They will not come," thought Bracy, as his eyes were turned in every
+direction he could force them to sweep, and the change appeared very
+striking from the black atmosphere in front, and right and left to the
+faint light suggestive of electricity or phosphorescence which made the
+snow dimly visible.
+
+But the enemy made no sign: and, with that horrible stillness as of
+death reigning and seeming to crush them into the snow, they lay waiting
+and longing for some sound--for the coming of the enemy; for the wild
+excitement of an encounter would, Bracy felt, be far preferable to that
+maddening suspense.
+
+As he lay there and thought, his ever-active brain was full of
+suggestions regarding what would take place. The enemy would not dare
+to come, and a night's sleep would have been lost--they would come, see
+them with their penetrating eyes, pounce upon them, there would be a few
+savage unexpected strokes, and all would be over; while poor Colonel
+Graves would watch and wait, looking ever for the succour that did not
+come.
+
+"But he will not lose faith in his messengers," Bracy thought, with a
+thrill of satisfaction running through him. "He will know that I strove
+to do my best."
+
+Then his thoughts took another direction. Why should not--after the
+careful preparations made--the _ruse_ be successful, the enemy be
+deceived, and go in pursuit according to their ideas, leaving the two
+adventurers free to make their fresh departure? But that, the most
+natural outcome of the plan, Bracy, in his excitement, set aside as
+being the least likely to occur, and he lay in agony, straining every
+nerve to condense his faculties into the one great sense of hearing,
+till it seemed to him that his companion's breathing sounded
+preternaturally loud.
+
+"Why, he's asleep! The miserable, careless scoundrel!" thought Bracy.
+"Those men have no thought beyond the present. How can one trust them?
+How easily we might be surprised if he were the watch!"
+
+A flush of shame made the thinker's cheeks burn the next moment, he had,
+in his annoyance, stretched out his left hand to reach dodge's shoulder
+and give him a violent shake. But half-way he checked the progress of
+his hand; for, sotting aside the danger of waking a sleeper and making
+him start and utter some ejaculation, which might betray them to a
+lurking enemy, he recalled the fact that a touch was to be the signal to
+announce the coming of the enemy.
+
+The next moment, as his hand lay upon the snow where he had let it fall,
+another hand was laid upon it, and his fingers were gripped by a set of
+fingers which held it fast and gave it a firm, steady pressure, to which
+he warmly responded, his heart beating fast, and a genial glow of
+satisfaction running through him in his penitence for misjudging his
+faithful companion.
+
+Then the hand that grasped his was snatched away, and he lay listening
+and gazing in every direction that he could command for the danger just
+signalled to him by Gedge. Nothing to right or left, and he dared not
+stir to look back over the snow. Nothing in front, not a sign of any
+one near; and in his excitement he began to wonder whether his companion
+had made a mistake in his over-eagerness, for the silence was more
+oppressive than ever.
+
+"What was that?"
+
+A spasm shot through the listener, making every nerve and muscle tense
+as steel; his breath came thick and fast, and the dull, heavy throb,
+throb of his heart sounded loudly in his brain--so loudly that he held
+his breath and would have checked the pulsations if he could.
+
+There was no doubt now: the enemy was close at hand, and Bracy's fingers
+closed over the hilt of his bayonet with a tremendous grip, for he felt
+that his revolver would be useless in that terrible darkness, and he
+shrank from wasting a shot.
+
+He could see nothing, but there was the danger just in front in the snow
+of those thirty yards which lay between them and the rocks. That danger
+was represented to the listeners in imagination by the figure--two
+figures--of the white-coated enemy, crawling slowly as huge worms might,
+have progressed over the snow. At times they were perfectly still, but
+ever and again there was the extremely gentle, crackling sound of the
+icy grains rubbing together with a soft, rustling sound, no more than a
+snake would have made passing along a dusty track.
+
+Bracy strained his eyes, but he could see nothing. He could not tell
+whether the two enemies were a yard or ten or twenty away from where he
+lay; but his straining ears told him that they were there, passing him
+from right to left, and he felt convinced that others must be moving
+slowly from all directions towards that one point, where the helmets
+were placed upon the pieces of stone.
+
+So far, then, all was right; but he felt that at any moment he might
+hear others coming along behind, and those might strike the very spot
+where they two were lying.
+
+Thought after thought of this kind flashed through Bracy's brain, as he
+tightened his hold of the bayonet, and held it point upward ready for
+use against his first assailant, while the strange crepitation of the
+frozen snow went on for what seemed like a long period, so greatly was
+everything magnified by the excitement through which it was mentally
+viewed.
+
+By degrees, though, the creeping sound, which had seemed to stop more
+than once, ceased entirely, and the listeners waited quite half-an-hour,
+fancying twice over that they heard the faint click of stone against
+stone; but they could not be sure, and they dared not communicate
+otherwise than by a pressure of the hand, for there was still the
+possibility of the enemy being close in front. Though as the minutes
+crawled slowly by, and no fresh sound was heard, the feeling grew
+stronger and stronger that they had attributed the creeping noise to the
+enemy, when it was probably some inoffensive wild creature seeking for
+food, while the enemy had passed the spot in the dark, and were by now
+far away.
+
+Bracy had just come to this conclusion, and had begun to think of the
+wisdom of crawling off the snow, which was beginning to melt beneath him
+from the warmth of his body, when his heart gave a leap as if some nerve
+had received a sudden twitch. For there came low and clear from a short
+distance away a peculiar sound such as might be produced by a night-bird
+on the wing. Then all was still once more.
+
+"Was that a signal?" thought Bracy; "or have we been deceived?"
+
+He thought earnestly, and felt that, after all, the enemy would under
+the circumstances act just as they were acting. There seemed to be an
+excess of caution, but none too much, approaching as they would be to
+surprise whoever was on the watch, and going with their lives literally
+in their hands.
+
+"Phit!"
+
+The same low, peculiar sound again, making Bracy start into a wild fit
+of excitement. Then there was a quick running as of many feet towards
+the central spot, followed by clink, clink, clink--the striking of steel
+on stone, and then a momentary silence, followed by a peculiar rumbling
+and a burst of voices.
+
+"Gug!"
+
+Bracy turned sharply, bayonet in hand, ready to strike, for the horrible
+thought struck him that Gedge had just received a tierce thrust which
+pinned him to the frozen snow; but as he leaned in his direction a hand
+touched his wrist and gave it a grip, holding it tightly, and making him
+draw a deep breath full of relief.
+
+Meanwhile the voices increased, their owners talking fiercely, and
+though the tongue was almost unintelligible, a word was caught here and
+there, and they grasped the fact that every man seemed to want to talk
+at once, and to be making suggestions.
+
+But the speakers did not keep to one place. As far as Bracy could make
+out, they had broken up into parties, which hurried here and there, one
+coming so near to where the listeners lay that they felt that their time
+for action had come at last, and, palpitating with excitement, they
+prepared to meet the first attack.
+
+And now Bracy heard a sound as of some one breathing hard, and turned
+his head sharply to whisper a word of warning to his companion; but it
+was not uttered, for the sound came from beyond him, and with its
+repetition came the sound of laborious steps being taken through the
+snow, he who made them panting hard with the exertion as he came on to
+within a couple of yards of Gedge, and then suddenly turned off and made
+for the rocks.
+
+He made so much noise now that he knew there was no need for
+concealment, that Gedge took advantage of the man getting more distant
+to reach over to his officer and whisper, with his lips close to Bracy's
+ear:
+
+"That chap 'll never know how near he was to leaving off snoring like
+that, sir, for good."
+
+"Hush!" whispered Bracy, and a fresh burst of talking arose as if to
+greet the man who had returned to the rocks from making a circuit round
+the trap.
+
+And now it seemed as if the whole party were spreading out and coming
+towards where the couple lay, for the voices sounded louder and came
+nearer, making Bracy gently raise himself ready to hurry his follower
+away: but the sounds came no closer, the speakers pausing at the edge of
+the snow, where it sounded as if their plans were; being discussed.
+
+Then all at once the talking ceased, and the beat of many feet, with the
+rattling of loose stones, fell on the listener's ears, telling that the
+enemy was in motion; and the sounds they made grew fainter and fainter,
+and then died out entirely.
+
+"They seem to be gone," whispered Bracy, with his lips close to Gedge's
+ear.
+
+"Oh yes, they're gone, sir, at last," was the reply.
+
+"We must not be too sure. A few may be left behind to keep watch."
+
+"Not them, sir. I can't see as it's likely."
+
+Bracy was silent for a few moments, during which he listened intently
+for the faintest sound; but all was still.
+
+"Get up," he said briefly, and then started at his own voice, it sounded
+so husky and strange.
+
+Gedge uttered a sigh of relief as he shook the adhering snow from his
+woolly coat.
+
+"Stiff, Gedge?" said Bracy.
+
+"Horrid, sir. A good fight wouldn't come amiss. Hear me laugh, sir?"
+
+"When you made that sound?"
+
+"Yes, sir: that bit would come out, though I'd shut my mouth with my
+hand."
+
+"What made you laugh at such a time?"
+
+"To hear them cuttin' and stabbin' at the rocks, sir, and blunting their
+knives."
+
+"Oh, I see!"
+
+"Wonder whether they chopped our 'elmets, sir. Would you mind ordering
+me to see if there's any bits left?"
+
+"The task is of no good," said Bracy. "But we'll walk back to the place
+and try if we can find them. Take out your revolver. No. Fix
+bayonets--we could use them better now."
+
+There was a faint clicking, and then, with their rifles levelled, the
+pair marched laboriously off the snow, and then cautiously felt their
+way among the stones, Bracy's main object being to find out for certain
+that there were no sentries left. The noise they could not help making
+among the stones proved this directly, and they unwittingly, in spite of
+the darkness, went straight to the spot where they had set up the sticks
+and helmets, when Gedge uttered a low cry full of excitement.
+
+"Why, they never come across 'em, sir. I've got 'em, standing here just
+as we left 'em. Well, I'm blessed! I know the difference by the feel.
+That's yours, sir, and this is mine. Talk about luck! Ha! I feel
+better now. Woolly busbies is all very well, but they don't look
+soldierly. I could have made some right enough, but we should ha'
+wanted to take 'em off before we got back to the fort."
+
+"A splendid bit of luck, Gedge," said Bracy as he drew the strap of his
+helmet beneath his chin. "Now for our next step. What do you think?"
+
+"Wittles, sir. Can't think o' nothing else just now. I should say,
+with what we've got to do, the next thing's to begin stoking before our
+fires go out."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER TWENTY NINE.
+
+AWFUL MOMENTS.
+
+It was with serious feelings of compunction that Bracy set this example
+to his eager companion, by seating himself on one of the stones and
+beginning to combat the weary sensation of faintness which troubled him
+by partaking of a portion of his fast-shrinking store of provisions.
+For the fact was beginning to stare him in the face that, going on as
+they had begun, their little store could not by any possibility last,
+till they reached the Ghoorkha camp, and that in depending upon their
+rifles for a fresh supply they would be leaning upon a very rotten reed,
+since, surrounded as they seemed to be by enemies, it would be
+impossible to fire, while everything in the shape of game had so far
+been absent. But his spirits rose as he refreshed himself.
+
+"I will not build imaginary mountains," he said mentally; "there are
+plenty about us at last."
+
+"There, sir," said Gedge, breaking in upon his musings suddenly; "I'm
+ready for anything now. I should like to lie down and have a good
+sleep; but I s'pose we mustn't do that."
+
+"Not till we have crossed that ridge up to the north, Gedge. It will be
+hard work, but it must be done."
+
+"And get into the valley on the other side, sir, 'fore we go on
+east'ard?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"S'pose there'll be a valley t'other side, sir?"
+
+"No doubt about it."
+
+"Then, when you're ready, sir, I am. If we've got it to do, let's begin
+and get this soft bit over, for we shan't get along very fast."
+
+"No; the soft snow makes the travelling bad; but we go higher at every
+step, and by-and-by we may find it hard. Now then, I'll lead. The
+ridge must be right before us, as far as I can make out."
+
+"Don't ask me, sir," said Gedge. "Wants a cat to see in the dark; but I
+think you must be right. Best way seems to me to keep on going uphill.
+That must be right, and when it's flat or going downhill it must be
+wrong."
+
+Bracy made no reply, but, after judging the direction as well as he
+could, strode off, and found that his ideas were right, for at the end
+of a few minutes the snow was crackling under their feet.
+
+"Now for it, Gedge. You'll have to lift your feet high at every step,
+while they sink so deeply. Hullo!"
+
+There was a sharp crackling as he extended his left foot, bore down upon
+it, and with a good deal of resistance it went through a crust of ice,
+but only a short way above the ankle. Quickly bringing up the other
+foot, he stepped forward, and it crushed through the hardening surface,
+but only for a few inches. The next step was on the rugged surface of
+slippery ice, and as they progressed slowly for about a hundred yards,
+it was to find the surface grow firmer and less disposed to give beneath
+their weight.
+
+"There's one difficulty mastered," said Bracy cheerily. "The surface is
+freezing hard, and we can get on like this till the sun beats upon it
+again."
+
+"I call it grand, sir; but I hope it won't get to be more uphill."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"Because if we makes one slip we shall go skating down to the bottom of
+the slope again in double-quick time. I feel a'ready as if I ought to
+go to the blacksmith's to get roughed."
+
+"Stamp your feet down if you are disposed to slip, my lad. I do not
+want to do this, but if the slope grows steeper we must fix bayonets and
+use them to steady us."
+
+"Take the edge off on 'em, sir."
+
+"Yes; but we must get across the ridge. Forward."
+
+They toiled on, the task growing heavier as they progressed, for the
+gradient became steeper, and they halted from time to time for a rest,
+the plan of using the bayonets being kept for a last resource. But
+there were compensations to make up for the severity of the toil, one of
+which was expressed by the travellers at one of the halts.
+
+"Makes one feel jolly comf'table and warm, sir."
+
+"Yes; and takes away all doubt of our going in the right direction, for
+we must be right."
+
+"I didn't think we was at first, sir. 'Tain't so dark neither."
+
+"No: we are getting higher, and the snow and ice are all round us. Now
+then, forward!"
+
+Crunch, squeak, crunch went the snow as they tramped steadily, with the
+surface curving slowly upward, till all at once there was a slip, a
+thud, and a scramble, Gedge was down, and he began to glide, but checked
+himself with the butt of his rifle.
+
+"I'm all right, sir; but I was on the go," he said, panting.
+
+"Hurt?" replied Bracy laconically.
+
+"Not a bit, six. Knocked some o' the wind out o' me, but I'm all right
+again now."
+
+"Forward!"
+
+Bracy led on again, to find that the curve made by the snowfield rose
+more and more steeply, and the inclination to slip increased. But he
+stamped his feet down as he kept on, with his breathing growing quicker,
+and had the satisfaction of hearing his follower imitate his example,
+till he began to find that he must soon make another halt.
+
+His spirits were rising, however, with an increasing hopeful feeling,
+for this was evidently the way to avoid pursuit or check. They were on
+the ice, and to this they must trust for the rest of their journey till
+they were well within reach of the Ghil Valley, to which they must
+descend.
+
+Slip.
+
+In an instant Bracy was down, starting on a rapid descent toward the
+place they had left; but at his first rush he heard beneath him a sharp
+blow delivered in the glazed surface, and he was suddenly brought up by
+the body of Gedge.
+
+"Hold tight, sir! All right. I've got something to anchor us."
+
+"Ha!" ejaculated Bracy breathlessly. "It was so sudden."
+
+"Yes, sir; don't give you much time to think. You'd better do as I do."
+
+"What's that?"
+
+"Keep your bay'net in your hand ready to dig down into the ice. Stopped
+me d'reckly, and that stopped you."
+
+"Yes, I'll do so. A minute's rest, and then we'll go on again."
+
+"Make it two, sir. You sound as if you haven't got your wind back."
+
+"I shall be all right directly, my lad. This is grand. I hope by
+daylight that we shall be in safety."
+
+"That's right, sir. My! shouldn't I have liked this when I was a
+youngster! Think we shall come back this way?"
+
+"Possibly," said Bracy.
+
+"Be easy travelling, sir. Why, we could sit down on our heels and skim
+along on the nails of our boots, with nothing to do but steer."
+
+"Don't talk, my lad," said Bracy. "Now, forward once more."
+
+The journey was continued, and grew so laborious at last from the
+smoothness of the ice, which increased as the gradient grew heavier--the
+melted snow having run and made the surface more compact during the
+sunny noon; and at the end of another couple of hours the difficulty of
+getting on and up was so great that Bracy changed his course a little so
+as to lessen the ascent by taking it diagonally.
+
+This made matters a little better, and tramp, tramp, they went on and
+on, rising more swiftly than they knew, and little incommoded now by the
+darkness, for the stars were shining out through the cloudy mist which
+hung over the slope, while their spirits seemed to rise with the ascent.
+
+"Have we passed the rocks along which we saw that body of men moving?"
+said Bracy at last.
+
+"I s'pose not, sir, or we must have felt 'em. They must have been a
+long way off when we saw 'em going along."
+
+"Yes; the distances are very deceptive, and--Ah! stones, rocks. Here is
+the rough track at last."
+
+They halted again, for by walking here and there they could make out
+that there was a rough track to right and left, comparatively free from
+snow, and if this were followed to the right there would be travelling
+which would necessitate their waiting for daylight, since it was all in
+and out among huge masses of stone.
+
+"We couldn't get along here, sir, very fast," said Gedge after making a
+few essays.
+
+"No, it is impossible now," replied Bracy. "It would be a dangerous
+way, too, for it must, as we saw, cut the valley when; the enemy will
+come out."
+
+He stood looking back and around him, to see that the darkness was
+lightened by the strange faint glare from the ice and snow around him;
+then, turning, he crossed the ridge of broken rocks and tried what the
+slope seemed like upon the other side, to find that it was a
+continuation of that up which they had toiled, and apparently much the
+same, the gradual curve upward to the mountain being cut by this band of
+rocks.
+
+"Forward again, Gedge," he cried. "This must be right, for we are
+getting a trifle nearer to our journey's end, and more out of reach of
+our pursuers."
+
+"Then it is right, sir; but I suppose we shall get a bit o' downhill
+some time."
+
+They tramped on for the next hour, but not without making several halts,
+three of which were involuntary, and caused by more or less sudden
+slips. These were saved from being serious by the quick action of
+driving dagger-like the bayonet each carried into the frozen snow; and
+after repetitions of this the falls seemed to lose; their risky
+character, the man who went down scrambling to his feet again the next
+instant and being ready to proceed. The still air was piercingly cold,
+but it only seemed to make their blood thrill in their veins, and a
+sense of exhilaration arose from the warm glow which pervaded them, and
+temptingly suggested the removal of their woollen _poshtins_. But the
+temptation was forced back, and the tramp continued hour after hour up
+what seemed to be an interminable slope, while fatigue was persistently
+ignored.
+
+At last, though, Bracy was brought to a halt, and he stood panting.
+
+"Anything wrong, sir?" whispered Gedge hoarsely.
+
+"No; only that I can get no farther in this way. We must fix bayonets,
+and use our rifles as staves."
+
+"Right, sir."
+
+"Be careful not to force your barrel down too far, so as to get it
+plugged with the snow," said Bracy; and then, as soon as the
+keen-pointed weapons were fixed, he started onward again, the rifles
+answering this new purpose admirably, and giving a steadiness to the
+progress that had before been wanting.
+
+Consequently far better progress was made for the next half-hour, with
+much less exertion, and Bracy made up his mind that the first patch of
+pines they came to on the lower ground should supply them with a couple
+of saplings whose poles should have the bayonets fixed or bound upon
+them, so as to take the place of the rifles.
+
+"I'm longing for the daylight, Gedge," said Bracy suddenly, for they had
+plunged into a mist which obscured the stars, "so that we can see better
+in which direction to go, for we ought to be high enough now to be safe
+from--Ha!"
+
+Then silence.
+
+"Safe from what, sir?" said Gedge, stopping short.
+
+There was no reply, and after waiting a few seconds, feeling alarmed,
+the lad spoke again.
+
+"Didn't quite hear what you said, sir; safe from what?"
+
+There was no reply, and Gedge suddenly turned frantic.
+
+"Mr Bracy, sir," he said hoarsely, and then, raising his voice, he
+called his officer by name again and again; but the same terrible
+darkness and silence reigned together, and he grew maddened now.
+
+"Oh Lor'!" he cried, "what's come to him?" and he went upon his hands
+and knees to crawl and feel about. "He's gone down in a fit, and
+slipped sudden right away; for he ain't here. He's half-way down the
+mountain by now, and I don't know which way to go and help him, and--
+Ah!" he shrieked wildly, and threw himself over backwards, to begin
+rolling and sliding swiftly back in the way he had come, his rifle
+escaping from his grasp.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY.
+
+A PRAYER FOR LIGHT.
+
+Gedge glided rapidly down the icy slope for a good fifty yards in the
+darkness, with the pace increasing, before he was able to turn on his
+back and check himself by forcing his heels into the frozen snow.
+
+"And my rifle gone--where I shall never find it again," was his first
+thought, as he forced back his helmet, which had been driven over his
+eyes: but, just as the thought was grasped, he was conscious of a
+scratching, scraping noise approaching, and he had just time to fling
+out his hands and catch his weapon, the effort, however, sending him
+gliding down again, this time to check himself by bringing the point of
+the bayonet to bear upon the snow. And now stopped, he lay motionless
+for a few moments.
+
+"Mustn't be in a flurry," he panted, with his heart beating violently,
+"or I shan't find the gov'nor, and I must find him. I will find him,
+pore chap. Want to think it out cool like, and I'm as hot as if I'd
+been runnin' a mile. Now then; he's gone down, and he must ha' gone
+strite down here, so if I lets myself slither gently I'm sure to come
+upon him, for I shall be pulled up same as he'd be."
+
+He lay panting, still, for a few minutes, and his thinking powers, which
+had been upset by the suddenness of the scare, began to settle
+themselves again. Then he listened as he went on, putting, as he
+mentally termed it, that and that together.
+
+"Can't hear nothing of him," he said to himself. "He must have gone
+down with a rush 'stead o' falling in a fit as I thought fust; but it
+ain't like a fall. He wouldn't smash hisself, on'y rub some skin off,
+and he'll be hollering to me d'reckly from somewheres below. Oh dear!
+if it only warn't so precious dark I might see him: but there ain't no
+moon, and no stars now, and it's no use to light a match. I say, why
+don't he holler?--I could hear him a mile away--or use his whistle?
+He'd know that would bring me, and be safer than shouting. But I can't
+hear nothing on him. Here: I know."
+
+Gedge rose to his feet and drove his bayonet into the snow to steady
+himself, without turning either to the right or the left.
+
+"Mustn't change front," he said, "or I may go sliding down wrong and
+pass him," he thought. Then raising his hand, he thrust two fingers
+into his mouth and produced a long drawn whistle, which was a near
+imitation of that which would be blown by an officer to bring his men
+together to rally round him and form square.
+
+"That ought to wake him up," he thought. "He'd hear that if he was
+miles away."
+
+There was a faint reply which made his heart leap; and thrusting his
+fingers between his lips, he whistled again in a peculiar way, with the
+result that the sound came back as before, and Gedge's heart sank with
+something akin to despair.
+
+"'Tain't him," he groaned. "It's them blessed eckers. I'll make sure,
+though."
+
+He stood listening for some minutes, and then, with his heart feeling
+like lead, took off his helmet and wiped his dripping brow.
+
+"Oh dear!" he groaned; "ain't it dark! Reg'lar fog, and cold as cold.
+Makes a chap shiver. I dunno how it is. When I'm along with him I feel
+as bold as a lion. I ain't afeared o' anything. I'd foller him
+anywheres, and face as many as he'd lead me agen. 'Tain't braggin', for
+I've done it; but I'm blessed now if I don't feel a reg'lar mouse--a
+poor, shiverin' wet mouse with his back up, and ready to die o' fright
+through being caught in a trap, just as the poor little beggars do, and
+turns it up without being hurt a bit. I can't help it; I'm a beastly
+coward; and I says it out aloud for any one to bear. That's it--a
+cussed coward, and I can't help it, 'cause I was born so. He's gone,
+and I shan't never find him agen, and there's nothing left for me to do
+but sneak back to the fort, and tell the Colonel as we did try, but luck
+was agen us.
+
+"Nay, I won't," he muttered. "I'll never show my face there again, even
+if they call it desertion, unless I can get to the Ghoorkha Colonel and
+tell him to bring up his toothpick brigade.
+
+"Oh, here, I say, Bill, old man," he said aloud after a pause, during
+which he listened in vain for some signal from his officer, "this here
+won't do. This ain't acting like a sojer o' the Queen. Standin' still
+here till yer get yerself froze inter a pillar o' salt. You've got to
+fetch your orficer just as much now as if if hailed bullets and bits o'
+rusty ragged iron. Here goes. Pull yourself together, old man! Yer
+wanted to have a slide, so now's your time."
+
+Grasping his rifle, he squatted down on his heels, and laid the weapon
+across his knees preparatory to setting himself in motion, on the faint
+chance of gliding down to where Bracy would have gone before him.
+
+"Would you have thought it so steep that he could have slithered away
+like that? But there it is," he muttered. "Now then, here goes."
+Letting himself go, he began to glide slowly upon his well-nailed shoes;
+then the speed increased, and he would the next minute have been rushing
+rapidly down the slope had he not driven in his heels and stopped
+himself.
+
+"Well, one can put on the brake when one likes," he muttered; "but he
+couldn't ha' gone like this or I should have heard him making just the
+same sort o' noise. He had no time to sit down; he must ha' gone on his
+side or his back, heads up or heads down, and not so very fast. If I go
+down like this I shall be flying by him, and p'raps never stop till I
+get to the end of the snow. I know--I'll lie down."
+
+Throwing himself over on his side, he gave a thrust with his hands and
+began to glide, but very slowly, and in a few seconds the wool of his
+_poshtin_ adhered so firmly to the smooth surface that he was brought up
+and had to start himself again.
+
+This took place twice, and he slowly rose to his feet.
+
+"Wants a good start," he muttered, and he was about to throw himself
+down when a fresh thought crossed his brain.
+
+"I don't care," he said aloud, as if addressing some one who had spoken;
+"think what yer like, I ain't afraid to pitch myself down and go
+skidding to the bottom, and get up with all the skin off! I sez he
+ain't down there. I never heerd him go, and there's something more than
+I knows on. It is a fit, and he's lying up yonder. Bill Gedge, lad,
+you're a-going wrong."
+
+He stood trying to pierce the thickening mist, looking as nearly as he
+could judge straight upward in the course they had taken, and was about
+to start: but, not satisfied, he took out his match-box, struck a light,
+and, holding it down, sought for the marks made by the bayonets in the
+climb. But there was no sign where he stood, neither was there to his
+left; and, taking a few paces to the right, with the rapidly-burning
+match close to the snow, the flame was just reaching his fingers when he
+uttered a sigh of satisfaction: for, as the light had to be dropped,
+there, one after the other, he saw two marks in the freshly-chipped snow
+glistening in the faint light. Keeping their direction fresh in his
+mind, he stalled upward on his search.
+
+"How far did I come down?" he said to himself. "I reckon 'bout a
+hundred yards. Say 'undred and twenty steps."
+
+He went on taking the hundred and twenty paces, and then he stopped
+short.
+
+"Must be close here somewhere," he muttered; and he paused to listen,
+but there was not a sound.
+
+"Nobody couldn't hear me up here," he thought, and he called his
+companion by name, to rouse up strange echoes from close at hand; and
+when he changed to whistling, the echoes were sudden and startling in
+the extreme.
+
+"It's rum," said Gedge. "He was just in front of me, one minute talking
+to me, and then `Ha!' he says, and he was gone."
+
+Gedge took off his helmet, and wiped his wet brow again before replacing
+it.
+
+"Ugh, you idjit!" he muttered. "You were right at first. He dropped
+down in a sort o' fit from overdoing it--one as took him all at wunst,
+and he's lying somewheres about fast asleep, as people goes off in the
+snow and never wakes again. He's lying close by here somewheres, and
+you ought to have done fust what you're going to do last.
+
+"Mustn't forget where I left you," he muttered as he gave a dig down
+with his rifle, driving the bayonet into the snow, and sending some
+scraps flying with a curious whispering noise which startled him.
+
+"What does that mean?" he said, and he caught at the butt of his piece,
+now sticking upward in the snow, but dropped his hand again to his
+pocket and again took out his match-box.
+
+"Sort o' fancy," he muttered; and, getting out a match, he struck it,
+after shutting the box with a snap, which again made him start,
+something like an echo rising from close at hand.
+
+"Why, I'm as nervous as a great gal," he muttered, as the tiny match
+burst into a bright flame which formed a bit of a halo about itself,
+and, stooping to bring the tiny clear light burning so brightly close to
+the surface, he took two steps forward, the ground at the second giving
+way beneath him, and at the same moment he uttered a wild shriek of
+horror, dashed the match from him, and threw himself backward on to the
+snow. For the tiny light had in that one brief moment revealed a horror
+to him which was a full explanation of the trouble, and as he lay
+trembling in every limb, his shriek was repeated from a short distance
+away, and then again and again rapidly, till it took the form of a wild
+burst of laughter.
+
+"Get up, you coward!" growled Gedge the next minute, as he made a brave
+effort to master the terrible shock he had sustained, for he felt that
+he had been within an inch of following his officer to a horrible death.
+
+The self-delivered charge of cowardice brought him to himself directly,
+and he sprang to his feet. Then, with fingers wet with a cold
+perspiration, and trembling as if with palsy, he dragged out his
+match-box, took out one of the tiny tapers, and essayed to light it, but
+only produced streaks of phosphorescent light, for he had taken the
+match out by the end, and his wet fingers had quenched its lighting
+powers.
+
+With the next attempt he was more successful; and, setting aside all
+fear of being seen, he held out the flaming light, which burned without
+motion in the still air, and, holding it before him, stepped towards the
+edge of the snow, which ended suddenly in a black gulf, over which he
+was in the act of leaning, when once more he sprang back and listened,
+for the snow where he stood had given way, and as he remained motionless
+for a few moments, there suddenly came up from far below, a dull thud,
+followed by a strange whispering series of echoes as if off the face of
+some rocks beyond.
+
+"Oh!" he groaned. "That's it, then. It was down there he went; and he
+must be killed."
+
+It was one of the young soldier's weak moments; but his life of late had
+taught him self-concentration and the necessity for action, and he
+recovered himself quickly. The trembling fit passed off, and he look
+out another match, lit it, stepped as near as he dared to the edge of
+the gulf, and then pitched the burning flame gently from him, seeing it
+go down out of sight; but nothing more, for the place was immense.
+
+He lay down upon his breast now, and crawled in what seemed to be
+greater darkness, consequent upon the light he had burned having made
+his eyes contract, and worked himself so close that his hand was over
+the edge, a short distance to the left of where he had broken it away
+with his weight. Here he gathered up a handful of the frozen snow,
+threw it from him, and listened till a faint pattering sound came up.
+
+His next act was to utter a shout, which came back at once, as if from a
+wall of rock, while other repetitions seemed to come from right and
+left. Then, raising his fingers to his mouth, he gave vent to a long,
+shrill whistle, which he repeated again and again, and then, with a
+strange stony sensation, he worked himself slowly back, feet foremost,
+at first very slowly, and then with frantic haste, as it suddenly dawned
+upon him that he was going uphill. For the snowy mass was sinking, and
+it was only just in time that he reached a firmer part, and lay
+quivering in the darkness, while he listened to a rushing sound, for his
+weight had started an immense cornice-like piece of the snow, which went
+down with a sullen roar.
+
+"It's no use while it's like this," groaned Gedge. "I can't do nothing
+to help him till the day comes. I should on'y be chucking my own life
+away. I'd do it if it was any good; but it wouldn't be no use to try,
+and I might p'raps find him if I could only see."
+
+He had risen to his knees now, and the position brought the words to his
+lips; the rough lad speaking, but with as perfect reverence as ever came
+from the lips of man:
+
+"Oh, please, God, can't you make the light come soon, and end this
+dreadful night?"
+
+Poor, rough, rude Bill Gedge had covered his eyes as he softly whispered
+his prayer; and when he opened them again, it was to look upon no marvel
+greater than that grand old miracle which we, with leaden eyes sealed
+up, allow to pass away unheeded, unseen. It was but the beginning of
+another of the many days seen in a wild mountain land; for the watchings
+and tramps of the two adventurers had pretty well used up the hours of
+darkness; and, black though the snow lay where Bill Gedge knelt, right
+beyond, straight away upon the mighty peak overhead, there was a tiny
+point of glowing orange light, looking like the tip of some huge spear
+that was heated red-hot.
+
+For the supplicant was gazing heavenward, and between the sky and his
+eyes there towered up one of the huge peaks of the Karakoram range,
+receiving the first touch of the coming day.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY ONE.
+
+THE LIGHT THAT CAME.
+
+Gedge knelt there gazing upward, unable to grasp the truth of that which
+he saw; for all around him seemed blacker than ever; but as he looked
+there was another glowing speck high up in the distance, and then
+another and another started into sight, while the first he had seen went
+on increasing in brightness; and, as he still kept his eyes fixed upon
+it, the fact came to him at last--the belief that it was indeed the sun
+lighting up the glittering peaks of the vast range--and he started to
+his feet with a cry of exultation.
+
+"Why, it is to-morrow morning!" he shouted. "Ah! I can help him now."
+
+But for a time he could only wait on patiently, and watch the bright
+glow extending, and stealing slowly downward, in a way which suggested
+that it would be hours before the spot where he stood would be lit up by
+the full light of day; and, hardly daring to move, he listened, and
+twice over gave one of his long, piercing whistles, which were echoed
+and re-echoed in a way which made him shudder and hesitate to raise the
+strange sounds again.
+
+"It's o' no use," he said. "He's gone down there, and he's dead--he's
+dead; and I shall never see him again.--Yah! yer great snivelling
+idjit!" he cried the next moment, in his rage against himself. "The old
+woman was right when I 'listed. She said I wasn't fit for a sojer--no
+good for nothing but to stop at home, carry back the washing, and turn
+the mangle. I'm ashamed o' myself. My word, though, the fog's not so
+thick, but ain't it cold! If I don't do something I shall freeze hard,
+and not be able to help him when it gets light."
+
+It was a fact; for, consequent upon standing still so long, a peculiar
+numbing sensation began to attack his extremities, and it was none too
+soon when he felt his way down the slope for a few yards, and then
+turned to climb again. A very short time longer, and he would have been
+unable to stir; as it was, he could hardly climb back to the place from
+which he started. Cut he strove hard to restore the failing
+circulation, keeping his body in active motion, till, by slow degrees,
+his natural activity returned, and, forgetting the weariness produced by
+such a night of exertion, he felt ready to do anything towards finding
+and rescuing his officer.
+
+"There's no mistake about it," he muttered, "standing still up in these
+parts means hands and feet freezing hard. It's wonderful, though, how
+these sheepskins keep out the cold. I ought to feel worse than I do,
+though, at a time like this; but it's because I won't believe the
+gov'nor's dead. It ain't possible, like, for it's so much more sudden
+than being caught by a bullet through the heart. Oh he ain't dead--he
+can't be--I won't believe it. Tumbled down into the soft snow
+somewhere, and on'y wants me to go down and help him out."
+
+He took another turn up and down to keep up the circulation, and by this
+time he could move about freely, and without having to climb the ascent
+in dread of going too far and reaching the perilous edge, with its
+treachery of snow.
+
+"Getting lighter fast," he said, "and I shall be able to get to work
+soon. And that's it. I've got to think o' that. There's no help to be
+got. You've got to find all the help in yourself, old man. My! ain't
+it beautiful how the light's coming! It's just as if the angels was
+pouring glory on the tops o' the mountains, and it's running more and
+more down the sides, till these great holes and hollows are full, and
+it's day once more."
+
+As the golden rays of sunshine came lower, the mountain in front grew
+dazzling in its beauty. Minute by minute the glaciers which combed its
+sides leaped into sight, shining with dazzling beauty, like rivers and
+falls of golden water; the dark rifts and chasms became purple,
+lightening into vivid blue; and the reflected light kept on flashing
+upon hollows and points, till, saving the lower portions, the vast mass
+of tumbled-together ice and snow shone with a glory that filled the
+ignorant common lad with a strange feeling of awe.
+
+This passed off directly, however; and, as the darkness on a level with
+where he stood grew more and more transparent, Gedge's active mind was
+searching everything in the most practical way, in connection with the
+task he had in hand. He could see now dimly that the snow to right and
+left of him curved over the vast gulf in front--vast in length only;
+for, thirty or forty yards from where he stood, there was the huge blank
+face of the mountain going downward, as one vast perpendicular wall of
+grey rock, streaked with snow where there were ledges for it to cling.
+In fact, the snow from above hung hen; and there as if ready to fall
+into the black gulf, still full of darkness, and whose depths could not
+be plumbed until the light displaced the gloom, and a safe coign of
+vantage could be found from which the adventurer could look down.
+
+In fact, the young soldier was on the edge of a stupendous
+_bergschrund_, as the phenomenon is termed by Swiss climbers--a deep
+chasm formed by the ice and snow shrinking or falling away from the side
+of a mountain, where the latter is too steep for it to cling. And then,
+after a little examination to right and left, Gedge, with beating heart,
+found the place where Bracy had stepped forward and instantaneously
+fallen. There was no doubt about it, for the searcher found the two
+spots where he himself had so nearly gone down, the snow showing great
+irregular patches, bitten off, as it were, leaving sharp, rugged,
+perpendicular edges; while where Bracy had fallen there were two
+footprints and a deep furrow, evidently formed by the rifle, to which he
+had clung, the furrow growing deeper as it neared the edge of the snow,
+through which it had been dragged.
+
+Gedge's face flushed with excitement as he grasped all this and proved
+its truth, for, between where he stood and the footprints made through
+the crust of snow, there were his own marks, those made by his bayonet,
+and others where he had flung himself down, for the snow here was far
+softer than upon the slope.
+
+In spite of the darkness still clinging to the depths, Gedge began at
+once searching for a safe place--one where he could crawl to the edge of
+the gulf, get his face over, and look down; but anywhere near where
+Bracy had gone down this was in vain, for the snow curved over like some
+huge volute of glittering whiteness, and several times over, when he
+ventured, it was to feel that his weight was sufficient to make the snow
+yield, sending him back with a shudder.
+
+Baffled again and again, he looked to right and left, in search of some
+slope by whose means he could descend into the gulf; but he looked in
+vain--everywhere the snow hung over, and as the light increased he saw
+that the curve was far more than he had imagined.
+
+"Oh, if I only knowed what to do!" he groaned. "I can't seem to help
+him; and I can't leave him to go for help. I must get down somehow; but
+I dursen't jump."
+
+This last thought had hardly crossed his brain when a feeling of wild
+excitement rushed through him; for faintly heard from far away below,
+and to his left, there came the shrill chirruping note of an officer's
+whistle, and Gedge snatched at the spike of his helmet, plucked it off,
+and waved it frantically in the air.
+
+"Hoorray!" he yelled. "Hoorray! and I don't care if any one hears me.
+Hoorray! He ain't dead a bit; he's down somewhere in the soft snow, and
+hoorray! I'm going to get him out."
+
+At that moment the whistle chirruped faint and shrill again, the note
+being repeated from the vast wall.
+
+"He's this side somewhere," cried Gedge. "Out o' sight under this
+curl-over o' snow. There he goes again, and I haven't answered. Of all
+the--"
+
+The cramming of his fingers into his mouth checked the speech, and,
+blowing with all his might, the young soldier sent forth a shrill
+imitation of the officer's whistle, to echo from the mountain face; and
+then, unmistakably, and no echo, came another faint, shrill whistle from
+far to the left.
+
+"All right, Mr Bracy, sir! Hoorray! and good luck to you! I'm
+a-coming."
+
+He whistled again, and went off in the direction from which his summons
+seemed to have come, and again he was answered, and again and again,
+till, quite a quarter of a mile along the edge, the young soldier
+stopped, for the whistles had sounded nearer and nearer, till he felt
+convinced that he had reached a spot on the snow hanging just above his
+summoner's head.
+
+As he stopped he whistled again, and the answer sounded shrill and near.
+
+"Below there! Ahoy!" he yelled, and mingling with the echoes came his
+name, faintly heard, but in the familiar tones.
+
+"Oh dear! What's a chap to do?" panted Gedge. "I want to holler and
+shout, and dance a 'ornpipe. Here, I feel as if I'm goin' as mad as a
+hatter. Hi! Oh, Mr Bracy--sir--ain't--half--dead--are--yer?" he
+shouted, as if he had punctuated his words with full stops.
+
+"Not--much--hurt," came up distinctly.
+
+"Then here goes!" muttered Gedge. "I must try and get a look at yer, to
+see where yer are."
+
+The speaker threw himself on his faces once more, and began to crawl
+towards the edge of the cornice, to look down into the fairly-light
+chasm; but shrank back only just in time to save himself from going down
+with a great patch of snow; and he listened, shudderingly, to the dull
+rush it made, followed by a heavy pat and a series of whispering echoes.
+Then faintly heard came the words: "Keep back, or you'll send an
+avalanche down."
+
+"What's a haverlarnsh?" muttered Gedge. Then aloud, "All right, sir.
+Can yer get out?"
+
+"I don't know yet. I must rest a bit. Don't talk, or you'll be sending
+the snow down."
+
+"All right, sir; but can't yer tell me what to do?"
+
+"You can do nothing," came slowly back in distinct tones. "The snow
+curves over my head, and there is a tremendous depth. Keep still where
+you are, and don't come near."
+
+"Oh, I can keep still now," said Gedge coolly. "It's like being another
+man to know that's he's all alive. Oh! can't be very much hurt, or he
+wouldn't call like he does. Poor chap! But what's he going to do?
+Climb up the side somehow? Well, I s'pose I must obey orders; but I
+should like to be doing something to help him out."
+
+Gedge was of that type which cannot remain quiet; and, feeling irritated
+now by his enforced state of helplessness, he spent the time in looking
+down and around him for signs of danger.
+
+The sun was now above the horizon, lighting up the diversified scene at
+the foot of the mountain, and away along the valleys spreading to right
+and left; but for some time he could make out nothing save a few specks
+in the far distance, which might have been men, or a flock of some
+creatures pasturing on the green valley-side, miles beyond the
+termination of the snow-slope up which they had climbed. He made out,
+too, the continuation of the stony track leading to the head of the
+valley, and along which the party of tribes-men had been seen to pass;
+but there was apparently nothing there, and Gedge drew a breath full of
+relief as he felt how safe they were, and beyond the reach of the enemy.
+
+Then, turning to the gulf again, he went as near as he dared to the
+edge, and stood listening to a dull sound, which was frequently
+repeated, and was followed by a low rushing noise, which kept gathering
+in force till it was like a heavy rush, and then dying away.
+
+"What's he doing?" muttered Gedge. "Sounds like digging. That's it;
+he's been buried alive; and he's hard at work trying to dig himself out
+of the snow with his bayonet stuck at the end of his rifle. Well, good
+luck to him. Wonder where he'll come up first."
+
+Gedge watched the cornice-like edge of the snowfield as the sounds as of
+some one feebly digging went on; but he could gain no further hint of
+what was going on, and at last his excitement proved too much for him,
+and he once more began to creep towards the edge of the snow, getting so
+far without accident this time that he could form an idea of what must
+be the depth from seeing far down the grey face of the wall of rock,
+certainly four or five hundred feet, but no bottom.
+
+"He couldn't have fallen all that way," he said to himself. "It must go
+down with a slope on this side."
+
+A sharp crack warned him that he was in danger, and he forced himself
+back on to firm snow, receiving another warning of the peril to which he
+had exposed himself, for a portion many feet square went down with a
+hissing rush, to which he stood listening till all was still once more.
+
+Suddenly he jumped back farther, for from somewhere higher up there was
+a heavy report as of a cannon, followed by a loud echoing roar, and,
+gazing upward over a shoulder of the mountain, he had a good view of
+what seemed to be a waterfall plunging over a rock, to disappear
+afterwards behind a buttress-like mass of rock and ice. This was
+followed by another roar, and another, before all was still again.
+
+"Must be ice and snow," he said to himself; "can't be water."
+
+Gedge was right; for he had been gazing up at an ice-fall, whose drops
+were blocks and masses of ice diminished into dust by the great
+distance, and probably being formed of thousands of tons.
+
+"Bad to have been climbing up there," he muttered, and he shrank a
+little farther away from the edge of the great chasm. "It's precious
+horrid being all among this ice and snow. It sets me thinking, as it
+always does when I've nothing to do.--If I could only do something to
+help him, instead of standing here.--Oh, I say," he cried wildly, "look
+at that!"
+
+He had been listening to the regular dull dig, dig, dig, going on below
+the cornice, and to the faint rushing sound, as of snow falling,
+thinking deeply of his own helplessness the while, wondering too, for
+the twentieth time, where Bracy would appear, when, to his intense
+astonishment, he saw a bayonet dart through the snow into daylight about
+twenty feet back from the edge of the great gulf.
+
+The blade disappeared again directly, and reappeared rapidly two or
+three times as he ran towards the spot, and then hesitated, for it was
+dangerous to approach the hole growing in the snow, the direction of the
+thrusts made being various, and the risk was that the weapon might be
+darted into the looker-on. Gedge stood then as near as he dared go,
+watching the progress made by the miner, and seeing the hole rapidly
+increase in size as the surface crumbled in.
+
+Then all at once Gedge's heart seemed to leap towards his mouth, for
+there was a sudden eddy of the loose snow, as if some one were
+struggling, the bayonet, followed by the rifle, was thrust out into
+daylight, held by a pair of hands which sought to force it crosswise
+over the mouth of the hole, and the next instant the watcher saw why.
+For the caked snow from the opening to the edge of the gulf, and for
+many yards on either side, was slowly sinking; while, starting from the
+hole in two opposite directions, and keeping parallel with the edge; of
+the cornice, a couple of cracks appeared, looking like dark jagged
+lines.
+
+It was a matter of but a few moments. Gedge had had his lessons
+regarding the curving-over snow, and knew the danger, which gave him the
+apt promptitude necessary for action in the terrible peril.
+
+Dropping his own rifle on the ice, he sprang forward, stooped, and,
+quick as a flash, caught hold of the barrel of the rifle lying on the
+surface just below the hilt of the bayonet. Then throwing himself back
+with all the force he could command, he literally jerked Bracy out from
+where he lay buried in the loose snow and drew him several yards rapidly
+over the smooth surface. The long lines were opening out and gaping the
+while, and he had hardly drawn his officer clear before there was a
+soft, dull report, and a rush, tons of the cornice having been
+undermined where it hung to the edge of the icefield, and now went
+downward with a hissing sound, which was followed by a dull roar.
+
+"Ah-h-h!" groaned Gedge, and he dropped down upon his knees beside the
+prostrate snowy figure, jerked his hands towards his face, and then fell
+over sidewise, to lie motionless with his eyes fast closed.
+
+When he opened them again it was to see Bracy kneeling by his side and
+bending over him, the young officer's countenance looking blue and
+swollen, while his voice when he spoke sounded husky and faint.
+
+"Are you better now?" he said.
+
+"Better!" replied Gedge hoarsely as he stared confusedly at the speaker.
+"Ain't been ill agen, have I! Here, what yer been doing to make my
+head ache like this here? I--I--I d' know. Something's buzzing, and my
+head's going round. Some one's been giving me--Oh, Mr Bracy, sir! I
+remember now. Do tell me, sir; are yer all right?"
+
+"Yes, nearly," replied the young officer, with a weary smile. "Twisted
+my ankle badly, and I'm faint and sick. I can't talk."
+
+"Course not, sir; but you're all right again now. You want something to
+eat. I say, sir, did you finish your rations?"
+
+"No; they're here in my haversack. You can take a part if you want
+some."
+
+"Me, sir? I've got plenty. Ain't had nothing since when we had our
+feed together. I ain't touched nothing."
+
+"Eat, then; you must want food."
+
+"Yes, I am a bit peckish, sir, I s'pose; but I can't eat 'less you do."
+
+Bracy smiled faintly, and began to open his snow-covered haversack,
+taking from it a piece of hard cake, which he began to eat very slowly,
+looking hard and strange of manner, a fact which did not escape Gedge's
+eyes; but the latter said nothing, opened his canvas bag with trembling
+hands, and began to eat in a hurried, excited way, but soon left off.
+
+"Don't feel like eating no more, sir," he said huskily. "Can't for
+thinking about how you got on. Don't say nothing till you feel well
+enough, sir. I can see that you're reg'lar upset. Ain't got froze,
+have you--hands or feet?"
+
+"No, no," said Bracy slowly, speaking like one suffering from some
+terrible shock. "I did not feel the cold so much. There, I am coming
+round, my lad, and I can't quite grasp yet that I am sitting here alive
+in the sunshine. I'm stunned. It is as if I were still in that
+horrible dream-like time of being face to face with death. Ha! how good
+it is to feel the sun once more!"
+
+"Yes, sir; capital, sir," said Gedge more cheerfully. "Quite puzzling
+to think its all ice and snow about us. Shines up quite warm; 'most as
+warm as it shines down."
+
+"Ha!" sighed Bracy; "it sends life into me again."
+
+He closed his eyes, and seemed to be drinking in the warm glow, which
+was increasing fast, giving colour to the magnificent view around. But
+after a few minutes, during which Gedge sat munching slowly and gazing
+anxiously in the strangely swollen and discoloured face, the eyes were
+reopened, to meet those of Gedge, who pretended to be looking another
+way.
+
+The sun's warmth was working wonders, and shortly after Bracy's voice
+sounded stronger as he said quietly:
+
+"It would have been hard if I had been carried back by the snow at the
+last, Gedge."
+
+"Hard, sir? Horrid."
+
+"It turned you sick afterwards--the narrow escape I had."
+
+"Dreadful, sir. I was as bad as a gal. I'm a poor sort o' thing
+sometimes, sir. But don't you talk till you feel all right, sir."
+
+"I am beginning to feel as if talking will do me good and spur me back
+into being more myself."
+
+"Think so, sir? Well, you know best, sir."
+
+"I think so," said Bracy quietly; "but I shall not be right till I have
+had a few hours' sleep."
+
+"Look here, then, sir; you lie down in the sun here on my _poshtin_.
+I'll keep watch."
+
+"No! no! Not till night. There, I am getting my strength back. I was
+completely stunned, Gedge, and I have been acting like a man walking in
+his sleep."
+
+Gedge kept glancing at his officer furtively, and there was an anxious
+look in his eyes as he said to himself:
+
+"He's like a fellow going to have a touch of fever. Bit wandering-like,
+poor chap! I know what's wrong. I'll ask him."
+
+He did not ask at once, though, for he saw that Bracy was eating the
+piece of cake with better appetite, breaking off scraps more frequently;
+while the food, simple as it was, seemed to have a wonderfully reviving
+effect, and he turned at last to his companion.
+
+"You are not eating, my lad," he said, smiling faintly. "Come, you know
+what you have said to me."
+
+"Oh, I'm all right again now, sir; I'm only keeping time with you.
+There. Dry bread-cake ain't bad, sir, up here in the mountains, when
+you're hungry. Hurt your head a bit--didn't you, sir?"
+
+"No, no," said Bracy more firmly. "My right ankle; that is all. How
+horribly sudden it was!"
+
+"Awful, sir; but don't you talk."
+
+"I must now; it does me good, horrible as it all was; but, as I tell
+you, I was stunned mentally and bodily, to a great extent. I must have
+dropped a great distance into the soft snow upon a slope, and I was a
+long time before I could get rid of the feeling of being suffocated. I
+was quite buried, I suppose; but at last, in a misty way, I seemed to be
+breathing the cold air in great draughts as I lay on the snow, holding
+fast to my rifle, which somehow seemed to be the one hope I had of
+getting back to you."
+
+"You did a lot of good with it, sir."
+
+"Did I?"
+
+"Course you did, sir. Digging through the snow."
+
+"Oh yes, I remember now," said Bracy, with a sigh. "Yes, I remember
+having some idea that the snow hung above me like some enormous wave
+curling right over before it broke, and then becoming frozen hard. Then
+I remember feeling that I was like one of the rabbits in the sandhills
+at home, burrowing away to make a hole to get to the surface, and as
+fast as I got the sand down from above me I kept on kicking it out with
+my feet, and it slid away far below with a dull, hissing sound."
+
+"Yes, sir, I heard it; but that was this morning. How did you get on in
+the night, after you began to breathe again? You couldn't ha' been
+buried long, or you'd ha' been quite smothered."
+
+"Of course," said Bracy rather vacantly--"in the night?"
+
+"Yes; didn't you hear me hollering?"
+
+"No."
+
+"When you were gone all in a moment I thought you'd slipped and gone
+sliding down like them chaps do the tobogganing, sir."
+
+"You did call to me, then?"
+
+"Call, sir? I expect that made me so hoarse this morning."
+
+"I did not hear you till I whistled and you answered, not long ago."
+
+"Why, I whistled too, sir, lots o' times, and nigh went mad with
+thinking about you."
+
+"Thank you, Gedge," said Bracy quietly, and he held out his hand and
+gripped his companion's warmly. "I give you a great deal of trouble."
+
+"Trouble, sir? Hark at you! That ain't trouble. But after you got out
+of the snow?"
+
+"After I got out of the snow?"
+
+"Yus, sir; you was there all night."
+
+"Was I? Yes, I suppose so. I must have been. But I don't know much.
+It was all darkness and snow, and--oh yes, I remember now! I did not
+dare to move much, because whenever I did stir I began to glide down as
+if I were going on for ever."
+
+"But don't you remember, sir, any more than that?"
+
+"No," said Bracy, speaking with greater animation now. "As I told you,
+I must have been stunned by my terrible fall, and that saved me from a
+time of agony that would have driven me mad. As soon as it was light I
+must have begun moving in a mechanical way to try and escape from that
+terrible death-trap: but all that has been dream-like, and--and I feel
+as if I were still in a kind of nightmare. I am quite faint, too, and
+giddy with pain. Yes, I must lie down here in the sunshine for a bit.
+Don't let me sleep long if I drop off."
+
+"No, sir; I won't, sir," replied Gedge, as Bracy sank to his elbow and
+then subsided with a restful sigh, lying prone upon the snow.
+
+"He's fainted! No, he ain't; he's going right off to sleep. Not let
+him sleep long? Yes, I will; I must, poor chap! It's knocked half the
+sense out of him, just when he was done up, too. Not sleep? Why,
+that's the doctor as'll pull him round. All right, sir; you're going to
+have my sheepskin too, and you ain't going to be called till the sun's
+going down, and after that we shall see."
+
+Ten minutes later Bracy was sleeping, carefully wrapped in Gedge's
+_poshtin_, while the latter was eating heartily of the remains of his
+rations.
+
+"And he might ha' been dead, and me left alone!" said Gedge, speaking to
+himself. "My! how soon things change! Shall I have a bit more, or
+shan't I! Yes; I can't put my greatcoat on outside, so I must put some
+extra lining in."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY TWO.
+
+ONLY HUMAN.
+
+As the sun gathered force in rising higher, a thin veil of snow was
+melted from off a broad patch of rock, which dried rapidly; and, after a
+little consideration, Gedge went to Bracy's shoulders, took fast hold of
+his _poshtin_, and drew him softly and quickly off the icy surface right
+on to the warm, dry rock, the young officer's eyes opening widely in
+transit, and then closing again without their owner becoming conscious,
+but, as his head was gently lowered down again upon its sheepskin
+pillow, the deep sleep of exhaustion went on.
+
+"Needn't ha' been 'fraid o' waking you," said Gedge softly, and looking
+down at the sleeper as if proud of his work.--"There, you'll be dry and
+warm as a toast, and won't wake up lying in a pond o' water.--Now I'll
+just have a look round, and then sit down and wait till he wakes."
+
+Gedge took his good look round, making use of Bracy's glass, and in two
+places made out bodies of white-coated men whose weapons glinted in the
+sun shine; but they were far away, and in hollows among the hills.
+
+"That's all I can make out," said Gedge, closing the glass and replacing
+it softly in the case slung from Bracy's shoulders; "but there's holes
+and cracks and all sorts o' places where any number more may be. Blest
+if I don't think all the country must have heard that we're going for
+help, and turned out to stop us. My! how easy it all looked when we
+started! Just a long walk and a little dodging the niggers, and the job
+done. One never thought o' climbing up here and skating down, and have
+a launching in the snow."
+
+Gedge yawned tremendously, and being now in excellent spirits and
+contentment with himself, he chuckled softly.
+
+"That was a good one," he said. "What a mouth I've got! I say, though,
+my lad, mouths have to be filled, and there ain't much left. We were
+going, I thought, to shoot pheasants, and kill a sheep now and then, to
+make a fire and have roast bird one day, leg o' mutton the next, and
+cold meat when we was obliged; but seems to me that it was all cooking
+your roast chickens before they was hatched. Fancy lighting a fire
+anywhere! Why, it would bring a swarm of the beauties round to carve us
+up instead of the wittles; and as to prog, why, I ain't seen nothing but
+that one bear. Don't seem to hanker after bear," continued Gedge after
+a few minutes' musing, during which he made sure that Bracy was sleeping
+comfortably. "Bears outer the 'Logical Gardens, nicely fatted up on
+buns, might be nice, and there'd be plenty o' nice fresh bear's grease
+for one's 'air; but these here wild bears in the mountains must feed
+theirselves on young niggers and their mothers, and it'd be like being a
+sort o' second-hand cannibal to cook and eat one of the hairy brutes.
+No, thanky; not this time, sir. I'll wait for the pudden."
+
+Human nature is human nature, which nobody can deny; and, uncultivated
+save in military matters, and rough as he was, Bill Gedge was as human
+as he could be. He had just had a tremendous tramp for a whole day, a
+sleepless night of terrible excitement and care, a sudden respite from
+anxiety, a meal, and the glow of a hot sun upon a patch of rock which
+sent a genial thrill of comfort through his whole frame. These were the
+difficulties which were weighing hard in one of the scales of the young
+private's constitution, while he was doing his best to weigh down the
+other scale with duty, principle, and a manly, honest feeling of liking
+for the officer whom he had set up from the first moment of being
+attached to the company as the model of what a soldier should be. It
+was hard work. Those yawns came again and again, increasing in
+violence.
+
+"Well done, boa-constructor," he said. "Little more practice, and
+you'll be able to swallow something as big as yourself; but my! don't it
+stretch the corners of your mouth! I want a bit o' bear's grease ready
+to rub in, for they're safe to crack.
+
+"My! how sleepy I am!" he muttered a little later. "I ain't been put on
+sentry-go, but it's just the same, and a chap as goes to sleep in the
+face of the enemy ought to be shot. Sarve him right, too, for not
+keeping a good lookout. Might mean all his mates being cut up. Oh! I
+say, this here won't do," he cried, springing up. "Let's have a
+hoky-poky penny ice, free, grashus, for nothing."
+
+He went off on tiptoe, glancing at Bracy as he passed, and then stooped
+down over a patch of glittering snow, scraping up a handful and
+straightening himself in the sunshine, as he amused himself by
+addressing an imaginary personage.
+
+"Say, gov'nor," he cried, "you've got a bigger stock than you'll get
+shut of to-day.--Eh? You don't expect to? Right you are, old man.
+Break yer barrer if yer tried to carry it away. Say; looks cleaner and
+nicer to-day without any o' that red or yeller paint mixed up with it.
+I like it best when it's white. Looks more icy.--What say? Spoon? No,
+thank ye. Your customers is too fond o' sucking the spoons, and I never
+see you wash 'em after.--Ha! this is prime. Beats Whitechapel all to
+fits; and it's real cold, too. I don't care about it when it's
+beginning to melt and got so much juist.--But I say! Come! Fair play's
+a jewel. One likes a man to make his profit and be 'conimycal with the
+sugar, but you ain't put none in this.
+
+"Never mind," he added after a pause, during which the Italian
+ice-vendor faded out of his imagination; "it's reg'lar 'freshing when
+you're so sleepy. Wonder what made them Italians come to London and
+start selling that stuff o' theirs. Seems rum; ours don't seem a
+country for that sort o' thing. Baked taters seems so much more
+English, and does a chap so much more good."
+
+He walked back to the warm patch of rock, looked at Bracy, and then
+placed both rifles and bayonets ready, sat down cross-legged, and after
+withdrawing the cartridges, set to work with an oily rag to remove all
+traces of rust, and gave each in turn a good polish, ending by carefully
+wiping the bayonets after unfixing them, and returning them to their
+sheaths, handling Bracy's most carefully, for fear of disturbing the
+sleeper. This done, he began to yawn again, and, as he expressed it,
+took another penny ice and nodding at vacancy, which he filled with a
+peripatetic vendor, he said:
+
+"All right, gov'nor; got no small change. Pay next time I come this
+way."
+
+Then he marked out a beat, and began marching up and down.
+
+"Bah!" he cried; "that ice only makes you feel dry and thirsty.--My! how
+sleepy I am!--Here, steady!" he cried, as he yawned horribly; "you'll
+have your head right off, old man, if you do that.--Never was so sleepy
+in my life."
+
+He marched up and down a little faster--ten paces and turn--ten paces
+and turn--up and down, up and down, in the warm sunshine; but it was as
+if some deadly stupor enveloped him, and as he kept up the steady
+regulation march, walking and turning like an automaton, he was suddenly
+fast asleep and dreaming for quite a minute, when he gave a violent
+start, waking himself, protesting loudly against a charge made against
+him, and all strangely mixed up the imaginary and the real.
+
+"Swear I wasn't, Sergeant!" he cried angrily. "Look for yerself.--
+Didn't yer see, pardners? I was walking up and down like a clockwork
+himidge.--Sleep at my post? Me sleep at my post? Wish I may die if I
+do such a thing. It's the old game. Yer allus 'ated me, Sergeant, from
+the very first, and--Phew! Here! What's the matter? I've caught
+something, and it's got me in the nut. I'm going off my chump."
+
+Poor Gedge stood with his hands clasped to his forehead, staring wildly
+before him.
+
+"Blest if I wasn't dreaming!" he said wonderingly. "Ain't took bad, am
+I? Thought old Gee come and pounced upon me, and said I was sleepin' on
+duty. And it's a fack. It's as true as true; I was fast asleep;
+leastwise I was up'ards. Legs couldn't ha' been, because they'd ha'
+laid down. Oh! this here won't do. It was being on dooty without
+arms."
+
+Drawing himself up, he snatched his bayonet from its scabbard, and
+resumed his march, going off last asleep again; but this time the
+cessation of consciousness descended as it were right below the
+waist-belt and began to steal down his legs, whose movements became
+slower and slower, hips, then knees, stiffening; and then, as the drowsy
+god's work attacked his ankles, his whole body became rigid, and he
+stood as if he had been gradually frozen stiff for quite a minute, when
+it seemed as if something touched him, and he sprang into wakefulness
+again, and went on with his march up and down.
+
+"Oh, it's horrid!" he said piteously. "Of course. That'll do it."
+
+He sheathed his bayonet, and catching up his rifle, went through the
+regular forms as if receiving orders: he grounded arms; then drew and
+fixed bayonet, shouldered arms, and began the march again.
+
+"That's done it," he said. "Reg'larly woke up now. S'pose a fellow
+can't quite do without sleep, unless he got used to it, like the chap's
+'oss, only he died when he'd got used to living upon one eat a day. Rum
+thing, sleep, though. I allus was a good un to sleep. Sleep anywhere;
+but I didn't know I was so clever as to sleep standing up. Wonder
+whether I could sleep on one leg. Might do it on my head. Often said I
+could do anything on my head. There, it's a-coming on again."
+
+He stepped to the nearest snow and rubbed his temples with it before
+resuming his march; but the relief was merely temporary. He went to
+Bracy's side, to see that he was sleeping heavily, and an intense
+feeling of envy and longing to follow his officer's example and lie down
+and sleep for hours nearly mastered him.
+
+"But I won't--I won't sleep," he said, grinding his teeth. "I'll die
+first. I'm going to keep awake and do my dooty like a soldier by my
+orficer. I'd do it for any orficer in the ridgement, so of course I
+would for the gov'nor, poor chap! He's watched over me before now.--
+Yes, I'm going to keep on. I shall be better soon. Ten minutes would
+set me right, and if there was a mate here to take my post I'd have a
+nap; but there ain't a pardner to share it, and I've got to do it on my
+head. Wonder whether I should feel better if I did stand on my head for
+a minute. Anyhow, I ain't goin' to try."
+
+Gedge spent the next ten minutes in carefully examining his rifle; then
+he turned to Bracy, and soon after he took out the latter's glass and
+swept the country round, to find more groups of men in motion.
+
+"Why, the place is getting alive with the beggars," he growled. "We
+shall be having some of 'em cocking an eye up and seeing us here. Don't
+know, though; they couldn't make us out, and even if they did we look
+like a couple o' sheep. I've got to look out sharp, though, to see as
+we're not surprised. Almost wish three or four would come now, so as I
+could have a set-to with 'em. That would wake me up, and no mistake.--
+Ah! it's wonderful what one can see with a bit or two o' glass set in a
+brown thing like this.--Ah! there it is again."
+
+Gedge lowered the glass and started violently, for the feeling of sleep
+was now overmastering.
+
+"Nearly dropped and smashed his glass," he said petulantly, and, laying
+down his rifle, he closed the little lorgnette slowly and carefully with
+half-numbed fingers, which fumbled about the instrument feebly.
+
+"He'd ha'--he'd ha'--fine--tongue-thrashing when he woke--foun' glass--
+smashed."
+
+Gedge sank upon his knees and bent over the sleeper, fumbling for the
+strap and case to replace the glass.
+
+"Where ha' you got to?" he muttered. "What yer swinging about half a
+mile away for? Ah! that's got yer," he went on, aiming at the case with
+a strange fixity of expression. "Now then--the lid--the lid--and the
+strap through the buckle, and the buckle--done it--me go to sleep--on
+dooty, Sergeant? Not me!--I--I--ha-h-h!"
+
+Poor Gedge was only human, and his drowsy head sank across Bracy's
+breast, so wrapped in sleep that the firing of a rifle by his ear would
+hardly have roused him up.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY THREE.
+
+LIKE A DYING DOG.
+
+The sun was rapidly going down towards the western peaks, which stood
+out dark and clear against the golden orange sky, when Gedge opened his
+eyes and began to stare in a vacant way at a little peculiarly shaded
+brown leather case which rose and fell in regular motion a few inches
+from his nose. He watched it for some minutes, feeling very comfortable
+the while, for his pillow was warm; though it seemed strange to him that
+it should move gently up and down. But he grew more wakeful a minute
+later, and told himself that he knew why it was. He and two London
+companions had made up their minds to tramp down into Kent for a
+holiday, and to go hop-picking, and they slept under haystacks, in
+barns, or in the shade of trees; and at such times as the nights were
+cool and they had no covering they huddled together to get warm, taking
+in turns that one of the party should lie crosswise and play pillow for
+the benefit of his two companions.
+
+It was one of his comrades that time, and the sun was rising, so they
+ought to be stirring to see about, something for breakfast. But in his
+drowsy state he could not make out that this was six years ago, nor yet
+what this brown leather thing was which kept going up and down.
+
+Then all at once he could. It was not six years ago, neither was it
+early morning, but close upon sunset; that movement was caused by
+Bracy's respirations, and the brown leather case contained the little
+field-glass; while the well-drilled soldier, and one of the smartest
+lads in Captain Roberts's company, had shamefully disgraced himself by
+going to sleep at his post.
+
+Before he had half-thought this he was upon his feet, to stoop again and
+pick up his rifle, and then begin stamping up and down with rage.
+
+"Oh!" he groaned; "I ought to be shot--I ought to be shot! Why, the
+niggers might ha' come and knifed Mr Bracy as he lay there helpless as
+a kid, and all through me. Slep'? Why, I must ha' slep' hours upon
+hours. What's the good o' saying you couldn't help it, sir? You ought
+to have helped it. Call yourself a soldier, and go to sleep at your
+post in the face of the enemy! That's what the Colonel will say. I
+can't never face no one agen. I shall desert; that's what I shall do--
+cut right away and jyne the rebels if they'll have me. Better go and
+jump down into that hole and bury myself in the snow; but I can't.
+
+"How am I to go and leave the gov'nor when he wants me as he does? Oh
+dear, oh dear! This is the worst of all. And I was hoping that I
+should have my stripes when I got back to the fort. Yes, that's it--
+stripes. I shall get 'em, o' course, but on my back instead of my
+sleeve. There, I'm a marked man now, and it's about all over."
+
+Gedge grew calmer as he went, on pacing up and down, for he stopped
+twice over by Bracy, to find that he was sleeping as quietly as a child,
+and he evidently had not stirred. The young soldier's next act was to
+get possession of the little field-glass again, and, to his dismay, he
+made out no less than three bodies of men in the valley far below, one
+of which was streaming along as if marching quickly, while the other two
+were stationary, close up to a little clump of pines or cedars, he could
+not make out which.
+
+"T'others are going to ketch up to 'em and camp for the night, I bet.
+Yes, that they are," he added as a tiny cloud of grey smoke began to
+rise. "They're going to cook, so they must have something to roast, and
+I'm--oh, how hungry I do feel! Better not hold up this rifle, or they
+may see it in the sunshine, and come and cook us."
+
+He had a good long look, swept the valley as far as he could see, and
+then laid down his rifle, to go down on one knee by Bracy and begin
+replacing the glass in its leather case.
+
+"It's all right, sir; on'y me," cried Gedge, for, awakened by the light
+touch, Bracy seized one hand and made an effort to pull out his
+revolver.
+
+"Ha!" he cried. "You startled me, Gedge. Want the glass?"
+
+"Had it, sir, thank ye."
+
+"See anything?"
+
+"Yes, sir. There's three lots o' them Dwats down low there--six or
+seven hundred of 'em, I should say."
+
+"Ah!" cried Bracy, rising quickly into a sitting position, but yielding
+to an agonising pain and letting himself sink back with a groan.
+
+"Hurt yer, sir?" said Gedge commiseratingly.
+
+"Horribly. But tell me; have I been asleep?"
+
+"Hours and hours, sir. It's just sundown. I was in hopes you'd be
+better, sir."
+
+"I am, Gedge. I was in a horrible state before. My brain seemed
+numbed."
+
+"No wonder, sir, lying in the snow all night; but you talk quite
+straight now."
+
+"Did I seem incoherent before?" said Bracy excitedly.
+
+"Well, sir, I don't say you was ink-o--what you call it: but you was a
+bit touched in the upper story; and that was only nat'ral, sir."
+
+"Tell me about the enemy down below. Have they made us out?"
+
+"I think not, sir; but I must out with it, sir."
+
+"Ah! there is danger?"
+
+"Oh no, sir, I don't think so; but I can't give much of a report, for I
+had to do sentry-go while you slep', sir."
+
+"Did you? Well, you're a good fellow, Gedge."
+
+"Not a bit of it, sir. There, it must come to the top. I'd rather tell
+you than you should find it out, sir. I held up as long as I could, and
+kep' going to sleep walking or standing still; and at last, after
+getting out your glass, I knelt down to put it back, and down I went
+right off to sleep, just as if some one had hit me on the head with the
+butt of his piece."
+
+"I'm glad of it, Gedge," said Bracy, smiling.
+
+"Glad of it, sir?" said the lad, staring.
+
+"Heartily. It was the only thing you could do after what you had gone
+through."
+
+"Beg pardon, sir, but as a soldier--" began Gedge.
+
+"Soldiers cannot do impossibilities, my lad. I have all the will and
+spirit to get on to the Ghil Valley, and yet here I am with my urgent
+message undelivered, and lying sleeping the greater part of a day."
+
+"Oh, that's different, sir. You're sorter like being in hospital and
+wounded."
+
+"If not wounded, Gedge," said Bracy sadly, "I am crippled."
+
+"Don't say that, sir," cried the lad excitedly. "I thought you said
+there was nothing broke."
+
+"I did not think so then, my lad, but there is something wrong with my
+right leg."
+
+"Amb'lance dooty--first help," said Gedge quickly. "Let's look, sir."
+
+Bracy bowed his head, and the young soldier ran his hand down the puttee
+bandage about his officer's leg, and drew in his breath sharply.
+
+"Well," said Bracy faintly, "what do you make out?"
+
+"Leg's not broke, sir, but there's something awfully wrong with the
+ankle. It's all puffed up as big as my 'elmet."
+
+"I was afraid so. Here, help me to stand up."
+
+"Better not, sir," protested Gedge.
+
+"Obey orders, my lad," said Bracy softly, and with a smile at his
+attendant. "You're not the Doctor."
+
+"No, sir, but--"
+
+"Your hands."
+
+Gedge extended his hands, and by their help Bracy rose, to stand on one
+leg, the other hanging perfectly helpless, with the toes touching the
+rock.
+
+"Help--me--" said Bracy faintly, and he made a snatch at Gedge, who was
+on the alert and caught him round the waist, just in time to save him
+from a fall.
+
+The next moment he had fainted dead away, to come-to in a few minutes
+and find his companion laying snow upon his temples.
+
+"Ah!" he sighed; "that's refreshing, Gedge."
+
+"Have a bit to suck, sir?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+Bracy lay for a few minutes letting the snow melt in his mouth; then
+calmly enough he went on:
+
+"I've got a bad wrench, my lad. My ankle must have doubled under me
+when I fell. There's no help for it; we have had nothing but
+misfortunes from the start, but this is the culmination--the worst of
+all."
+
+"Is it, sir? I'm glad o' that."
+
+"Glad?"
+
+"Yes, sir; 'cause, you see, when things comes to the worst they begins
+to mend. So will your leg if you let me get the puttee and boot off.
+If you don't I shall be 'bliged to cut it off before long."
+
+"Go on; you're quite right, my lad," said Bracy calmly; and as the young
+soldier eagerly busied himself over the frightfully swollen place,
+unwinding the bandages, which cut down into the flesh, and unlacing the
+boot, he went on talking calmly:
+
+"About this boot, sir; I've unlaced it as far as I can, and it's quite
+fast on. Shall I cut it or will you try and bear a wrench?"
+
+"Don't cut it, my lad. Give a quiet, firm drag. I'll bear the pain as
+well as I can."
+
+The next moment the boot was off, and Bracy lay with his eyes closed.
+
+"Like some more ice, sir?" said Gedge eagerly.
+
+"No, my lad; I'm not going to faint this time. Got some snow, and take
+my handkerchief to bind some round the ankle. But look first whether
+you can make out any movement amongst the enemy."
+
+"It's getting dark down there, sir, though it's so bright up here, and
+the great long shadders of the mountain seems to have swallered 'em up.
+But they've got a whacking great fire, sir, so they must be going to
+camp there for the night."
+
+"I don't think they could have made us out, Gedge.--Ha! that feels
+comforting. But now listen to me."
+
+"Yus, sir. I may go on doing up your leg, though?"
+
+"Oh yes; only attend."
+
+"Of course, sir."
+
+"You can tell the Ghoorkha Colonel--"
+
+"Yes, sir?" said Gedge, for Bracy stopped short.--"He's going off his
+head again."
+
+"And Colonel Graves, if you get back--"
+
+"Yus, sir."
+
+"That I did everything that man could do to reach the Ghil Valley."
+
+"That I'll swear, sir."
+
+"And that he must lose no time in hurrying to the fort. If he likes to
+detach half a company to try and pick me up, he will do so; but the fort
+is to be the first consideration. Do you hear?"
+
+"Yus, sir.--Oh yus, I hears," said Gedge through his teeth as, with the
+help of Mrs Gee's pocket-book packet, he put some oil-silk over the
+snow, and then applied the broadest bandage he could find cleverly
+enough.
+
+"That's right. I'm a bit of a coward, Gedge," continued the poor
+fellow, with a smile.
+
+"Yes, sir, you are, sir," said Gedge; "an out-and-outer."
+
+"And I want to have as little pain to bear as I can while you're gone."
+
+"Course you do, sir. That's why I'm doing this."
+
+"Make haste, while the light lasts. I want you then to take the rest of
+the food and put it in your own haversack."
+
+"Yes, sir; not inside?"
+
+"To use as sparingly as you can, so as to make it last till you reach
+the Ghil Valley. I have broken down, Gedge, but you must get there. Do
+you hear?--must."
+
+"Yes, sir, I hear--must."
+
+"It means salvation for the poor creatures yonder, holding out their
+hands to us for help."
+
+"Yes, sir.--But a deal you can see that," muttered Gedge.
+
+"And it means a sergeant's stripes for the brave lad who took the
+message in the terrible emergency."
+
+"Sergeant, sir? As big a man as old Gee?"
+
+"Yes; and as good a non-commissioned officer, and I hope a more popular
+man."
+
+"Rigid, sir. That sounds good," cried Gedge cheerily. "But about you,
+sir? If you get the ridgement o' little chaps and saves the fort, it
+means your company, don't it--Captain?"
+
+Bracy groaned.
+
+"I was not striving for promotion, Gedge, but to save our
+fellow-countrymen and women yonder. But listen: in case I faint again--
+give me a scrap or two more snow, my lad."
+
+He took and sucked the icy particles handed to him, and felt refreshed.
+
+"Now, then," he said; "listen once more, and be quick. Just tie that
+bandage, and then put the food together. I am not going to load you
+with instructions which you may not be able to carry out, but look
+yonder--there is the top of the mountain you have to skirt, shining
+bright and hopefully in the distance."
+
+"I can see it, sir."
+
+"That is your guide. Once you compass that the way will be easier."
+
+"Yes, sir. When ought I to start?"
+
+"To-night, man, as soon as the sun is down; therefore, mark well where
+the bright peak lies, so as to take your bearings. The enemy's fire
+will enable you to avoid that danger. Quick; there is no time to spare;
+and remember--you must get there."
+
+"Yes, sir; I won't forget."
+
+"Leave me some cartridges to defend myself, if I can. It would be more
+like a soldier to die like that."
+
+"Yes, sir, o' course; more English and plucky," said Gedge, giving the
+last bandage its final knot, and then opening his haversack to take out
+what it contained and divide it.
+
+"What are you doing?" said Bracy sharply.
+
+"Getting your supper ready, sir, and mine," said the lad coldly.
+
+Bracy tried to raise himself up in the fit of anger which attacked him,
+but fell back with a groan. Fighting back the sensation of weakness,
+though, he spoke as firmly as he could.
+
+"I want no food," he said quietly, "and you are wasting time. A good
+twenty-four hours have been lost. Go at once."
+
+"But you must eat something, sir," said Gedge stubbornly. "There's the
+cold coming on awful now the sun's down, and it will keep it out."
+
+"Those poor creatures at the fort are waiting and praying for help to
+come, while the hungry wolves of Dwats are crowding closer and closer in
+ready for the massacre."
+
+"Yes, sir--the beasts!--it's precious hard, but let's hope--"
+
+"There is no hope, Gedge. It was the last card the Colonel had to play
+in sending us, and we must not fail. You must go at once."
+
+"But I aren't had nothing to-day, sir," pleaded Gedge, "and my inside's
+going mad. Wolves? Why, I feel just as if one was tearing me."
+
+"Take all the provisions left, and eat as you go."
+
+"And what about you, sir?"
+
+"Never mind me. Go at once."
+
+"But it'll be dark as pitch in 'alf-a-hour, sir. How am I to see my
+way?"
+
+"I told you. The descent will be easy. You can almost slide down all
+the way, for the snow is getting glassy again, and you must guide
+yourself by leaving the enemy's fire on the right. Look! it is glowing
+brightly now."
+
+"That's right, sir, till I get to the bottom. But what then?"
+
+"Gedge, are you going to fail me in this terrible emergency?"
+
+"Not me, sir," cried the lad excitedly. "I'll stick to you till we both
+goes under fighting to the last, for they don't want to make prisoners
+of us; their knives are too sharp."
+
+"Then go."
+
+"But I'm sure I couldn't find the way, sir. I should be taking the
+first turning to the left, or else to the right, or tumbling into
+another hole like this, or doing some stoopid thing. I'm no use, sir,
+without my orficer to tell me what to do."
+
+Bracy drew a deep breath and pressed his lips together, as he fought
+hard to keep down his anger against his follower.
+
+"I have told you what to do," he said at last quite calmly. "You must
+use your brains."
+
+"Never had much, sir," replied Gedge bitterly; "and now they're about
+froze up with cold and hungriness and trouble. I ain't fit to send on
+such a job as this, sir. I'm sure to muff it."
+
+"Do you want to find out some day, my lad, that those poor comrades of
+ours have been massacred to a man through your hanging back from doing
+what might have saved them?"
+
+"I wish I may die if I do, sir!" cried Gedge passionately.
+
+"Then go."
+
+"But I'm cold and hungry, sir, and it's getting dark, and I don't know
+my way."
+
+"Crush those feelings down like a hero, and go."
+
+"Hero, sir? Me a hero!" cried Gedge bitterly. "Oh? there's none of
+that stuff in me."
+
+There was just enough light reflected from the upper peaks to enable the
+couple to see each other's faces--the one frowning and angry, and
+belying the calm, stern fixedness into which it had been forced; the
+other wild, anxious, and with the nerves twitching sharply at the
+corners of the eyes and mouth, as if its owner were grimacing in mockery
+of the young officer's helplessness and suffering.
+
+"Gedge," said Bracy suddenly, after making an effort as if to swallow
+down the rage and despair from which he suffered.
+
+"Yes, sir, I know what you're going to say; but you're awful bad. Now,
+you have a bit to eat, and then go to sleep, and when you wake up let's
+see if I can't manage to get you on one of those flat bits o' slaty
+stone, and then I'll get a strap to it, and pull you down the slope--
+you'll quite slide like--and when we're off the snow I'll pig-a-back you
+to the first wood, and we'll hide there, and I'll keep helping you on a
+bit till we get to this here Jack-and-Jill Valley. You see, the job
+can't be done without you."
+
+"This is all shuffling and scheming, Gedge, to escape doing your duty,"
+said Bracy sternly.
+
+"Is it, sir?" said the lad, with an assumption of innocence.
+
+"You know it is, sir. You don't want to go?"
+
+"Well, sir, I suppose that is about the size of it."
+
+"Do you want me to look upon you as a contemptible cur?" said Bracy,
+flashing out into anger now.
+
+"No, sir; o' course not."
+
+"I see how it is. I've been believing you to be all that is manly and
+true, while all the time I've been labouring under a gross mistake, for
+now you are put to the test you are only base metal. Go; leave me.
+Gedge, you are a miserable, contemptible coward after all."
+
+"Yes, sir; that's it, sir," said the lad bitterly; "bit o' common brass
+as got into the service, and you orficers and old Gee and the rest of
+you drilled up and polished and dressed up and put some gilt on; but
+when yer comes to rub it off, I'm on'y a bit o' brass after all."
+
+"Yes, you know exactly--coward!--dog!"
+
+"Don't, sir!" cried the poor fellow in a choking voice; "don't! It's
+like laying it on to a chap with a wire whip."
+
+"Then do your duty. Go."
+
+"I can't, sir; I can't," cried the lad, literally writhing, as if the
+blows were falling upon his back and sides. "I dessay I am a coward,
+but I'd follow you anywheres, sir, if the bullets was whistling round
+us, and them devils were waiting for us with their knives; but I can't
+go and leave you now, sir. You ain't fit to leave. It'd be like
+killing you--murdering of you, sir, with the cold and starvation."
+
+"It is your duty to go."
+
+"But you don't know how bad you are, sir," pleaded the lad, with the
+great sobs struggling to escape from his breast. "You don't know, sir;
+but I do, sir. You'd be frozen stiff before it was light again."
+
+"Perhaps; but I should die knowing that an effort was being made to save
+those we have left behind."
+
+"You've done all you can do, sir," pleaded Gedge passionately. "We
+can't do no more."
+
+"I can't, but you can. I call upon you once more to go and do this
+thing. If you have any manhood in you, go."
+
+"I can't, sir," groaned Gedge.
+
+"You coward!--it's your duty to go."
+
+"It ain't, sir; it can't be, to leave my orficer to die like this. I
+know it can't. Why, if I did, and got the help, and took the men back,
+and the Colonel got to know how, he'd think it warn't worth getting it
+at such a price. He'd call me a cowardly dog and a hound, and the lads
+would groan and spit at me. Why, they'd cob me when they got me alone,
+and I couldn't say a word, because I should feel, as I always should to
+the last day I lived, that I'd been a miserable sneak."
+
+"I tell you it is your duty, my man," cried Bracy again.
+
+"Don't send me, sir! I ain't afraid," pleaded Gedge once more. "It's
+leaving you to die in the cold and dark. I can't go!--I can't go!"
+
+Bracy struggled up at this, supporting himself with his left hand, moved
+now as he was by his companion's devotion; but he choked down all he
+longed to say in the one supreme effort he was making to fulfil the
+mission he had failed in by another hand.
+
+"I am your officer, sir. You are a soldier, sworn to serve your country
+and your Queen."
+
+Gedge looked down at the speaker through the gloom, and saw him fumbling
+beneath his sheepskin coat with his right hand. The next minute he had
+drawn his revolver, and Gedge heard it click.
+
+"You hear me, sir?" cried Bracy sternly.
+
+"Yes, sir, I hear."
+
+"Then obey your officer's orders."
+
+"You ain't an officer now, sir; you're a patient waiting to be carried
+to the rear, after going down in front."
+
+"How dare you!" cried Bracy fiercely. "Obey my orders."
+
+"They ain't your orders, and it ain't my dooty to obey a poor fellow as
+has gone stick stark raving mad."
+
+"Obey my orders, dog, or--"
+
+"I won't!" cried Gedge passionately. "I'll be drummed out if I do."
+
+"You dog!" roared Bracy, and the pistol clicked.
+
+"Shoot me, then, for a dog," cried Gedge passionately, "and if I can
+I'll try to lick yer hand, but I won't leave you now."
+
+The pistol fell with a dull sound as Bracy sank back, and in that
+terrible darkness and silence, amid the icy snow, a hoarse groan seemed
+to tear its way from the young officer's breast.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY FOUR.
+
+A WILD IDEA.
+
+How long that silence lasted neither could have afterwards said, but
+after a time Bracy felt a couple of hands busy drawing the spare
+_poshtin_ more about him. Then a face was placed close to his, and a
+hand touched his forehead softly. "I'm not asleep, Gedge," he said.
+"Ha!" sighed the lad, with a long drawn breath: "getting afraid, sir;
+you lay so still."
+
+"It's all over, my man," said Bracy wearily.
+
+"No, no; don't say that, sir," cried Gedge. "I was obliged to--"
+
+"Hush! I don't mean that. I only feel now that I can sleep."
+
+"Yes, sir; do, sir. Have a good try."
+
+"I cannot while I know that I have your coat."
+
+"Oh, I don't mind, sir; and I've got to be sentry."
+
+"We want no sentry here, my lad. Take the coat from under me."
+
+"But--"
+
+"Come, obey me now," said Bracy quietly. "Get close to me, then, and
+cover it over us both."
+
+"You mean that, sir?"
+
+"Yes.--There, my lad, all men are equal at a time like this. I have
+striven to the last, but Fate has been against me from the first. I
+give up now."
+
+"I didn't want to run against you, sir; but I was obliged."
+
+"Yes, I suppose so."
+
+"You wouldn't have gone and left me, sir?"
+
+"I don't know," said Bracy slowly.
+
+"I do, sir; I know you wouldn't."
+
+"Let it rest, my lad, and we'll wait for day. God help the poor
+creatures at the fort, and God help us too!"
+
+"Amen!" said Gedge to himself; and as the warmth began to steal through
+his half-frozen limbs he lay gazing at the distant glow of the enemy's
+fire far away below, till it grew more and more faint, and then seemed
+to die right out--seemed, for it was well replenished again and again
+through the night, and sent up flames and sparks as if to give a signal
+far away, for the supply of fir-branches was abundant, and the fire rose
+in spirals up into the frosty sky.
+
+Bracy too lay watching the distant blaze till it grew dim to his
+half-closed eyes. A calmer feeling of despair had come over him, and
+the feeling that he had done all that man could do softened the mental
+agony from which he had suffered. This was to be the end, he felt; and,
+if ever their remains were found, those who knew them would deal gently
+with their memory. For the inevitable future stared him blankly in the
+face. Gedge would strive his utmost to obtain help, but he felt that
+the poor fellow's efforts would be in vain, and that, if they lived
+through the night, many hours would not elapse before they perished from
+hunger and the cold.
+
+The feeling of weary mental confusion that stole over him then was
+welcome; and, weak from the agony he had suffered, he made an effort to
+rouse himself from the torpor that, Nature-sent, was lulling the pangs
+in his injured limb, but let his eyelids droop lower and lower till the
+distant light was shut out, and then cold, misery, and despair passed
+away, for all was blank.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The specks of golden light were beginning to show on the high peaks, and
+gradually grew brighter till it was sunny morning far up on the icy
+eminences, chilly dawn where the two sheepskin-covered figures lay
+prone, and night still where the fire was blazing by the pine-forest,
+and the great body of the enemy had bivouacked.
+
+The two motionless figures were covered by a thick rime frost, which
+looked grey in the dim light, not a crystal as yet sending off a
+scintillation; and tiny spicules of ice had matted the moustache and
+beard of Bracy where his breath had condensed during the night, sealing
+them to the woolly coverlet he had drawn up close; while a strange
+tingling sensation attacked his eyes as he opened them suddenly, waking
+from a morning dream of defending the fort and giving orders to his men,
+who fired volley after volley, which, dream-like, sounded far away.
+
+He was still half-asleep, but involuntarily he raised a warm hand to
+apply to his eyes. In a very few minutes they were clear, and he began
+breaking and picking off bit by bit the little icicles from his
+moustache.
+
+It was strange how it mingled still with his dreams--that firing of
+volleys; and the half-drowsy thoughts turned to wonder that there should
+be firing, for he must be awake. Directly after he knew he was, for
+there was a sharp rattle in the distance, which came rolling and echoing
+from the face of the great cliff across the gulf, and Gedge jerked
+himself and said sleepily:
+
+"That's right, boys; let 'em have it."
+
+"Gedge!" cried Bracy hoarsely.
+
+"Right, sir; I'm here," was the answer; and the young soldier rolled
+over from beneath the _poshtin_, rose to his feet, staggered, and sat
+down again.
+
+"Oh, murder!" he cried. "My poor feet ain't froze hard, are they?"
+
+"I pray not," said Bracy excitedly.
+
+"'Cause I can't stand. But, hallo! sir; what game's this? They're
+a-firing at us, and coming up over the snow."
+
+"No, no, it can't be!" cried Bracy wildly. "No tribes-men could fire
+volleys like that."
+
+"Course not, sir. Hoorray! then the Colonel's sent a couple o'
+comp'nies to help us."
+
+"Impossible!" cried Bracy. "Hark! there is the reply to the firing.
+Yes; and another volley. I almost thought I could see a flash."
+
+"Did yer, sir? Oh, don't talk; do listen, sir. There they go. There
+must be a big fight going on down there."
+
+"Then friends have attacked the enemy in camp--advanced upon them so as
+to catch them before daylight."
+
+"Oh! they might ha' waited till it was light enough for us to see, sir.
+Mr Bracy, sir, don't, pray don't say it's reg'lars, because if it ain't
+I couldn't stand it now. I should go down and blubber like a great
+gal."
+
+"It is a force of regulars, my lad," cried Bracy, whose voice sounded as
+if he were choking. "Friends are there below in the valley. I know:
+the Colonel must have been badly beaten at the fort."
+
+"Oh, don't say that, sir."
+
+"It must be. They have been too much for him, and he is retreating with
+our lads trying to make for the Ghil Pass. That is the meaning of the
+gathering last night to bar their way."
+
+"Oh Lor'! oh Lor'! and us not able to fire a shot to help 'em. Be any
+use to begin, sir, like for signals to show we're here?"
+
+"No," said Bracy sadly; "our single shots could not be heard."
+
+"Not if we fired both together, sir?" cried Gedge wildly. "I'll load
+for you."
+
+"How could they distinguish between our shots and those of the enemy you
+can hear crackling?"
+
+"Course not, sir. I'm a poor idjit sometimes. But oh! why does it keep
+dark down there so long when it's getting quite light up here? We can't
+see what's going on a bit."
+
+"No; but my ears tell me pretty plainly," said Bracy excitedly.
+
+"Mr Bracy, sir."
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"We aren't worse, are we, and all this a sort o' nightmare before we
+loses ourselves altogether?"
+
+"No, man, no. Listen. They must be getting the worst of it."
+
+"Our lads, sir? Oh, don't say that! There must be a lot of them, by
+the volley-firing. Don't say they're being cut up."
+
+"The enemy, man. Can't you hear how steady the firing is?--Splendid. I
+can almost see them. The enemy must be retiring stubbornly, and they're
+following them up."
+
+"Yes, sir; that's it," cried Gedge wildly. "Go on, sir; go on."
+
+"Their officers are holding the men well in hand, so as not to come to a
+charge in that broken country, and withering the crowd with their fire
+to make them scatter."
+
+"Right, sir, right. That's it. Oh, if we was only there!"
+
+There was a pause--the two men listening.
+
+"The enemy's firing sounds more broken up, and is getting feebler."
+
+"Yes, sir; I can make out that," panted Gedge. "Oh! I say, don't let
+the lads get out of hand and follow the beggars where they can get hold
+of the bay'nets and use their long knives."
+
+For another half-hour the pair lay listening to the engagement going on,
+till it seemed as if the daylight below would never come. Then the
+darkness gave way, to display far below a cold grey mist, through which
+clouds of smoke were softly rising; and Bracy brought his glass to bear
+upon the fight still raging furiously, and looked in silence till Gedge
+turned to him:
+
+"Oh, do say something, sir! Our lads--they ain't being cut up, sir, are
+they?"
+
+"No, no, I think not, my lad; but I can hardly make out what is going on
+at present. Ha! it's gradually growing lighter there. The enemy are
+not where they were last night, and the troops are there."
+
+"Then they've took the beggars' camp, sir?"
+
+"That does not follow," said Bracy, whose eyes were glued to his
+glass.--"I can make out the white-coats now. They have divided, and are
+upon the rising ground all round. Our poor fellows must have fallen
+into a trap."
+
+"No, sir; no, sir, they couldn't, sir," cried Gedge; "they'd have seen
+that fire and known there was an enemy."
+
+"Yes, I forgot the fire," said Bracy. "Oh, if the sun would only shine
+down upon them now!"
+
+"But he won't, sir; he never will when he's wanted to. He won't shine
+there for an hour yet."
+
+"Yes--no--yes--no," panted Bracy at slow intervals; and Gedge wrung his
+hands, like a woman in trouble, whimpering out:
+
+"Oh! who's to know what that means, with his `Yes--no--yes--no'? Mr
+Bracy, sir, do--do say that our lads are whipping the beggars back."
+
+"Yes," cried Bracy excitedly; "I can see now; the hill-men are scattered
+and running towards the mountains."
+
+"Hoorray!" yelled Gedge. "Hoorray! Hoorray! Hark at the steady
+volleys still, sir! Hoorray! Who wouldn't be a soldier of the Queen?"
+
+"Ha! Who indeed?" sighed Bracy.
+
+"And it don't matter, sir, now?" said Gedge.
+
+"No; not so much, my lad; but they'll be harassed like this all the way
+to the Ghil Pass."
+
+"And drive the beggars back, sir. But don't you think we ought to make
+one try to get down to them, sir? Same as I said last night?"
+
+Bracy was silent as he kept on using his glass, with the valley below
+growing clearer--so light now that, the young soldier could begin to see
+something of the fight with the naked eye, and he joined in the eager
+watch downward for a time before repeating his question.
+
+"I fear not, my lad," said Bracy, with a sigh. "The enemy are cut in
+two; one body is retreating down the valley in the direction of the
+fort; the other, widely scattered, is making for the snow-slope."
+
+"Not coming this way, sir?" cried Gedge.
+
+"Yes, as far as I can see; and our men are steadily in pursuit, firing
+wherever a crowd collects."
+
+"That's the way to do it, sir; but that's cutting off our retreat."
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Well, then, sir, we must lie low till the enemy is cleared off. They
+won't come up here."
+
+"No; they must be making for the track we crossed--the one below there,
+where we saw the men going towards the valley-bend."
+
+"That's it, sir, and they've got their work cut out; but our lads won't
+follow 'em right up there."
+
+"No; they will only follow till they have scattered them as far as
+possible."
+
+"And then go back, sir, and leave us where we are."
+
+"Yes," said Bracy sadly.
+
+Gedge was silent for a few minutes, during which they still watched the
+scene below. Then he broke out with:
+
+"It's all downhill, sir."
+
+"Yes, Gedge," said Bracy drearily; "it is all downhill now to the end."
+
+"You ain't listening to me, sir," cried the lad. "Do put that glass
+away, sir, and we'll have a try."
+
+"A try? What! to get down below? You try, my lad; but there is the
+terrible risk of being cut to pieces by the enemy if they see you."
+
+"Don't begin that again, sir, please. You know I won't leave you, but
+let's have a try."
+
+"I am helpless, my lad--as helpless as a figure half of lead."
+
+"But I ain't, sir," cried Gedge. "The sight of our lads below there
+seems to ha' woke me up. I'm ready to die game; but I want to make one
+spurt for life first."
+
+"Why, Gedge," cried Bracy excitedly as he lowered the glass from his
+eyes, "they're not our fellows after all."
+
+"What, sir!"
+
+"No; and there's a detachment down yonder coming from the east. I can
+almost see that they're doubling to get up in time."
+
+"From the east, sir? Then the Colonel ain't retreating?"
+
+"No.--Hurrah!"
+
+"Hoorray!" roared Gedge, joining in.
+
+"They're the Ghoorkhas, Gedge. They must be a thousand strong."
+
+"Then one o' the messengers must ha' got to them after all."
+
+"Yes; that must be it, Gedge; and they surprised the enemy's camp at
+dawn."
+
+"That's it, sir!" yelled Gedge. "Hoorray! hoorray again! Then there is
+life in a mussel after all."
+
+"They've scattered this force, Gedge, and the fort will be relieved, for
+the bravo little fellows will cut their way through all."
+
+"Yes, sir. Now then, sir, you needn't hardly move. There's a bit o'
+slaty stone yonder as'll do, and all I want of you, sir, is for yer to
+sit still upon it, and nuss the rifles while I steer you down to the
+truck."
+
+"Right in among the enemy, my lad?"
+
+"Right through 'em, sir. They're on the run, and won't dare to stop to
+go at us. I never heard of a nigger as'd stand a moment when a Ghoorkha
+was coming after him with his crooked knife."
+
+"Let's try," said Bracy, setting his teeth. "Life is sweet, my lad."
+
+"Even without sugar, sir. Why, bless your 'eart! there's a lot of it in
+us both yet, sir. This here's nothing to what we've been and done."
+
+Wild with excitement now, Gedge fetched the heavy slab of stone, almost
+as much as he could lift, drew it close up behind Bracy, and placed his
+arms under the young officer's shoulders.
+
+"Now, sir," he said, "you set your teeth just as if the doctor was going
+to use his knife."
+
+"What are you going to do?"
+
+"Draw you right back on to this stone, sir. I must hurt you a bit, but
+I can't help that."
+
+"Go on," said Bracy; and the next moment he was drawn back upon the
+stone, with no worse suffering than a fit of faintness, for his leg was
+numb with the cold.
+
+"Right, sir. Now your rifle and mine across your legs. Stop; my
+_poshtin_ first. May want it again. Got the cartridges handy?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then I sits here between your legs, sir. Just room, and I can steer
+and put on the break with my heels. Ready, sir?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then off."
+
+The surface of the snow was like glass with the night's frost, and the
+stone began to glide at once, just as the first gleams of the rising sun
+lit up the spot where such terrible hours had been spent; and the next
+minute, with a strange, metallic, hissing sound, the pair were gliding
+down the slope at a steady rate, which Gedge felt it in his power to
+increase to a wild rush by raising his heels from the surface upon which
+they ran.
+
+"All right, sir?"
+
+"Yes, all right. Go on."
+
+"Ain't it wonderful, sir? Why, we can get down to the track long before
+any of them can get up to it."
+
+"Stop, then, to let them reach it and retreat."
+
+"If you order me to, sir, I will; but they'll never try to stop us;
+they'll scatter to see us coming down like this. Why, in less than an
+hour, sir, we shall be all among the Ghoorkha lads, and then hoorray for
+the fort!"
+
+"Go on, then. I trust to you."
+
+"Right, sir," cried Gedge excitedly; and in spite of several risks of
+overturning, he steered the novel toboggan sledge down the gigantic
+slide, with the wild, metallic, hissing sound rising and falling on the
+keen wind that fanned their cheeks, and a glistening prismatic, icy dust
+rising behind them like a snaky cloud.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY FIVE.
+
+THE IDEA TAMED.
+
+Onward, swifter or slower, they moved as the undulations of the mighty
+snow-slope ruled with the rough track crossing at right-angles far below
+and gradually growing plainer, the white-coats of the fleeing enemy, the
+kharkee jackets of the advancing line of Ghoorkhas, and the pulls of
+smoke from each discharge coming nearer as if in a dream. The
+excitement of the wild rush seemed to madden Gedge, who, as he found out
+that he could easily control his rough chariot of stone, let it glide
+faster and faster, his eyes sparkling, and the various phases of the
+fight below sending a wild longing to be amongst it thrilling through
+his nerves.
+
+"Oh," he shouted, "if there was only a hundred of us coming down like
+this to take the enemy front and rear! Are you all right, sir?"
+
+"Yes, yes; but beware of the rocks down below there by the track."
+
+"Right, sir. Wish they weren't there, though, and we could go right on;
+charge through 'em in no time."
+
+He had to speak without turning his head, and Bracy did not catch half
+his words. But it was no time for speaking; and, forgetting for the
+time being his injuries and partial helplessness, Bracy began to share
+in his driver's excitement, and watched the movements going on below.
+
+The height to which they had climbed had been great, and some memory of
+the labour they had gone through in the ascent came back as they swept
+rapidly down, till in an incredibly short space of time they neared the
+rocky track, with its rugged pinnacles and masses standing right up out
+of the snow.
+
+Gedge saw that the enemy was still far below the track; and as he
+checked the way on the stone by gradually driving in his well-nailed
+boot heels, he looked to right or left for a spot where there would be a
+clear crossing of the track, free from projecting rocks, so that a
+stoppage would not be necessary. There it was, lying well to the right,
+narrow but perfectly practicable. For, plainly enough, he could see
+that there had been a snow-slide burying a portion of the track, and if
+he could steer between a couple of rocks, not ten yards apart, the glide
+down could be continued without a pause.
+
+"It's all right, sir," he cried. "Signals is clear, and we don't stop
+at that station. Hoorray! Her Majesty's mails. Fast express."
+
+It was on Bracy's lips to cry, "Take care," but he nipped them together
+and sat fast, feeling their pace slacken as if, to carry out Gedge's
+simile, they were easing down to run through a station.
+
+Nearer, nearer, with rough crags half-buried in the snow on both sides
+and seeming to close in upon them as they glided down, with the narrow
+pass between the two rocks unaccountably growing for the moment closer
+together. But directly after, by clever steering, Gedge made a curve in
+their descent, brought the stone opposite the opening, and then let it
+go.
+
+Their way rose a little as they approached the track where it was buried
+in the snow, but directly after the descent was steeper; and as soon as
+Gedge felt sure of his course they dashed through the opening at a
+greatly increased speed. Then he shouted in his wild excitement as they
+tore down towards the enemy, who were toiling upward, slipping, and even
+crawling on all-fours in places, while their active little pursuers were
+striving their best to overtake them, but pausing at times to fire.
+
+Pursued and pursuers were still far below, but Bracy saw that it was
+only a matter of a short time before they would be amongst them; and
+now, for the first time, it was evident that their descent had caught
+the attention of the hill-men striving to reach the track, some of whom
+stopped short to stare, while a party of about twenty immediately bore
+off to their left as if meaning to intercept them.
+
+"What's it to be, sir!" panted Gedge. "Charge through 'em, or stop and
+let 'em have it? They'll be `twix' two fives."
+
+"Stop!" shouted Bracy. "They'll try to check us, and slash as we come;
+and if we strike against even one we shall be upset."
+
+"That's right, sir. Be ready with the rifles. Mine's charged, I think.
+'Nother five hundred yards right for that lot o' twenty, and then slide
+off and open fire--eh?"
+
+"You don't want your orders, Gedge," said Bracy dryly. "Quite right."
+
+Gedge did not hear him, for, as they rushed down over the icy snow, he
+had his work cut out to check his awkward car, as it nearly mastered
+him, his heels gliding over the smooth surface and refusing to cut in.
+Forcing them down, though, the speed began to slacken, till they neared
+the ascending group of savage faces of those who had borne off to
+intercept them; and as the car was brought to a stand a couple of shots
+were fired, and the missiles sent whistled by their heads.
+
+"Can yer roll off, sir, and lie on yer face?" cried Gedge as he snatched
+his rifle, threw himself down behind the stone, and opened his
+cartridge-pouch.
+
+"Yes. Look to yourself. Fire sharply, or they'll be upon us."
+
+"Or our bay'nets," said Gedge through his teeth.
+
+The next moment he fired as he rested upon his elbows, and a shot from
+Bracy rang out, with the result that two of the group below them
+dropped, and a yell came from the remainder as they made a rush to reach
+them. But their running powers were exhausted, and at the end of twenty
+yards they resumed their heavy climb, with their feet breaking through
+the crust of frozen snow.
+
+Crack, crack! from the English rifles, and one more dropped in his
+track, while another sprang wildly in advance for a few yards, before
+pitching forward upon his face and lying still.
+
+"Fire steadily," said Bracy hoarsely, "and we may cheek them."
+
+"Right, sir. Quick, too, for the beggars on the left are closing in to
+help."
+
+A couple more shots were fired, and another man went down, and then
+there was a yell of rage and an order from one of the party, with the
+result that all dropped upon their faces, checked, and began to fire at
+the pair crouching behind the stone, made to look bigger by Gedge's
+_poshtin_ lying in a little heap on the top.
+
+"It's all right, sir; they couldn't hit a haystack. Their hands are all
+of a tremble with climbing. We're right enough. I hit that chap."
+
+Proof was given, for one of the enemy started up, dropped his long
+jezail, and fell backwards.
+
+"Keep on firing steadily, Gedge," said Bracy huskily. "I must open upon
+that group on our flank. They're coming on."
+
+"Then we're done, for, sir," said the young soldier. "But mind this,
+sir; I die game, though you did call me a coward last night."
+
+"I did, Gedge, and it was a cruel lie, my lad. Fire away. I wish I had
+your pluck. Look here."
+
+"Yes, sir.--One for you," growled Gedge as he fired again.--"I'm
+listening, but I can't look. Hit him, sir?"
+
+"Yes," said Bracy. "Look here."
+
+"Can't, sir."
+
+"Then listen. When it comes to the worst--one grip of the hand, my lad,
+before we go."
+
+Crack--crack!
+
+Two more shots in answer to the scattered fire of the enemy, whose
+bullets whistled over their heads, seeking billets in the snow around.
+
+"Won't be long, sir, I'm afraid," said Gedge. "No, I ain't afraid--not
+a bit. But those chaps are coming on faster. 'Tain't climbing, sir,
+now."
+
+"No; they'll be upon us before five minutes have passed. Turn your
+rifle upon them, my lad, for two or three shots, and we may check them
+too."
+
+Before Gedge could change his position a scattered volley from below
+somewhere rattled out, and the flanking-party coming on needed no
+checking, some of them falling dying or wounded, while the remainder
+threw themselves down and began firing, some at their pursuers below,
+the rest at Bracy and Gedge.
+
+"Hoorray, sir! Didn't I say there was life in a mussel? The Ghoorkhas
+are at 'em. Look, sir, there's about a dozen of 'em lying down to cover
+the advance, and another dozen coming on with their knives. Let's show
+'em how to shoot, sir. It 'll help the little chaps, too, when they
+charge."
+
+It was as Gedge said; and as shot after shot was sent with good aim, the
+party of tribes-men in front was lessened by half-a-dozen before the
+little Ghoorkha party came up within charging distance and made their
+rush.
+
+"Fix bayonets!" cried Bracy. "The enemy may come at us;" and the
+little, dagger-like weapons clicked and clicked as they flashed in the
+sunshine.
+
+But Bracy and Gedge got in a couple more shots before their foes sprang
+up to charge them. Then a couple more dropped as they came on, while a
+volley from below rattled out and made their attack feeble and aimless,
+though they reached their goal, one to make a slash at Gedge as he was
+pinned by the lad's bayonet, while two more struck at Bracy. Then the
+Ghoorkhas were upon them, racing over the snow, their crooked knives
+flashing, and the remaining enemy were fleeing for their lives,
+scattering far and wide, with their pursuers overtaking man after man,
+whose white-coats made blots on the glistening snow, and many a terrible
+stain. Then a whistle rang out as an officer came up to the stone at
+the double, sword in hand.
+
+"Hullo, here!" he cried; "who, in the name of wonder, are you? I
+couldn't get up in time. My boys didn't do that?"
+
+Bracy's lips parted, but no sound came.
+
+"No, sir," panted Gedge; "it was the straight knives did it, not them
+pretty little blades."
+
+"I'm glad of that. I was afraid my boys had made a mistake. But who
+are you?"
+
+"Private Willyum Gedge, in the 404th Fusiliers; and here's my
+lieutenant, Mr Bracy, sir. We was coming from the fort to fetch you."
+
+"Ah!" cried the officer. "How is it with them there?"
+
+"All right, sir; but hard pushed when we come away. Ain't got such a
+thing as a doctor about yer, have you?"
+
+"Yes, yes. My boys shall carry you down. All right," he cried as a
+bugle rang out from below with the recall; and by that time the little
+group were surrounded by some twenty of the active Ghoorkhas, for the
+most part with a begonia-leaved kukri in hand, laughing, chattering, and
+ready to dance with delight around the two British soldiers they had
+saved.
+
+Meanwhile their officer was down on one knee rendering first aid to the
+wounded, the knife of one of the enemy having slashed Bracy's thigh,
+which was bleeding profusely; and a havildar of the Ghoorkhas was
+cleverly bandaging Gedge's left arm, chattering to him merrily in broken
+English the while.
+
+"Try and swallow a drop more," said the officer to Bracy, who was
+reviving a little, and smiled his thanks, his eyes wandering round
+directly after in search of something, till a movement on the part of
+their rescuers enabled him to see Gedge, to whom he feebly held out his
+hand.
+
+"Much hurt?" he said faintly.
+
+"Tidy, sir. Smarts a lot; but I don't mind, sir. Say you've not got it
+bad."
+
+"Bad enough, my lad; but we've won."
+
+Gedge turned to the officer with a wild, questioning look in his eyes,
+for Bracy sank back, half-fainting.
+
+"A bad, clean cut; that's all," said the officer, smiling encouragement.
+
+"But it ain't all, sir," cried Gedge passionately. "He's badly hurt
+besides. Crippled in the leg."
+
+"Ah! and you fought like that! Well, we must get him down to the
+doctor; he is not far below. Ambulance party here."
+
+"Beg pardon, sir; why not lay him on the stone again, and let him slide
+down easy? I can ride, too, and steer."
+
+"I don't understand you, my lad," said the officer, looking at Gedge as
+if he thought him wandering.
+
+He soon did comprehend, though; and the little Ghoorkhas cheered with
+delight as, with Bracy lying upon the sheepskin-coats, the stony sledge
+went gliding slowly down the slope, half-a-dozen of the little fellows
+forming its escort, and ready to check it from breaking away, till the
+end of the snowfield was reached, and the two sufferers were soon after
+being well tended by the doctor in the temporary camp.
+
+This was near the fir-wood hold by the enemy the night before--the
+enemy, after heavy loss, having been scattered far and wide.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY SIX.
+
+HOW THE FORT WAS SAVED.
+
+It was on the third morning after Bracy and Gedge had been with the
+Ghoorkhas, who were in camp in a natural stronghold of the upper valley,
+resting before making their final advance to the fort. Gedge, with his
+arm in a sling, and a frost-bitten foot, which made him limp about the
+little tent they shared by the doctor's orders, was looking anxiously
+down at his officer, who lay perfectly helpless, appearing terribly thin
+and worn, but with a bright look in his eyes, which augured well for his
+recovery.
+
+"Yes, sir; you look a deal better," said Gedge in answer to a question:
+"and, of course, the doctor ought to know; but I don't think you ought
+to be so weak."
+
+"Wasn't it enough to make me weak, my lad?" said Bracy in a faint voice.
+"Why, I have hardly a drop of blood left in my body."
+
+"Course not, sir; and you do eat and sleep well."
+
+"Yes, my lad; and if we can only cut our way through these swarming
+wretches, and relieve the fort before it is too late, I shall soon begin
+to mend. It is horrible, this delay, and no news."
+
+"No news, sir?" said Gedge, staring. "Didn't the doctor tell you?"
+
+"The doctor? I have not seen him this morning."
+
+"But he's been here, sir. He said you were in such a beautiful sleep
+that you warn't to be woke up, for it was doing you no end of good."
+
+"But he said something?" said Bracy anxiously. "Have we had news?"
+
+"Tip-top, sir. One of the little Ghoorkha chaps got back soon after
+daylight--one of the three that was sent different ways."
+
+"But the news?"
+
+"He got into the fort, sir, and brought a despatch from the Colonel."
+
+"Yes, yes," said Bracy breathlessly.
+
+"They was all well, but hard up for everything, 'speshly ammynition; but
+they could hold out for three days; and as soon as we come up he's going
+to make a sally and attack the Dwats in the rear.--Oh, sir, it is hard,
+and no mistake!"
+
+"Thank Heaven!" cried Bracy softly. "There, my lad, I can lie and rest
+now."
+
+"Yes, sir, that's the worst of it."
+
+"It is hard--the worst of it?" said Bracy wonderingly. "What do you
+mean?"
+
+"You and me, sir, having to lie up and be out of all the fun."
+
+"Oh, I see," said Bracy, smiling, and with the careworn look seeming to
+die out of his thin face. "Well, I think we have done our share."
+
+"Did you hear the firing last night?"
+
+"I? No. Was there an attack?"
+
+"A big un, sir; but the enemy was driven back everywhere, and left a lot
+of dead behind. I never see such fellows as these little Ghoorkha chaps
+is to fight."
+
+"If they can only cut their way through to the fort, Gedge, there will
+be nothing then to fear, for Colonel Graves will hold the place, against
+any number that can be brought against it."
+
+"And they will, sir," cried Gedge proudly; "nothing can stop 'em.
+They've got so much dash and go in 'em. There's going to be a big fight
+to-day, for the hills seem dotted with white-coats as far as you can
+see; and in an hour's time I hear we're to advance, so as to get the job
+done before it's dark."
+
+Gedge's news was correct: and in an hour the column was in motion, the
+order coming to advance in skirmishing order, with ample supports, and
+no following up of the enemy was to be attempted, the sole object, being
+to reach the fort before night, and trust to the future for giving
+adequate punishment for all that had been done.
+
+The orders of the officers were splendidly carried out, and the gallant
+regiment advanced along the right bank of the river as fast as the front
+was cleared, but at a severe cost, for the hills and patches of forest
+and rock swarmed with the enemy, and but for the abundance of cover the
+attempt must have failed. But by a series of rushes and their deadly
+fire the brave little fellows won their way on till well into the
+afternoon, when farther progress seemed impossible, the enemy's leader
+holding a patch of cedar forest most determinedly with a dense body of
+men. All this Bracy knew, for Gedge, in spite of his wound, was active
+enough, and kept his officer well furnished with accounts of their
+progress; but his face looked grave as, in obedience to Bracy's
+question, he told him all.
+
+"Yes, sir," he said, "we're in a very tight place; and the Colonel here
+is looking a bit down in the mouth. The little chaps are raging about
+being kept back, and if he'd let 'em go they'd kill till they couldn't
+lift those head-choppers of theirs; but as soon as one's shot or cut
+down a dozen seems to spring up, and the place swarms with white-gownds,
+as if they'd quite made up their minds to kill us to a man before we can
+get to the fort. There, sir--hear that?"
+
+"Yes, I hear," said Bracy, breathing hard. "It means an attack on the
+rear."
+
+"That's it, sir. We're surrounded; and if it weren't for that rushing
+river being so full they'd come swarming over, and we should be done."
+
+Further conversation was put an end to by the order to advance, after a
+brief halt to rest and refresh the men, the Ghoorkha Colonel seeing that
+the enemy must be dislodged from the forest in front at any cost. It
+was a desperate business, and could only be achieved at a terrible loss,
+for the river and precipitous rocks on either side put a stop to all
+idea of turning the enemy's flank. A bold dash was the only chance, and
+this was about to be attempted, while the rear of the regiment was being
+terribly harassed by the enemy closing in.
+
+The last arrangements had been made, and the swarthy little fellows, so
+long held in by the tight rein, were trembling with excitement as they
+stood together in shelter, with fixed bayonets and kukris, waiting to
+make the rush. The bugle was being raised to the holder's lips to sound
+the advance, when a thrill of joy surged through the British leaders'
+breasts, for the help they needed came in the nick of time.
+
+A sharp volley was fired from behind the dense patch the enemy was
+holding, and the Ghoorkhas cheered wildly as the bugle rang out; and
+then as volley after volley followed from beyond the trees they
+literally flew over the broken ground, not a man stopping to fire, but
+raced into the wood, hewing with their terrible knives, and driving the
+enemy out like a flock of sheep right on to the fire, and soon after
+upon the bayonets of Colonel Graves's men. It was only a matter of ten
+minutes, and then, fleeing to right and left, the enemy was springing up
+among the rocks or plunging into the river to escape the tierce little
+regiment they had sought to destroy.
+
+Ill news flies swiftly, and the sight of their fellows streaming
+scattered up among the hills disheartened those who were making a savage
+attack upon the rear. A couple of volleys from the two companies who
+formed the rear-guard turned their hesitation into flight, and amidst
+tremendous cheering the advance was continued, with Colonel Graves's men
+clearing the way; and, merely harassed by a few distant shots, the
+column readied the fort whose walls were lined by non-combatants, women,
+and the weak garrison left behind. The men marched in cheering and
+counter-cheering, intoxicated as they were with success, while even the
+wounded carried on litters and mules, and the brave fellows who
+persisted in tramping on in spite of injuries terrible to bear, added
+their feeble cries to swell the jubilation of the scene.
+
+But the wildest, most exciting moments were when, in the bright evening
+glow, the rear-guard of the little Ghoorkhas marched in, proud of two
+burdens they carried shoulder-high in litters, singing and cheering and
+waving their caps, as if they bore the greatest triumph of the relief.
+
+One of those they carried lay prone and helpless, his sallow face
+quivering slightly from time to time with the emotion which attacked him
+as he was borne into the court--most painfully perhaps when his face was
+recognised by those at the windows of the buildings and on the walls.
+It was then that his name was shouted, first by shrill women's voices,
+and then thundered out and half-drowned by the cheers.
+
+The other burden carried by the brave little Ghoorkhas would not lie,
+but insisted upon sitting; and somehow, in the midst of the wild
+excitement of their reception as the heroes who had brought back the
+help, Gedge seemed to go quite mad with boy-like joy. For as soon as he
+appeared, bandaged and damaged as he was, Mrs Gee called out his name.
+A burst of fresh cheering arose then from the men of his company who
+were near, and as their shouts arose and were echoed by those around,
+"Bill Gedge! Bill Gedge!" the poor fellow sat up as high as he could
+upon the little Ghoorkas' shoulders, threw himself into one of his
+favourite nigger minstrel attitudes, with left arm outstretched and
+right hand seeming to thump with all his poor strength upon the
+imaginary banjo held against his breast.
+
+"Welcome, welcome back!" cried Colonel Graves a few minutes later, as he
+forced himself through the crowd to where Doctor Morton was excitedly
+superintending the carrying in of his two old patients to the officers'
+ward.
+
+"Thanks, thanks, Colonel," said Bracy in a feeble voice. "I did my
+best, sir, but I only failed."
+
+"Failed!" cried the Colonel proudly. "Why, the fort is saved."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THIRTY SEVEN.
+
+"FOR VALOUR."
+
+There is little more to tell, for, after this last repulse and the
+strengthening of the but by doubling its garrison, the enemy's ranks
+melted away once more, the white-coats, terribly lessened, vanishing
+like snow from the hills.
+
+Two days later long processions of unarmed villagers were bringing in
+stores for sale; and before twenty-four more hours had elapsed a
+deputation of chiefs from different tribes were suing for peace, the
+Empress Queen's authority being acknowledged, and the fort and its
+approaches became safe, so that it seemed hard to realise the truth of
+the great change. But change there was, the various hill-tribes round
+apparently accepting the position of being under the stronger power, and
+devoting themselves to the arts of peace.
+
+It was while getting slowly over his injuries that Bracy's quarters
+became the favourite resort of many of the officers, even Colonel
+Wrayford, once more himself, often coming in company with Major Graham
+and the Doctor. But the chief visitors were Roberts and Drummond, the
+three young officers exchanging notes as to what had taken place during
+their separation.
+
+"I never knew such a lucky chap as you are, Bracy," said Drummond on one
+occasion. "You seem to get most of the titbits and all the fat."
+
+Bracy's face assumed such a peculiar aspect of perplexed wonder as he
+carefully shifted his injured leg so as not to jar his wound while
+moving, and he directed such a questioning look at Roberts that the
+latter burst into a roar of laughter.
+
+"What is it?" said Drummond. "Have I said something stupid--a bull?"
+
+"More like the bleat of an innocent calf," said Roberts--"eh, Bracy?"
+
+"Oh, all right; chaff away, old chaps. But, I say, I hear that there
+are a lot of supplies coming up the pass--mule-loads and loads. There's
+sure to be a bullock-trunk for me, and I shall be able to get out of you
+fellows' debt."
+
+"Our debt?" said Bracy. "You don't owe me anything."
+
+"Oh, don't I? What about those boots?"
+
+One morning, when Bracy was getting on towards convalescence, Gedge, who
+was acting as invalid servant, entered the homely room holding out one
+arm.
+
+"Why, Gedge!" cried Bracy; "the sergeant's chevrons?"
+
+"That's right, sir," cried their owner proudly. "Youngest sergeant in
+the ridgement, Colonel says, and that he was proud to give me my
+promotion."
+
+The young soldier held out his arm, upon which the regimental tailor had
+sewn a patch of very shabby cloth, bearing the three stripes of the
+sergeant's rank, the thing itself being a weather-stained rag.
+
+"I congratulate you, my lad, with all my heart."
+
+"I knew you would, sir. Ain't much to look at, sir, to some people. We
+shall get fresh togs served out some day; but I don't believe the noo
+stripes 'll shine out half so bright as these here do, sir, to me."
+
+Bracy sighed.
+
+"Can't help feeling as proud as a dog with two tails--ought to say
+three, sir, because that's the number of the stripes. But somehow I
+don't feel as I thought I should."
+
+"I suppose not," said Bracy sadly. "I feel the same, Gedge. We did not
+fetch the Ghoorkhas."
+
+"No, sir," said Gedge, grinning; "but we brought 'em back, and I don't
+see how any two could ha' done more than we did. But I didn't mean
+that, sir. I meant about Sergeant Gee. I thought it would make him as
+waxy as could be; but as soon as parade was over, and the boys had done
+cheering me for my promotion, I got showing off, for old Gee was coming
+up to me, and I was getting ready to give him back as good as he give
+me. But what d'yer think, sir?"
+
+"I don't know, Gedge," said Bracy, smiling.
+
+"Knocks the wind outer me at once."
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"Comes up to me and offers me one hand, and claps t'other on my
+shoulder. `Glad to welcome so brave a brother,' he says, `to the
+sergeants' mess.' My! I was took aback, sir, and couldn't say a word;
+and if next minute his missus wasn't shaking hands too with the tears in
+her eyes, sir--real uns, for I counted four as tumbled out and fell spat
+on the front of her dress. `Willyum Gedge,' she says, and then she
+stops short with her lower lip dithering, and she couldn't say another
+word, only stood shaking her head, while the boys cheered again. Think
+Sergeant Gee meant it, sir, or was it only showing off?"
+
+"He meant it, my lad. Gee has a great deal of harsh tyranny in his ways
+of dealing with those under him; but a braver and more honest man never
+joined the regiment."
+
+"I'm glad o' that, sir," said Gedge. "Then, as he did mean it, why, of
+course we're going to be friends."
+
+"Ah, Sergeant, you here?" said Colonel Graves, entering Bracy's
+quarters. "One moment before you go. I have mentioned you in my
+despatch for displaying signal bravery in protecting your officer upon
+two occasions."
+
+"Me, sir? Oh, thanky, sir, but I--"
+
+"Silence!--Bracy, my dear boy, I came to tell you that I have spoken so
+of you that if they do not give you the Victoria Cross I shall say there
+is something wrong."
+
+"For me, sir?" cried Bracy, with his pale, thin face flushing faintly.
+"Impossible, sir. Oh, I have not deserved all this!"
+
+The Colonel's eyes did not look quite so bright as usual as he warmly
+shook his young officer's hand.
+
+"Let me be the best judge of that," he said. "You have always been one
+of my smartest officers, and in this last dangerous expedition you
+showed the will and did your utmost. It was fate that helped you in the
+last extremity to perfect the deed."
+
+The day came when the simple little much-prized decoration was pinned on
+Captain Bracy's breast, and the motto never shone upon a truer heart.
+
+"For Valour," he said softly as he looked down upon his breast. "Was it
+really well deserved?"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fix Bay'nets, by George Manville Fenn
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FIX BAY'NETS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 27908.txt or 27908.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/7/9/0/27908/
+
+Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.